HGBooks January Kit 2018

Page 1

HARDIE GRANT BOOKS JANUARY 2018


100 DAYS HAPPIER Daily Inspiration for Life-Long Happiness Domonique Bertolucci DESCRIPTION 100 Days Happier is a collection of inspirational messages and quotes, based on the bestselling book The Happiness Code and its Ten Keys, motivating and encouraging the reader to be the best they can be.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD $19.99 NZ $22.99

ISBN

9781743793916

Category

Self Help

Imprint

Hardie Grant Books

Extent

208 pages

Format

Hardback 165 x 111 mm

Illustrations •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Text Only

www.hardiegrant.com.au

AUTHOR DETAILS Domonique Bertolucci is the best-selling author of The Happiness Code: 10 Keys to Being the Best You Can Be, and is the closely guarded secret behind some of the country’s most successful people. Passionate about the getting the life you want and loving the life you’ve got, Domonique has a client list that reads like a who’s who of CEOs and business identities, award-winning entrepreneurs and celebrities, and her workshops and online courses are attended by people from all walks of life, from all around the world. Domonique helps her clients define their personal happiness prescription and then shows them exactly how to make it their reality. Since writing her first book, Your Best Life, in 2006, Domonique has become Australia’s most popular life strategist and happiness coach. More than ten million people have seen, read or heard her advice. Domonique lives in Sydney, but her reach is truly global. In addition to her Australian clients, she has coached people in London, Amsterdam, Paris, New York, Toronto, Singapore and Hong Kong. Her weekly newsletter Love Your Life has readers in more than sixty countries. When she is not working, Domonique’s favourite ways to spend her time are with her husband and two children, reading a good book, and keeping up the great Italian tradition of feeding the people that you love. Her very popular website and blog is www.domoniquebertolucci.com KEY SELLING POINTS • Highly successful title in Dominique Bertolucci’s life lessons series. • Continues to sell in large numbers internationally. • Beautifully designed for merchandising in-store; great gifts.


THE DAILY PROMISE 100 Ways to Feel Happy About Your Life Domonique Bertolucci DESCRIPTION Isn’t it time you started treating yourself with the same love, kindness and respect, you give the other important people in your life? So many people are looking outside of themselves for ways to feel good on the inside. The truth is, although they are the only person who can build their confidence up, the way they think and act is doing nothing but tearing it down. The Daily Promise invites you to make small daily changes to the way you treat yourself; changes that will build your confidence, nurture your self esteem and ultimately leave you with more energy to do what you want to do and be who you want to be. Based on the best-selling book, The Kindness Pact and its Eight Promises, this collection of inspirational messages will leave you feeling good about who you are and the life you live. AUTHOR DETAILS Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD $19.99 NZ $22.99

ISBN

9781743793923

Category

Self Help

Imprint

Hardie Grant Books

Extent

224 pages

Format

Hardback 165 x 111 mm

Illustrations •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Text Only

www.hardiegrant.com.au

Domonique Bertolucci is the best-selling author of The Happiness Code: 10 Keys to Being the Best You Can Be, and is the closely guarded secret behind some of the country’s most successful people. Passionate about the getting the life you want and loving the life you’ve got, Domonique has a client list that reads like a who’s who of CEOs and business identities, award-winning entrepreneurs and celebrities, and her workshops and online courses are attended by people from all walks of life, from all around the world. Domonique helps her clients define their personal happiness prescription and then shows them exactly how to make it their reality. Since writing her first book, Your Best Life, in 2006, Domonique has become Australia’s most popular life strategist and happiness coach. More than ten million people have seen, read or heard her advice. Domonique lives in Sydney, but her reach is truly global. In addition to her Australian clients, she has coached people in London, Amsterdam, Paris, New York, Toronto, Singapore and Hong Kong. Her weekly newsletter Love Your Life has readers in more than sixty countries. When she is not working, Domonique’s favourite ways to spend her time are with her husband and two children, reading a good book, and keeping up the great Italian tradition of feeding the people that you love.


THE DAILY PROMISE 100 Ways to Feel Happy About Your Life Domonique Bertolucci KEY SELLING POINTS • The sixth book in the successful Happiness series, following: The Kindness Pact, 100 Days Happier, Love Your Life, Less is More and The Happiness Code, with 100,000 copies sold so far. • Domonique Bertolucci is a happiness expert and lifestyle coach, and is perfectly placed to offer advice on how to live a happy life. • This book explores useful and practical ways to be kinder to yourself and find more positivity and self-confidence. • Eight easy-to-follow ‘promises’ to make, in order to feel good about yourself and the way you live. • Domonique has a worldwide following via her online presence via her blog and website: www.domoniquebertolucci.com. • She receives hundreds of testimonials about her books and work. • Domonique’s self-help series is designed as a set and will merchandise well in store.


also available in the life lessons series by domonique bertolucci

9781743793299 RRP AU $19.99 RRP NZ $22.99

9781743793893 RRP AU $19.99 RRP NZ $22.99

9781743793909 RRP AU $19.99 RRP NZ $22.99

shelf talker available!

9781743793282 RRP AU $19.99 RRP NZ $22.99


PERFECT SIMPLE Inspired Eating from a Nordic Kitchen Simon Bajada DESCRIPTION Perfect Simple embraces the clean, fresh flavours of modern Scandinavian cuisine to provide a compelling new blueprint for the way we eat now. Drawing on the traditional ingredients and contemporary preparations of Denmark, Sweden, Finland, Iceland and Norway – as well as taking inspiration from further afield – Perfect Simple is a celebration of nourishing, vegetable-centred food that is simple to prepare, sometimes surprising and, above all, truly satisfying. Perfect Simple also features Simon Bajada’s stunning food styling and photography. A standout feature are the landscape shots that evoke the seasons and show-off Scandinavia’s incredible natural beauty. AUTHOR DETAILS Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD $35.00 NZ $40.00

ISBN

9781743793831

Category

Food & Drink

Imprint

Hardie Grant Books

Extent

224 pages

Format

Flexibind 260 x 205 mm

Illustrations •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Colour photography throughout

www.hardiegrant.com.au

Simon Bajada is an internationally acclaimed chef, photographer and food stylist. Originally from Melbourne, he now lives in Sweden with his Scandinavian wife and two sons. Simon met his wife while working in a kitchen in Stockholm, and his interest in the food of her homeland grew form there. He got a sense of the produce used and the balance of flavours — a long time before contemporary Nordic cuisine was understood by the international culinary community as it is today. He says he has found parallels in new Nordic and contemporary Australian food. While the taste differs due to ingredients, the idea of balance, technique and produce is mirrored in both cultures. While new Nordic cuisine seems only to use Northern European ingredients, Simon says that this is changing, slowly incorporating bits and pieces from all over the world. Perfect Simple is about exploring the results of that process — looking at how an isolated food culture is developing international flare. Simon’s first book, The New Nordic, was published in April 2015. He says he is inspired by the newness in thinking of Nordic chefs because it’s easier for them to break the rules than say an Italian or French chef – as they are not restricted by the idea of “how it is meant to be”.


PERFECT SIMPLE Inspired Eating from a Nordic Kitchen Simon Bajada KEY SELLING POINTS • All things Nordic are hot – particularly in relation to food. Simon’s work offers a window on that world - from the wonderful perspective of an outsider who is now in. • The design, layout, styling and photography are standout. • It offers ideas for the increasing numbers of people who are incoporating more veggies - and less meat - into their diets. • Perfect Simple is healthy without being overtly so. And without denying small indulgences! • Please note that this book is an updated edition of Nordic Light (9781743791448). PRAISE FOR NORDIC LIGHT “For many who know the food of Scandinavia only from what is on offer as you check out at an Ikea store on a busy weekend, Nordic Light is an education in the modern table of Denmark, Sweden and co. Use this beautifully produced book to create mussels, brown butter, dill and apple, homemade nutella or flourless rhubarb and thyme buns.” – The Weekly Times “Lose yourself in dreamy landscapes and food, as chef and photographer Simon Bajada sheds a new light on tradition Scandinavian cuisine. With a section dedicated to ‘Fika’ - an afternoon tea break popular in Nordic countries – you’ll find lots of tempting ideas for that 3pm slump.” – Australian Home Beautiful

ALSO AVAILABLE: THE NEW NORDIC • • •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

www.hardiegrant.com.au

AUD $49.99 NZ $54.99 9781742708799 Food & Drink

• • • •

Hardie Grant Books 256 pages 262 x 210 mm Full colour photography throughout


CONTENTS INTRODUCTION EQUIPMENT

6 10

NORDIC BRUNCH

13

MID-MORNING SNACKS

37

L U N C H P L AT E S

61

FIKA FOOD

87

BOWL FOOD

107

FOOD FOR MANY

131

AFTER DINNER

165

WEEKEND FOOD

187

REPLACEMENTS

214

INDEX

218


Surprisingly, brunch culture is in its infancy in Nordic countries. There are very few cafés serving up eggs en cocotte with chorizo and caponata, or poached eggs with dukkah and goat’s cheese matched to complicated latte combinations that require graphs to comprehend. This is partly due to the open sandwich and filtered coffee culture being so strong. That said, brunch is growing in both presence and popularity. The Nordic affinity for sandwich and toppings doesn’t mean Nordic folk aren’t getting creative on the weekends, however, and more and more cafés are diversifying their pre-lunch menus. In the recipes that follow I have brought some lesser-used grain and flour varieties into play and where possible substituted dairy milk for other options such as nut, oat and rice milks. The recipes bring a scandi touch to some familiar brunch ideas.

14

PERFECT SIMPLE

01 NORDIC BRUNCH

15


CHAPTER ONE

NORDIC BRUNCH

13


NORDIC GRANOLA There is so much satisfaction to be had in making home-made granola. First of all the kitchen smells incredible for a couple of hours, secondly you save some coin because boutique granolas fetch ludicrous prices, and most importantly you get to be creative with what goes in the mix. Quite often in our kitchen the pantry will dictate what’s going in, but this is my ideal combination.

M A K E S A B O U T 1 4 S E RV I N G S P R E PA R AT I O N T I M E : 5 M I N U T E S COOKING TIME: 45 MINUTES

Preheat the oven to 140°C (275°F/Gas 1). Line two baking trays with baking paper.

— 100 g (31/2 oz/1 cup) spelt flakes

Place all the ingredients, except for the coconut flakes, oats and dried berries, in a

— 125 g (41/2 oz/1 cup) buckwheat flakes

very large bowl and mix everything together well. Stir the oats through the granola mixture, then spread it out over the prepared baking trays in an even layer. Bake in the preheated oven for 45 minutes, adding the coconut flakes for the last 10 minutes of cooking, until golden. (To ensure even cooking you may have to rotate the trays during this time.) Turn off the oven and leave the granola to cool in it with the door left slightly ajar. Once cool, remove the granola trays from the oven and sprinkle over the dried berries, then transfer to suitable airtight containers or jars. Serve the granola with yoghurt, milk or oat milk and fresh fruit, or with fruit nectar and yoghurt.

— 100 g (31/2 oz/1 cup) rye flakes — 90 g (31/4 oz/ 1/2 cup) pepitas (pumpkin seeds) — 60 g (21/4 oz/ 1/2 cup) sunflower kernels — 140 g (5 oz/1 cup) hazelnuts, chopped — 100 ml (31/2 fl oz) lingonberry cordial (syrup) — 4 tablespoons rapeseed oil — 2 teaspoons cardamom seeds, crushed (open the pods to remove the seeds inside) — 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon — 2 tablespoons sesame seeds — pinch of salt — 55 g (2 oz/1 cup) coconut flakes — 240 g (9 oz/3 cups) rolled (porridge) oats — 100 g (31/2 oz) dried berries (I like blueberries and lingonberries, but you could use cranberries, raisins, etc.)

01 NORDIC BRUNCH

17


C ARDAMOM RYE CRÊPES, BANANA & S A LT E D C A R A M E L While you can’t go wrong with caramel and banana, the batter for this recipe is also great with savoury pairings like smoked salmon. It produces crêpes with a similar consistency to French galettes and keeps really well, so you can use the batter for up to a week after making.

S E RV E S 4 P R E PA R AT I O N T I M E : 1 0 M I N U T E S P L U S R E S T I N G COOKING TIME: 20 MINUTES

Add the eggs to a bowl together with 500 ml (18 fl oz/2 cups) of water and whisk

— 3 large eggs

together. Continuing to stir, gradually sift over the flours and salt, then add the

— 100 g (31/2 oz/1 cup) rye flour

crushed cardamom seeds and mix together to form a smooth batter. Cover with plastic wrap, transfer to the refrigerator and leave to rest for 30 minutes.

— 150 g (51/2 oz/1 cup) plain (all-purpose) flour

While the batter is resting, put the banana chips in a food processor and blitz for

— 1/4 teaspoon salt

10–20 seconds to a crumb-like texture. Set aside. For the salted caramel, place all the ingredients, except the salt, in the food processor and blend together to form a smooth, lump-free sauce. Pour into a bowl and stir

— 1/2 teaspoon cardamom seeds (removed from pods), crushed

through the salt flakes.

— 90 g (31/4 oz/ 1/3 cup) dried banana chips

To cook the crêpes, heat just enough butter to coat the base of a small frying pan

— 15–30 g (1/2 –1 oz) unsalted butter

or crêpe pan over a medium–high heat until the butter has melted and is bubbling.

— 4 bananas, peeled and halved lengthways

Pour in enough batter to create a thin coating on the base of the pan. Lift, tilt and rotate the pan so the batter forms an even, thin layer over the entire base. Cook for about a minute on each side, until bubbles start to appear on the surface and the

S A LT E D C A R A M E L

edges are solid and easy to lift up with a spatula. Stack the cooked crêpes on a plate

— 100 ml (31/2 fl oz/ 1/3 cup) maple syrup

and cover with a clean tea towel to keep warm while you cook the rest, adding a little butter to the pan as needed in between crêpes (I find I use less and less as the pan seasons). To serve, divide the crêpes between plates and top with the banana halves. Spoon over the salted caramel and a little extra honey and scatter over the dried banana

— 115 g (4 oz/ 1/3 cup) honey, plus extra to serve — 125 ml (4 fl oz/ 1/2 cup) coconut oil, melted

crumbs to finish.

18

PERFECT SIMPLE

01 NORDIC BRUNCH

19


L I NSE E D WA F F L E S, CLO UDBERRY JAM & M A LT E D M A P L E YO GHURT These waffles have a delicious nutty flavour and use no flour, yet they are still light and fluffy from the egg. Preserved fruits are a fundamental part of Nordic cooking given the short summers. Lucky for us, as it means that wherever you are in the world you should be able to find some Nordic fruit jam. Lingonberry and cloudberry are the typical ones found outside Scandinavia as these berries do not commonly grow elsewhere, and are perfect for these waffles. Otherwise use any berry jams.

S E RV E S 4 P R E PA R AT I O N T I M E : 5 M I N U T E S COOKING TIME: 10–15 MINUTES

and whiz together until smooth. Taste and adjust the sweetness by adding a little

— 300 g (101/2 oz/2 cups) golden or brown linseeds (flax seed)

more honey if needed. Set aside in the refrigerator.

— 1 tablespoon baking powder

To make the waffles, put the linseeds in a spice grinder or small food processor and

— 1 teaspoon sea salt

blitz into roughly cracked pieces. Place in a large bowl together with the baking

— 5 large eggs, separated

For the malted maple yoghurt, put all the ingredients together in a food processor

powder and sea salt and stir to combine. In a separate bowl, whisk the eggwhites together until medium peaks form. Add the egg yolks, rapeseed oil and 125 ml (4 fl oz/ 1/2 cup) of water to the linseed mixture and stir to combine, then carefully fold through the whites to form a fluffy batter.

— 80 ml (21/2 fl oz/ 1/3 cup) rapeseed oil — 100 g (31/2 oz/ 1/3 cup) cloudberry jam

Allow to sit for 3 minutes. Preheat the waffle maker to medium, or your desired setting for crisp waffles. If desired, preheat the oven to 120°C (250°F/Gas 1/2) to keep the waffles warm while cooking in batches.

M A LT E D M A P L E YO G H U RT

— 200 g (7 oz) thick Greek-style yoghurt

Depending on the size of your waffle maker, spoon in an appropriate amount of

— 2 tablespoons honey, plus extra if needed

mixture and cook for about 1–2 minutes on each side, until golden brown at the

— 2 teaspoons dark malt powder

edges (note: the actual time needed will depend on the type of waffle maker you have – a Belgian-style waffle maker will require much longer than this). Serve the waffles topped with the malted maple yoghurt and jam.

20

PERFECT SIMPLE

01 NORDIC BRUNCH

21


CHAPTER SIX

FOOD FOR MANY

131


HAM HOCK & ROOT V EG E TA B L E F R E ST E L S E Ham hock is a great product that seems to sit in the shadows. It’s full of flavour and is very versatile – the closest thing you’ll find to those pre-prepared slow cooked pulled meats, but without any of the nasty additives. Janssen’s frestelse (also known in English as Janssen’s Temptation) is a classic Swedish dish that cooks matchstick potatoes with Nordic anchovies and cream. It’s delicious. With a similar form, this dish is a little nod to that. This will make two large trays, so it can be easily halved if making for fewer people. It keeps well and tastes even better reheated.

S E RV E S 8

— 2 parsnips

P R E PA R AT I O N T I M E : 3 5 M I N U T E S

— 200 g (7 oz) salsify

COOKING TIME: 1 HOUR 30 MINUTES

— 200 g (7 oz) celeriac — 200 g (7 oz) beetroot

Preheat the oven to 200°C (400°F/Gas 6).

— 300 g (101/2 oz) potatoes

Peel all the vegetables, except the leek, and cut into matchsticks. This is easily done

— 200 g (7 oz) turnip

using a food processor fitted with a julienne disc, a mandoline or another slicing device. Cut the leek into 2 cm x 8 cm (3/4 in x 31/4 in) batons. For the white sauce, combine the butter and flour in a large heavy-based saucepan over a low heat to form a roux. Whisk in the milk and continue to cook over a low simmer, whisking all the while, for 8–10 minutes, or until the sauce has thickened. Add the nutmeg. Pour the white sauce into a bowl and stir in the ham pieces, garlic, mustard seeds,

— 1/2 leek, white part only — 300–350 g (101/2–12 oz) smoked ham hock meat, shredded — 2 garlic cloves, finely diced — 1 teaspoon mustard seeds — 11/2 teaspoons salt

salt and pepper. Add the vegetable pieces and mix together well, then divide the

— pinch of white pepper

mixture between two 20 cm x 15 cm (8 in x 6 in) roasting tins.

— 50 g (13/4 oz/ 1/2 cup) rye breadcrumbs or regular

Cover the tins tightly with foil and bake for 1 hour, then remove from the oven and discard the foil. Top with the breadcrumbs and knobs of butter, return to the oven and bake for a further 20–30 minutes – it’s ready when the veggies are soft and the breadcrumbs are golden. To serve, place the dishes in the centre of the table and top with some fresh herbs.

breadcrumbs — 50 g (13/4 oz) salted butter — 2 handfuls roughly chopped thyme or parsley to serve WHITE SAUCE

— 40 g (11/2 oz) unsalted butter — 45 g (13/4 oz) plain (all-purpose) flour — 1 litre (36 fl oz/4 cups) milk — 1/2 teaspoon freshly grated nutmeg

150

PERFECT SIMPLE

06 FOOD FOR MANY

151


RY E TA RT W I T H C H A R D, R O E & S U N N Y- S I D E E G G S This dish is perfect for plonking in the middle of the table. Just make sure your share has a bit with the oozy egg yolk and lots of salty exploding roe – delicious! If you find that the centre of the tart has lost too much moisture during baking, serve it together with the Tahini, Lemon & Dill Yoghurt Dressing on page 111.

S E RV E S 6 P R E PA R AT I O N T I M E : 1 H O U R COOKING TIME: 45 MINUTES

For the tart base, put the ingredients together with 120 ml (4 fl oz/ 1/2 cup) of ice-cold water in the bowl of a stand mixer or food processor with the dough hook attachment added. Mix together to form a smooth dough, adding a little extra water if the dough

— 600 g (1 lb 5 oz) chard (or a mixture of chard, silverbeet and kale), chopped

is looking a little crumbly.

— 2 tablespoons olive oil

Roll the dough out on a sheet of plastic wrap into a 10 cm x 20 cm (4 in x 8 in)

— 1 leek, middle-third only, thinly sliced

rectangle. Cover with a second layer of plastic wrap, seal the edges and transfer to the refrigerator for 20 minutes to rest.

— 2 garlic cloves, finely sliced

Preheat the oven to 180°C (350°F/Gas 4).

— 4–6 eggs

While the pastry is resting, cook the chard in batches. Heat a third of the olive oil in a large frying pan over a medium heat. Add a third of the chard, leek and garlic, season with salt and sauté for 4 minutes, or until wilting. Remove the mixture from the pan and set aside, then repeat the process twice more with the remaining chard,

— 4 tablespoons salmon roe TA RT B A S E

— 220 g (81/2 oz/11/2 cups) rye flour

Take the pastry from the refrigerator, remove the top layer of plastic wrap and flip

— 220 g (8 oz/11/2 cups) plain (all-purpose) flour, plus extra for dusting

it over onto a sheet of baking paper. Wait 5 minutes for the dough to become

— 1 teaspoon salt

leek, garlic and oil. Set aside.

workable, then, working quickly, roll it out into a rectangle approximately 20 cm x 35 cm (8 in x 14 in).

— 1 teaspoon dill or fennel seeds, toasted and ground

Spread the chard and leek mixture over the centre of the tart base, leaving a border

— 150 g (51/2 oz) unsalted butter

of about 6 cm (21/2 in) from the edges and leaving behind any moisture that may have leached from the wilted chard. Fold over the edges roughly and bake for 40 minutes. Crack over the eggs, return to the oven and bake for a further 5 minutes, until the eggwhites have just set. To serve, top with the roe and accompany with a simple green salad.

152

PERFECT SIMPLE

06 FOOD FOR MANY

153


BL ACKBERRY & GINGER CHEESECAKE A true cheesecake has to be one of the least healthy cakes out there, so I can understand any reluctance in believing a healthy cheesecake can work. This then is for the non-believers. Surprisingly, the combination of healthy ingredients in this recipe is so rich in flavour that you'll find you can’t go wrong.

S E RV E S 8 P R E PA R AT I O N T I M E : 3 0 M I N U T E S P L U S S E T T I N G

For the base, put all the ingredients in a food processor and blitz together to a

— 310 g (11 oz/2 cups) cashew nuts

chunky crumb-like consistency. Press the mixture into a 22 cm x 30 cm (81/2 in x 12

— 120 g (41/2 oz/11/4 cups) desiccated (shredded) coconut

i

n

)

cake tin.

— 290 g (101/4 oz) honey

Add the cashew nuts, coconut, honey, lemon zest and lemon juice to the food processor and whiz together for 1 minute, until everything is well combined and the mixture is smooth and creamy. Add the coconut oil, yeast and vanilla extract and whiz again for 30 seconds. Spoon half the creamy mixture over the base and spread it out evenly. Add the blackberries and ginger to the remaining mixture and blend together, then spread this over the cheesecake. Smooth down the top of the cheesecake with a spoon and leave to set in the refrigerator for at least 2 hours. When ready to serve, remove the cheesecake from the tin, transfer to a serving plate and slice into portions. This also makes a great snack to take with you – simply store it in the refrigerator in a sealed bag or wrapped in plastic wrap to prevent it from being tainted by other flavours.

— zest and juice of 2 lemons — 150 ml (5 fl oz) coconut oil, melted — 2 tablespoons nutritional yeast flakes — 1 teaspoon natural vanilla extract — 100 g (31/2 oz) blackberries, fresh or frozen — 1 teaspoon freshly grated ginger BASE

— 100 g (31/2 oz/1 cup) walnut halves — 12 pitted dates — 2 teaspoons cacao powder — 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon — 1/4 teaspoon salt

178

PERFECT SIMPLE

07 AF TER DINNER

179


GREEN BURGERS Creative Vegetarian Recipes for Burgers and Sides Martin Nordin DESCRIPTION Whether you’re vegetarian, vegan, or just trying to cut down on meat, veggie burgers make a tempting, filling meal. And as Martin Nordin explains, they’re far from boring – in fact, because there are no rules or blueprints, you’re free to push the burger boundaries. In Green Burgers, Martin shares recipes packed full of flavour and nutrition – from the classic BBQ Portobello Burger to the Zucchini Burger with Wild Garlic. Experiment with unexpected flavours such as Zucchini Kimchi and Deep-Fried Plantain. The delicious patties are just the beginning – try making your own Charcoal Burger Buns, top your burgers with Purple Cabbage and Apple Sauerkraut, and serve with Roasted Sweet-Potato Fries. With chapters on burgers, buns, sides, pickles, and sauces, Green Burgers has all you need to make the perfect plant-based burgers and sides at home.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD $29.99 NZ $32.99

ISBN

9781784881436

Category

Food & Drink

Imprint

Hardie Grant

Extent

160 pages

Format

Hardback 260 x 195mm

Illustrations •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Colour photography throughout

www.hardiegrant.com.au

AUTHOR DETAILS With a background in advertising and communication, Martin Nordin’s passion for perfecting the art of the ultimate veggie burger has gathered him a loyal following of over 15k+ people on Instagram (@martin_nordin). KEY SELLING POINTS •

Flexitarian trend incredibly popular – cutting down on meat for ethical and economic reasons.

• Includes recipes for fermented food for a healthy gut, as well as other sides. • How to pack the most flavour into your veggies. • Stunning food photography and packaging makes this a beautiful gift. • Full publicity campaign with extracts and reviews in food and lifestyle media.


[contents] Why a book on green burgers? Structure of a burger

8

Making the job easier

10

Burgers

5

13

Burger buns

94

Side orders

104

Pickles, condiments and other accompaniments Handy to have in stock Index Thanks

158 160

154

122


#11 QUINOA AND SWEET POTATO BURGER WITH HORSERADISH SOUR CREAM, SHALLOTS AND CHIVES –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– For 6 burgers: 600 g (1 lb 5 oz) sweet potatoes 2 eggs 100 g (3½ oz/scant 1 cup) chickpea (besan) flour 1 tsp chilli powder, preferably piment d’ Espelette 1 tbsp wholegrain Dijon mustard 1 tbsp Walnut Butter or other Nut Butter (see page 149) juice of ½ lemon pinch of sea salt 200 g (7 oz/1 cup) boiled quinoa rapeseed or peanut oil for frying Horseradish sour cream: 3 tbsp finely grated fresh horseradish 300 g (10½ oz/1¼ cups) sour cream sea salt

5. Take a handful of mixture at a time and shape into 6 round patties, either by hand or using a food ring (see page 10). Put the patties on a plate and cover with cling film (plastic wrap). Put in the fridge for at least an hour, preferably longer, so that the patties will hold together better when you fry them. 6. Preheat the oven to 180°C (350°F/Gas 4). 7. Mix the horseradish and sour cream in a bowl. Add salt to taste and put to one side. 8. Heat a few tablespoons of oil in a frying pan (skillet). Fry both sides of the patties for a few minutes over a medium heat, until they have developed a little colour and a nice surface. Transfer to an ovenproof dish and bake them in the middle of the oven for 5–10 minutes. 9. Butter the buns on the cut surface and fry them quickly in a frying pan or grill (broil) them in the oven. 10. Put a patty at the bottom of each bun, splash on some horseradish sour cream and top with shallots and chives.

To serve: 6 burger buns butter for the buns finely sliced red Asian shallots finely chopped fresh chives Instructions:

1. Preheat the oven to 200°C (400°F/Gas 6). 2. Put the sweet potatoes into an ovenproof dish and bake them in the middle of the oven for about 45 minutes or until they are soft all the way through. 3. Split the potatoes lengthways and scoop out the insides with a spoon. 4. Lightly whisk the eggs in a food processor using a knife blade. Add the sweet potatoes, chickpea flour, chilli powder, mustard, nut butter, lemon juice and salt, and pulse-blend until all the ingredients are well combined. Transfer to a bowl and add the quinoa. Turn the mixture with a spoon so that everything is well blended.

––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

38 Green burgers

––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

Burgers 39


#12 OVEN-BAKED JERUSALEM ARTICHOKE BURGER WITH CREAMY MISO SAUCE AND HERB MIX –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– For 6 burgers: 1 kg (2 lb 3 oz) Jerusalem artichokes rapeseed or peanut oil for frying 6 tbsp butter Herb mix: 2 tbsp finely chopped fresh rosemary 2 tbsp finely chopped fresh thyme 6 tbsp finely chopped fresh parsley 2 tsp crushed green peppercorns 2 tsp white wine vinegar 2 tbsp olive oil sea salt Miso sauce: 50 g (2 oz/¼ cup) butter 4 tbsp miso paste 300 ml (10 fl oz/1¼ cups) pouring (whipping) cream

4. Heat the oil in a frying pan (skillet) until it starts to smoke. Fry the Jerusalem artichokes until the skins are golden brown all over – this takes 10–15 minutes. Transfer the artichokes to a baking tray lined with baking parchment and put in the oven for 10 minutes. Remove from the oven and allow to cool until the artichokes are cool enough to handle. 5. Melt the butter for the miso sauce over a medium heat. Stir in the miso paste. Reduce the heat and whisk in the cream, a little at a time, until you have a glossy, golden brown sauce. Put to one side. 6. Gently bash the Jerusalem artichokes with a spoon so they open up a little. Shape 6 small patties, either by hand or using a food ring (see page 10). Put a knob of butter on each patty. Bake in the oven for a further 10 minutes. 7. Butter the buns on the cut surface and fry them quickly in a frying pan or grill (broil) them in the oven. 8. Put a lettuce leaf at the bottom of each bun. Place a patty on top, spoon over a little miso sauce and finish off with a dash of herb mix.

To serve: 6 burger buns butter for the buns lettuce leaves Instructions:

1. Preheat the oven to 200°C (400°F/Gas 6). 2. Mix all the ingredients for the herb mix in a bowl (the mix will be tastiest if you finely chop the herbs instead of mixing them in a blender). 3. Brush the Jerusalem artichokes clean, but retain as much of the skins as possible. I usually use a hard toothbrush to get into all the nooks and crannies. I also cut away the small knotted parts, where there can be a lot of soil.

––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

42 Green burgers

––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

Burgers 43


#18

#02

ROASTED CELERIAC BURGER WITH HERB CREAM AND CHANTERELLES –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– For 6 burgers: 3 small celeriacs (the diameter should correspond to the size of the bun) rapeseed or peanut oil for frying sea salt and freshly ground black pepper Herb cream: 1 bunch of mixed fresh herbs, e.g. thyme, rosemary and dill freshly squeezed juice of ½ lemon 3 tbsp olive oil sea salt and freshly ground black pepper 100 g (3½ oz/scant ½ cup) crème fraîche Chanterelles fried in butter: rapeseed or peanut oil for frying 150–200 g (5–7 oz) chanterelles 2–3 garlic cloves 2 tbsp butter sea salt and freshly ground black pepper To serve: 6 burger buns butter for the buns fresh dill and thyme

Instructions:

1. Preheat the oven to 180°C (350°F/Gas 4). 2. Scrub the celeriacs clean under running water. Then fully dry them. 3. Heat plenty of oil in a frying pan (skillet) and flash-fry the celeriacs all over until the skin is golden brown (do not cut them up). Transfer them to an ovenproof dish and sprinkle with salt and pepper. Bake for about 2 hours, or until they are soft on the inside. 4. For the herb cream, mix together the herbs, lemon juice and olive oil using a hand blender or food processor. Add salt and pepper to taste. Pour the crème fraîche into a bowl and sprinkle the herb mixture over it, while carefully stirring with a fork so as to create a delicate marbling on the surface. Put to one side. 5. For the chanterelles, heat the oil in a frying pan until it starts to smoke. Toss in the chanterelles and flash-fry them for a minute or so. Peel the garlic cloves, crush them with the thick edge of a knife and put them in the pan together with the butter. Reduce the heat and fry until the mushrooms develop a nice colour. 6. Butter the buns on the cut surface and fry them quickly in a frying pan or grill (broil) them in the oven. 7. Cut the roasted celeriac into 1 cm- (½ in-) thick slices and put 2–3 slices on each bun. Splash on a little herb cream, put a fistful of mushrooms on top and finish off with fresh herbs.

––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

60 Green burgers

––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

Burgers 61


#30 BLACKENED RACLETTE BURGER WITH PICKLED BABY ONIONS, PARSLEY AND LEMON OIL –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– For 6 burgers: 1 lemon 100 ml (3½ fl oz/scant ½ cup) olive oil 600 g (1 lb 5 oz) raclette Quick-pickled baby onions: 12 baby onions salt 100 ml (3½ fl oz/scant ½ cup) malt or red wine vinegar 100 g (3½ oz/scant ½ cup) cane sugar 100 ml (3½ fl oz/scant ½ cup) water 1 tbsp mustard seeds 2 tsp whole black peppercorns 2 tsp coriander seeds To serve: 6 burger buns butter for the buns fresh parsley 2 finely chopped garlic cloves

Instructions:

1. Peel the baby onions and cut a cross in the top of each of them. Bring some salted water (approx. 1 tablespoon salt to 1.5 litres/50 fl oz/6 cups water) to the boil and add the onions. Boil them for 8–10 minutes. Drain the onions and rinse them until they are cold. Put to one side. Bring the vinegar, sugar, water, mustard seeds, black peppercorns and coriander seeds to the boil and stir for about 2 minutes, until the sugar has dissolved. Put the onions into a sterilised jar and pour the hot liquor over them. Allow to cool, then put the lid on. Leave in the fridge for at least an hour. 2. Wash the lemon. Shave the peel from half of the lemon with a vegetable peeler and finely grate the other half. Put the lemon-peel shavings into a small saucepan (save the zest for later). 3. Add the olive oil to the lemon peel in the saucepan and heat over a medium heat. Take the saucepan from the hob when it starts to simmer and leave it for about 10 minutes so that the oil takes on the flavour of the lemon peel. 4. Slice the cheese into 6 pieces. Heat a dry frying pan (skillet) over a very high heat. Put the cheese slices in when the pan is really hot, and quickly fry the cheese on both sides so it gets a blackened surface. If you have access to a blowtorch you can also blast the cheese towards the end to brown it. 5. Butter the buns on the cut surface and fry them quickly in a frying pan or grill (broil) them in the oven. 6. Put a piece of cheese on each bun and top with pickled baby onions, parsley and a little finely chopped garlic. Finish by drizzling some lemon oil over it and sprinkling a little lemon zest on top.

––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

90 Green burgers


#04 ROASTED SWEET POTATO CHIPS WITH GRATED SWISS CHEESE

#05 DOUBLE-DEEP-FRIED POTATO PEEL WITH GARLIC MAYONNAISE

---------------------------

---------------------------

4 large sweet potatoes 3 tbsp peanut oil

1 litre (34 fl oz/4 cups) peanut or deep-frying oil 600 g (1 lb 5 oz) potato peelings

sea salt 2 garlic cloves

sea salt

3 tbsp butter 2 tbsp finely chopped parsley 50 g (2 oz) Belper Knolle (Swiss hard cheese)

To serve: 200 g (7 oz/scant 1 cup) Garlic Mayonnaise (see page 128)

or Parmesan Instructions:

1. Preheat the oven to 200°C (400°F/Gas 6). 2. Cut the sweet potatoes into sticks 5 mm (¼ in) thick (you do not need to peel them first). Spread the sweet potatoes out on a baking tray lined with baking parchment. Drizzle over the oil and sprinkle with salt. Roast the sweet potatoes for 20–30 minutes. Stir now and then. 3. Peel the cloves of garlic and crush them using the thick edge of a knife. Put the garlic into a cold saucepan together with the butter. Melt the butter over a low heat. Put the saucepan to one side and leave for a few minutes so the butter takes on the flavour of the garlic. Pour the melted butter into a bowl (throw away the scrapings and the garlic). 4. Put the chips (fries) on a plate, spoon over the melted butter and sprinkle the parsley on top. Grate the cheese over them and serve.

Instructions:

1. Place the oil in a high-sided saucepan and heat to 160°C (320°F), then reduce the heat to medium and try to keep the temperature at 160°C (320°F) as far as possible. 2. Put the potato peelings in the oil and leave for about 5 minutes, or until they are soft. Take them out using a slotted spoon, transfer to a colander and drain. 3. Line a large bowl with a few layers of paper towel and put it next to the cooker. Heat up the oil again, to 180°C (355°F). Reduce the heat to medium and try to keep the temperature at 180°C (355°F) as far as possible. 4. Deep-fry the potato peelings until they are golden brown, about 2–3 minutes. (See photo on the next page.) Turn them using a slotted spoon now and again. 5. Lift the peelings out with the slotted spoon and transfer them to the paper towel-lined bowl so excess fat is absorbed. Sprinkle with sea salt and turn them so the salt is evenly distributed. Serve with garlic mayonnaise.

Belper Knolle is a small hard cheese that looks a bit like a truffle. It comes from the village of Belp, near Bern in Switzerland, and was developed by the cheese producer Herr Glauser. The cheese is made from raw cow’s milk, and is then rolled in a herb mix comprising Himalayan salt, locally grown garlic and pepper from the Bernese Oberland region. It is excellent grated over chips!

––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

Side orders 111


#09 OVEN- B A K E D O N I O NS --------------------------4 onions (about 600 g/1 lb 5 oz) 2 tbsp butter olive oil, for drizzling sea salt and freshly ground black pepper Instructions:

1. Preheat the oven to 200°C (400°F/Gas 6). 2. Peel the onions and cut them into quarters. Put them in an ovenproof dish, add the butter and drizzle the olive oil over them. Sprinkle with salt and pepper. Bake the onions in the middle of the oven for 20–30 minutes or until they have developed some colour – they can even be a little burnt. Take out and allow to cool.

#10 ROAST E D P E P P E R SEASONING --------------------------You need: 2 tbsp coriander seeds 2 tbsp Sichuan pepper 2 tbsp whole black peppercorns Instructions:

1. Heat a dry cast-iron pan over a medium heat. Toast the coriander seeds, Sichuan pepper and black peppercorns until the seeds start to go golden brown and there is a clear spice aroma. 2. Pound the spices in a mortar or mix them to a fine powder with a hand blender. Store in a jar.


Peanut oil. An oil that withstands really high temperatures, and a clear favourite for deep-frying. The oil itself is fairly flavourless, which means it will not compete with the flavours of other raw ingredients. There is, however, a coldpressed version with a really clear peanut flavour. If you find it, use it as you see fit, but I recommend that you only add it as seasoning, as you would do with a really good olive oil. Nut butter. Cashew nut butter, almond butter, hazelnut butter, peanut butter – incredibly easy to make yourself, keeps for a long time in the fridge, and absolutely wicked for flavouring your burgers with. Buy it ready-made or make your own (see page 149).

[the larder]

handy to have in stock the book will not alwa ys Some of the ingr edie nts in a lar corn er shop . Pop into be avai labl e at your regu the buy and ssen deli cate well -sto cked food shop or so you have them in stoc k nts edie ingr l vita g foll owin havi ng a gree n burg er. the next time you feel like

Miso paste. The umami bomb! When I tried out miso paste as seasoning in the kimchi base instead of fish sauce it lifted the kimchi to a completely new level. Miso paste, in various forms, is sold in supermarkets as well as most Asian shops. I usually use an organic unpasteurised miso paste made of fermented grains and soy beans. Vinegar. Malt vinegar, sherry vinegar and champagne vinegar are my favourites. I use malt vinegar for full-bodied dishes, and like putting sherry vinegar in Asianinfluenced dishes (it reminds me a bit of sake, with its sweet, nutty note). For quick-pickling, e.g. of jalapeños, champagne vinegar is without peer. Sichuan pepper. Available from wellstocked food shops, and has a flowery,

citrusy, peppery flavour that is a bit chilli-like. Goes really well with coriander seeds and black pepper (see page 132) and I like using it for seasoning grilled or fried vegetables. Panko breadcrumbs. Japanese breadcrumbs that create a crispiness that normal breadcrumbs get nowhere near. Unbeatable for deep-frying and for giving your patties a good consistency and texture. Used frequently and almost shamelessly in the recipes in this book. Kelp. I use seaweed more and more often, to flavour stocks, when frying onions, grated over grilled vegetables, in marinades and sauces, and last but not least deep-fried, as in the recipe on page 93. Mild chilli powder/piment d’Espelette. Chilli from the village of Espelette in the Nive valley in the French Basque Country. Personally I find that as a dried chilli seasoning it is unbeatable. It is big on flavour and has an ideal mild heat – unlike ordinary chilli powder, which often has a slightly acrid, strong chilli sting, but less flavour. Piment d’Espelette is available in many delicatessens, but you can also buy it online. Smoking wood chips. Available in most shops selling barbecues and barbecue accessories. I use Abu smoking wood chips, which are normally used for smoking fish, but they work at least as well for smoking things such as tomatoes. As the wood chips are so fine they create smoke faster than other wood chips.


Black rice. Despite the name, this isn't rice but a type of grass. It looks good, is tasty and rich in antioxidants. Available from supermarkets. Black garlic. Still a little tricky to get hold of, but we will doubtless be seeing more of it in the shops in future. Like miso paste it is a wonderful seasoning, and very different from ordinary garlic in its raw form. Mild and characterful, with a sweet toffee note, it has a consistency reminiscent of soft liquorice. You can also make black garlic yourself by wrapping garlic in cling film (plastic wrap) and leaving it in a food dehydrator set to 55°C (130°F) for three weeks. Active charcoal powder. Sibylle’s Bakery in Malmö, Sweden, sells a black loaf that I love, and this bread has formed the basis for the black charcoal buns in this book. The charcoal powder is above all for effect – the bread really does go jet black – but it also creates a lovely flavour, and Japanese tradition holds that it has purifying properties. I order my charcoal online through the Danish company Sort of Coal, which imports active charcoal made from charred pine needles from Japan.

––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

156 Green burgers


INDEX BURGERS bean-, lentil- and pea-based african west coast burger with deep-fried plantain and crushed peanuts 65 baba ghanoush and borlotti burger with burrata and fried tomatoes 26 black bean burger with baba ghanoush, grilled spring onions and roasted pine nuts 24 black bean burger with gruyère cheese and caramelised onion 23 borlotti and chanterelle burger with lingonberry chutney 14 chickpea and grilled pepper burger with dilldunked cucumber salad 51 lentil and charcoal-roasted carrot burger with roasted kale and green banana guacamole 81 panko-crusted deep-fried pea burger with deep-fried seaweed and sea buckthorn mayonnaise 93 pea burger with cream cheese mix and king oyster crisps 70 quinoa and sweet potato burger with horseradish sour cream, shallots and chives 39 sweetened tofu burger with pickled radishes, blackened mayonnaise and fried egg 74 white bean burger with smoked tomatoes, deep-fried sage and roasted pine nuts 44

cabbage-based butter-roasted cauliflower burger with goat's cream, lemon oil and pink pepper 76 sprout and charcoal burger with pickled red onions and cress 57

cheese-based blackened raclette burger with pickled baby onions, parsley and lemon oil 90 grilled halloumi burger with onion-andmushroom mix topped with fresh thyme 83

deep-fried mushroom and quinoa burger with purple sauerkraut and garlic mayonnaise 17 grilled portobello burger with roasted kale, confit peppers and Saint Agur cheese 73 panko-crusted deep-fried king oyster mushroom burger with courgette kimchi 67

potato- and root vegetable-based beetroot burger with pea hummus and pea shoots 84 lentil and charcoal-roasted carrot burger with roasted kale and green banana guacamole 81 oven-baked Jerusalem artichoke burger with creamy miso sauce and herb mix 42 quinoa and sweet potato burger with horseradish sour cream, shallots and chives 39 roasted celeriac burger with herb cream and chanterelles 60 salt-roasted beetroot burger with pickled grapes and spinach 89 sprout and charcoal burger with pickled red onions and cress 57 pulled sweet potato burger with feta cheese, marjoram and black vinegar mix 37 twirled-courgette and sweet potato burger with chipotle mayonnaise 28

vegetable-based baba ghanoush and borlotti burger with burrata and fried tomatoes 26 beer-marinated aubergine burger with misofried carrots and deep-fried sage 63 courgette burger with grilled spring onions and wild garlic 21 grilled avocado burger with marinated beans, crème fraîche and fresh herbs 34 twirled aubergine burger with home-made tomato ketchup and caramelised onions 32 twirled courgette and sweet potato burger with chipotle mayonnaise 28

mushroom-based bbq portobello burger with caramelised onion mix and Saint Agur cheese 46 bbq portobello burger with grilled pepper and mayonnaise 55 borlotti and chanterelle burger with lingonberry chutney 14

BUNS brioche buns 103 poolish-based burger buns 100 charcoal buns 99 sweet potato buns 97

SIDE ORDERS barbecued corn on the cob with garlic butter, crème fraîche and Parmesan 116 deep-fried courgette flowers stuffed with cream cheese and Parmesan 116 deep-fried potato shoestrings with grated truffle and truffle mayonnaise 106 deep-fried sweet potato crisps 106 double-deep-fried chips dunked in cheese and fresh herbs 108 double-deep-fried potato peel with garlic mayonnaise 111 fennel, carrot and savoy cabbage coleslaw 119 kohlrabi and sweetheart cabbage coleslaw 119 purple sweetheart cabbage and apple sauerkraut 120 roasted sweet potato chips with grated Swiss cheese 111

PICKLES, CONDIMENTS AND OTHER ACCOMPANIMENTS charcoal-roasted baba ghanoush 124 dry-roasted walnuts 149 grilled and steamed spring onions 149 green banana guacamole 135 kimchi classic kimchi with pak choi and rhubarb 143 courgette kimchi 140 kimchi base 140 mayonnaise basic recipe 126 blackened mayonnaise 128 chipotle mayonnaise 126 garlic mayonnaise 128 sea buckthorn mayonnaise 126 truffle mayonnaise 128 nut butter 149 oven-baked onions 132 pickles pickled gherkins 136 pickled mustard seeds 136 pickled radishes 137 pickled red onions 136 pickled sea buckthorn berries 139 roasted kale 147 roasted pepper seasoning 132 smoked tomatoes 144 tomato ketchup 131

––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

158 Green burgers

Bonnier Fakta www.bonnierfakta.se Copyright © text and photographs Martin Nordin, 2017 Copyright © photographs on pages 4–7, 30–31 and 152–153 and back cover Oskar Falck, 2017 Copyright © illustrations Katy Kimbell and Li Söderberg Design Katy Kimbell and Li Söderberg Editor Hanna Jacobsson Repro Italgraf Media Printed at Livonia Print Latvia, 2017 ISBN 978-91-7424-630-8

Update imprint


SMILING MIND Mindfulness Made Easy Jane Martino & James Tutton DESCRIPTION Mindfulness has become a popular tool to help people manage anxiety and stress and to increase focus and productivity in the busy modern world. Smiling Mind provides personal insight from the perspective of two successful business people and founders of Smiling Mind, Australia’s largest mindfulness nonprofit program – with a community of over a million users across its platforms. The authors have both used mindfulness to help navigate the peaks and troughs of everyday life. Based on their personal experiences and the mounting evidence showing the benefits of mindfulness practice, the authors demonstrate how to bring mindfulness to all areas of our lives including work, relationships, families and parenting. They explain what “switching on” or “being mindful” is, and crucially, how it works. They explain how to use the principles of mindfulness to build a happier, healthier and more connected life. Smiling Mind is full of ideas, advice, practical tools and inspiration to lead a life that is fulfilling, passionate and emotionally healthy and to pass those lessons on to our families and the wider community. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD $14.99 NZ $17.99

ISBN

9781743794005

Category

Self Help

Imprint

Hardie Grant Books

Extent

176 pages

Format

Paperback 186 x 145 mm

Illustrations •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Incidental spotcolour illustrations

www.hardiegrant.com.au

AUTHOR DETAILS Jane Martino has a background in building highly successful, dynamic organisations in both the commercial and not-for-profit sectors as founder for both the media/communications company, Undertow Media, and Shout for Good, a fundraising platform for multiple charitable causes. Jane is the author of a series of books called The Thank You books published with ACP Books. James Tutton is an energetic entrepreneur and a passionate believer in the role that business can play in delivering positive social and community outcomes. He is the founder of the very successful Moonlight Cinemas and is now the director and major shareholder of Neometro, a design-driven and socially-focussed residential property developer. He is also on the board of social enterprises, Shout for Good and B Corp.


SMILING MIND Mindfulness Made Easy Jane Martino & James Tutton KEY SELLING POINTS • Smiling Mind is a widely recognised brand in the wellbeing sector with a mass consumer following – over 500,000 Smiling Mind apps have been downloaded in Australia and over 5000 schools and educational institutions are using the program. • Smiling Mind have worked with and developed mindfulness programs for Cricket Australia and other elite sporting organisations, and delivered a Smiling Mind corporate program to global brands such as IBM, Google, BP, Pricewaterhouse Coopers, Lend Lease and Twitter. • Smiling Mind has leading authorities behind the organisation in Professor Frank Oberklaid and Michael Carr Cregg as well as community partnerships with Red Cross Australia, Royal Children’s Hopital, and mental health organisations such as Headspace, Beyondblue and ReachOut. • Authors and founders of Smiling Mind, Jane Martino and James Tutton, have exceptional abilities in brand building and awareness, media communication and engagement to help promote the book. • Ambassadors for Smiling Mind include Australian netballer Bianca Chatfield, Former AFL footballer Brett Kirk, TV Presenter Dr Andrew Rochford, and musician Clare Bowditch – they will support and promote the book.

PRAISE FOR SMILING MIND HARDBACK EDITION “It truly does make mindfulness easy.” Sunday Canberra Times “This bright and bold pocketbook is packed with useful tips and fun exercises designed to increase mindfulness and manage anxiety and stress.” The Weekly Review, Bayside

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

www.hardiegrant.com.au


THE SMILING MIND APP HAS REACHED MORE THAN 1 MILLION PEOPLE WORLDWIDE

Smiling Mind workplace programs are currently being used by more than 200 organisations. • More than 12,000 employees have started to learn how to use mindfulness meditation to improve their wellbeing and effectiveness at work. • The programs significantly reduce stress, with 68% of participants reporting that they feel a greater sense of calm since using the Smiling Mind app.

Smiling Mind’s education program improves mental wellbeing, sleep and concentration. More than 13,000 education providers use Smiling Mind programs in their classrooms. • That’s at least 600,000 students experiencing the benefit of the programs every day (based on 60 students per teacher). • We’ve also provided additional intensive professional development to up-skill more than 4,000 teachers so that they can bring mindfulness into their classrooms.


CONTENTS

1 2 Spreading the word on mindfulness

What is mindfulness?

5 6 Practising mindfulness

‘Switch on’ to your life

page 10

page 16

page 86

page 106

3 4 The benefits of mindfulness

How to be mindful

7

page 42

page 68

page 160

That’s it, folks


EXERCISE #1

Sit and write down the string of thoughts that comes into your head over one minute. Go on, time it.

24

SMIL ING MIND

Your mind may dart from thinking about putting the bins out, to making a phone call, wishing you were lying on the beach, sex, some business you need to look into, trying to remember the guy that is singing the song on the radio, looking up Instagram, or remembering to check in for a flight tomorrow, feed the dog, buy a birthday present, get petrol and put the gumboots in the car.

CHAP TER 2 : WHAT IS MINDFULNESS?

25


YOU ARE READY, ANYTIME

Often, meditation guides create even more barriers by saying that we need to find a special place to do our meditation, wear comfortable clothes or take a bath or shower beforehand. All of these things can be valuable and quite possibly add to the meditation experience; however, they are not essential. And the last thing we need to be doing is adding more reasons for people not to meditate. You might be the great unwashed, or sweaty from racing from one meeting to another, or just feeling frazzled after the witching hour is over and the kids are in bed. All of these are perfect times to meditate—however you are, wherever you are. Life is unpredictable. Life is noisy. If we can build up the ability to stay with a meditation even through some distractions or external noise, then that can be a very positive thing. Remember, there is no such thing as perfection, and that not only includes us as humans but how our meditation sessions should be or feel.

‘Oh I cannot possibly meditate. I am not freshly bathed and sitting on my special cushion.’ 36

SMIL ING MIND

JANE SAYS: I have had some of my best meditations sitting in my car. Often, if I have failed to wake up early enough to fit a session into my morning routine, I will get out my phone during the day—in the work car park or if I arrive early for a meeting—and play a ten-minute guided meditation while sitting upright in the driver’s seat of my car. I have even done this when parked on a main street and been sprung by a friend. She snapped a photo of me, and when I checked my phone following my meditation, there I was, a picture of me caught in the act! How good would it be if instead of a magazine article on ‘Stars without make-up’, there was ‘Stars caught meditating’? That would be the point at which we knew meditation really was changing the world.

CHAP TER 2 : WHAT IS MINDFULNESS?

37


SMALL WAYS TO SHAPE OUR WORLD Igniting Change DESCRIPTION Small Changes x Lots of People = Big Change We want to be part of the solution, not the problem. But the problems facing us – whether local or global – seem too big, too faraway and too hard to tackle. This meaningful, practical and beautifully simple book will inspire you to make changes in your everyday life that will quietly reshape the world. Often all it takes is a moment to look beyond the label, beyond the surface, and think globally but act locally. This book reminds us that little things count. They add up and often cost you nothing. They ignite change and make the people around you happier. Small Ways to Shape Our World is an inspiring call to action, a powerful reminder that there’s more to life than what you see, and a guide to reshaping your world with small acts of kindness, thoughtfulness and quiet rebellion.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD $12.99 NZ $14.99

ISBN

9781743794197

Category

Self Help

Imprint

Hardie Grant Books

Extent

112 pages

Format

Hardback 198mm x 129mm

Illustrations •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Full colour throughout

www.hardiegrant.com.au

AUTHOR DETAILS This book is an initiative of Igniting Change, a purposely small organisation that’s passionate about sparking big, positive change with people doing it tough in our communities. We are moved by the humanity and courage of the people we are privileged to work with. We listen, we remain openminded, we uncover what’s hidden from everyday eyes, we’re guided by the people who experience the issues, we connect unlikely experts to create new thinking and above all we strive to give a voice to people experiencing injustice and inequality. Solid governance and independent funding enable us to take risks when backing outstanding people and organisations, cutting-edge investments that have a real chance of catalysing social change. We call this ‘igniting change’ and we love what we do.


SMALL WAYS TO SHAPE OUR WORLD Igniting Change KEY SELLING POINTS • Small Ways to Shape Our World is an adapted and reinvigorated version of Change the World For 10 Bucks that sold over 340,000 copies internationally. • Book design is by award-winning design agency TBWA. • Beautifully packaged, feel-good book that gives readers fifty simple ways to change the world right now, every day, without drastically upending their own lives. • The perfect kickstart to new year’s resolutions. • Taps into the interest in mindfulness, connecting with others, adding something positive to the world, moving beyond self-improvement. • Epitomises the idea of ‘think globally, act locally’ with thought-provoking ideas and clever graphics to provoke thought and action. • Ideas include:

Spend time with someone from a different generation.

Why do some cultures have elders but others have the elderly?

Smile and smile back.

We produce about four billion tonnes of food each year. How can anyone be hungry?

Buy nothing today.

Ask, don’t assume.

Connect with the land. Take a walk.

• Marketing and publicity campaign tying in with “New Year, New You” promotions.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

www.hardiegrant.com.au


SMALL WAYS TO SHAPE OUR WORLD 10 copy counterpack @ 50% discount

Small changes x lots of people = big change

The simple shapes and words in this book explore connection and meaning. They remind us it’s the little things that can count most. They add up and often cost you nothing. They ignite change and make the people around you happier.

So please, as you read, think about reshaping your world with small acts of kindness, thoughtfulness and quiet rebellion.

9349685007623 RRP: AU $129.90 WITH DISCOUNT: AU $64.95

NZ $149.90 NZ $74.95


Small changes x lots of people = big change

The simple shapes and words in this book explore connection and meaning. They remind us it’s the little things that can count most. They add up and often cost you nothing. They ignite change and make the people around you happier.

So please, as you read, think about reshaping your world with small acts of kindness, thoughtfulness and quiet rebellion.


people can change their stripes storiesfromtheinside.com.au


who are the traditional owners of your suburb? welcometocountry.mobi


how long can you survive without looking at your mobile?


people who need the most love often ask for it in the most unlovable ways


you don’t have to be a scientist to save the reef oceanservice.noaa.gov/facts/thingsyoucando.html


think act pass it on


TONIC Delicious and Natural Remedies to Boost Your Health Tanita de Ruijt DESCRIPTION Invigorating, refreshing and restorative recipes to help you feel great. Tonic is a colourful celebration of healing tonics inspired primarily by systems of traditional medicine from the East, adapted to suit the West. It demonstrates how to make the most of kitchen cupboard staples, such as herbs and spices how they can be used in the modern world to improve our overall health and wellbeing.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD $22.99 NZ $24.99

ISBN

9781784881412

Category

Food & Drink

Imprint

Hardie Grant London

Extent

160 pages

Format

Hardback 210 x 160mm

Illustrations •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Colour photography throughout

www.hardiegrant.com.au

Showcasing over 50 tasty homemade tonic recipes to help balance energy and support your body’s natural defences, each tonic has been carefully crafted to restore, invigorate and heighten your state of mind. Featuring the sunshine-coloured, immune-boosting Turmeric Tonic – an all-round healer and refreshing elixir – to more eclectic Love Potions, Salvation Shrubs and Make-Your-Own Probiotics, each tonic is as colourful and delicious as they are resourceful. Consumed hot or cold discover, the recipes are simple to master and can easily be adapted to suit your lifestyle. Discover the zingy flavours of the Fever Grass Tonic to beat off symptoms of cold and flu or the deliciously nutty Rooibos Tonic to fight fatigue; sooth your hangover with the refreshing and spicy Mexican tepache or ease your anxieties with the creamy and comforting Hug in a Cup. So whether you’re suffering from low immunity, digestion problems, feeling tired, run down or just stressed, these tonics will not only tickle your taste buds but will raise your energy, and lift your mood. Including an extensive pantry list and a helpful ailment index, Tonic offers all-natural and exciting ways to treat basic ailments quickly, safely, and effectively at home. AUTHOR DETAILS Dutch native Tanita de Ruijt’s path to herbal healing started after becoming enchanted with the volcanic islands of Indonesia. She runs one of London’s most popular tonic companies, Jamu Kitchen. Here she shares her knowledge of traditional food wisdom, soul cleansing, and therapeutic cooking.


TONIC Delicious and Natural Remedies to Boost Your Health Tanita de Ruijt KEY SELLING POINTS • Tonics offers all-natural and diverse ways to treat basic ailments quickly, safely, and effectively at home. • Over 50 non-alcoholic tonics made with household herbs and spices and are as colourful and delicious as they are resourceful. • Turmeric and Kombucha were two of Google’s key food trends of 2016-17 and both have extensive natural healing properties. • Herbs and spices in tonics contain more disease-fighting antioxidants than fruits or vegetables.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

www.hardiegrant.com.au


Contents

INTRODUCTION

Pg.7

THE JAMU KITCHEN

ANCIENT WISDOM – MODERN TIMES ABOUT THIS BOOK

Pg.14

PRINCIPLES

INSIDE THE JAMU APOTHECARY KITCHEN THE 3 GINGERS

Pg.22

HERBS

Pg.26

SPICES

Pg.30

TURMERIC TAMARIND TONIC

Pg.8

Pg.13 Pg.15

Pg.17

TOOLS

STAPLES

Pg.18 Pg.32

Pg.38

STRESSED? TIRED? HUNGOVER? BLOATED? SICK? Pg.46

Pg.60

Pg.80

Pg.96

Pg.122

P001-160TONIC_v3.indd 4-5

31/07/2017 11:14


INTRODUCTION

Every year, at the first sign of a stuf fy

Incorporating tonics into your lifestyle

nose, I head to my kitchen for help. I’ll mix up one of my signature tonics to quickly put me right. No, I’m not a doctor, or a nutritionist for that matter; nor do I plan on becoming either. I’m just a home cook – one who is fully invested in unlocking both the flavour and the medicinal potential of my ingredients.

could help to prevent symptoms by

Using food as medicine is part of a basic instinct for survival that we seem to have lost touch with. It’s a handy one, too, especially when life throws you one of its many curveballs, such as waking up with a sore throat on the day of an important meeting; overeating and feeling bloated (life’s too delicious); waking up with a hangover (it happens); or the classic af ternoon slump.

Importantly, making a tonic is not about having all the latest healthy ‘superfoods’ on hand. A lot of the most potent ingredients, such as herbs and spices, already sit in our kitchen cupboards. Their smells alone can entice the appetite, activate digestion, and release feel-good endorphins. This book of fers all-natural, diverse ways to treat basic ailments quickly, safely, and ef fectively at home. These tonics will tickle your taste buds, raise your energy, and elevate your mood. Find ways to pillage your kitchen cupboards and make surprisingly ef fective – and inexpensive – remedies.

To n

ic

7

There was a time when all cooks were also experts on medicinal foods. Herbs and spices served a dual purpose – they went into medicinal concoctions as well as into the cooking pot; into the types of homemade remedies your grandma used to make. I call them tonics.

supporting your body’s basic systems such as the digestive, respiratory, nervous, and endocrine system. Tonics support these systems by tackling everyday ailments before they become visible or start to develop into something more significant. It is a preventative and all-encompassing approach to health.

P001-160TONIC_v3.indd 6-7

31/07/2017 11:14


P001-160TONIC_v3.indd 20-21

31/07/2017 11:14


TURMERIC TAMARIND TONIC

T h e m o s t p o p u l a r re m e d y p re s c r i b e d b y t h e t r a d i t i o n a l h e a l i n g s y s t e m o f I n d o n e s i a, k n o w n a s Jamu, this tonic is consumed by Indonesians of all ages for its purif ying, healing and beautif ying p o w e r s . I t i s m a d e a t h o m e a c c o rd i n g t o c l o s e l yg u a rd e d f a m i l y re c i p e s , p a s s e d d o w n f ro m g e n e r a t i o n t o g e n e r a t i o n , a n d h u m b l y s o l d, h a w ke r-s t y l e, t o nearby neighbours and friends throughout the islands o f B a l i a n d J a v a . T h i s i s t h e v e r y re c i p e I l e a r n e d t o m a ke i n U b u d, f ro m t h e J a m u G e n d o n g (w h i c h t r a n s l a t e s a s ‘J a m u c a r r i e r ’ ) h e r s e l f, a n d i n s p i re d m y j o u r n e y i n t o t o n i c m a ki n g . H o p e f u l l y, i t w i l l d o t h e same for you. Tu r m e r i c s u p p o r t s t h e l i v e r w i t h d e t ox i f i c a t i o n , p u r i f y i n g t h e b l o o d, re d u c i n g i n f l a m m a t i o n a n d p re v e n t i n g b l o o d c l o t t i n g . Ta m a r i n d i s c o o l i n g , r i c h i n a n t i ox i d a n t s , b o o s t s t h e m e t a b o l i s m , s u p p r e s s e s the appetite and lowers blood sugar levels. As a m e m b e r o f t h e g i n g e r f a m i l y, g a l a n g a l w a r m s t h e b o d y a n d ai d s i n d i g e s t i o n .

To n

ic

41

Jamu is a 5,000-year-old system of natural healing from Indonesia, similar to Ayurveda, the traditional healing system of India. It relies solely on the power of local roots, herbs, spices and barks to cure whatever ails you.

P001-160TONIC_v3.indd 40-41

31/07/2017 11:15


ARROZ CON LECHE

LOVE POTION

Pg.52

Pg.48

Chapter 1

STRESSED? Pg.51

Men tal s tres s h as ph ys ical con s eq u en ces . It bu il d s u p sl ow l y in s id e, an d it can take years before it becomes v is ibl e as a ph ys ical il l n es s on th e outs id e. Stres s affects every s ys tem in the bod y, in cl u d in g ou r ad ren al an d thy roid g l an d s , an d hormon es . It al s o ag es skin , d epl etes en erg y an d immun ity, an d comp romis es d ig es tion . Stres s h as the abil ity to red uce th e d ivers ity of you r g u t bacteria. The l es s d ivers e th ey become, the more s u s ceptibl e you become to il l n es s , food al l erg ies an d s en s itiv ities .

SLEEPY TONIC

No matter h ow h ard you work on you r h eal th , un til you man ag e your s tres s l evel s , you w il l n ever be ful l y wel l. Ad optin g s tres s -free habits w il l create a rock-s ol id foun d ation th at w il l n ot on l y imp rove you r mood, skin , hair, weig h t an d en erg y l evel s , but can al s o h el p to sl ow d ow n the ag ein g p roces s . Ton ic makin g is a form of med itation an d creative exp res s ion th at is reward ed w ith a q u al ity d rin k afterward s .

Pg.55

SLOW DOWN. CHILL OUT. MAKE A TONIC.

HAPPY TONIC

Sp en d in g time in the kitchen can be therap eutic. It q uiets the min d.

CHILL OUT TONIC

Th is chapter is al l about feel in g g ood, from the in s id e ou t. Beauty is a s tate of g race, ach ieved w h en you reach your tru e p oten tial for h ap p in es s , h eal th an d creativ ity. Bal an cin g s tres s h ormon es is th e key to tru l y s u s tain abl e rad ian ce.

To n

ic

47

Pg.56

P001-160TONIC_v3.indd 46-47

31/07/2017 11:15


ARROZ CON LECHE

T his traditio nal dr ink f ro m M ex i c o, ca lle d a h orc ha t a , has the co mfo r ting starchin e s s a n d t a s te of t he r i ce pudding o r the S panish ‘ar roz con le c he ’ I h a d g rowi n g up. I t is sur pr isingl y br il l ian t i n t he s u m m e r, s e r ve d col d over ice. I t’s the ul timate co mfo r t dr i n k – m a d e f rom r i ce, al mo nds and co co nut, spice d wi t h c i n n a m on a n d clove s – it al so happens to be a pe r fe ct d a i r y - f re e a lte r n a t i ve to mil k . S tarchy r ice water is an anci e n t In d on e s i a n h e a li n g to nic that provides instant e n e rg y, i m p rove s d i g e s t i on , stabil ises bl o o d sugar l evel s , a n d slows d own a g e i n g , w hil e al so providing the bo d y wi t h e s s e n t i a l v i t a m i n s . Javanese ho usew ives even s a ve r i ce wa te r to u s e a s a face to ner af ter co ok ing t he fa m i ly m e a l.

Spiced rice milk horchata INGREDIENTS

METHOD

Makes 4 large servings Ready in 14 hours

Start the night before. In a large frying pan (skillet), toast the rice over a medium heat, stirring, until fragrant and golden – about 25 minutes. Remove from the heat and let the rice cool completely before moving on to the next stage – you don’t want it to cook.

200 g (7 oz/1 cup plus 2 tablespoons) long-grain rice

Rinse the cooled rice under cold water. Transfer it to a large bowl and add the almonds, cinnamon, cloves and water. Cover and leave it to soak overnight in 850 ml (30 fl oz) water.

100 g (3½ oz/generous ½ cup) raw almonds 4 cinnamon sticks or 2 teaspoons ground cinnamon 4 whole cloves or a pinch of ground cloves 850 ml (30 fl oz) water ½ x 330 ml (11 fl oz) can coconut milk, to taste

The next day, transfer the mixture to a blender and pulse two or three times, just enough to break up the rice a little – you don’t want to completely pulverise it. Strain through a fine mesh sieve or cheesecloth (muslin) – you may need to do this a few times. At this point, you should have a very basic rice milk. Add coconut milk and coconut blossom nectar, to taste. Whisk thoroughly until the texture is smooth. Refrigerate until cold, before serving.

coconut blossom nectar, to taste

P001-160TONIC_v3.indd 52-53

31/07/2017 11:15


HOMEMADE ALKA SELTZER

A cap abl e con coction , d es ig n ed to come to your aid – s w iftl y. Do you h ave g in g er? D o you have l emon ? G reat, you’re al mos t there. Al l we’re d oin g h ere is ad d in g a few g ood s u g ars , s al ts an d s p ices to water. Hyd ratin g w ith water al on e, w h en your el ectrol y tes an d min eral s are d epl eted, is s impl y n ot en oug h . F resh g in g er combin ed w ith th e al kal in ity of a l emon or l ime w il l h el p s ettl e a q ueas y bel l y by n eutral is in g s tomach acid.

‘Plop-plop, fizz-fizz, oh what a relief it is.’

INGREDIENTS

METHOD

Makes 1 serving Ready in 5 minutes

Add all ingredients to a glass, then stir until the syrup and salt have dissolved.

300 ml (10½ fl oz) still or sparkling water

Serve at room temperature.

juice of 1 lemon or lime 1-cm (½-in) piece of fresh ginger root, grated ½ teaspoon maple syrup pinch of sea salt OPTIONAL

splash of bitters (see p. 110)

To n

ic

85

freshly ground black pepper, to taste

P001-160TONIC_v3.indd 84-85

31/07/2017 11:15


NIGHT NURSE

T his her bal tea remedy co m b i n e s com for t i n g , sl eep- inducing spices w ith a h om e m a d e cou g h s y r u p, to rel ieve tick l y co ughs and s ore t hroa t s . T he medicinal pantr y is f ul l of sle e p a i d s . C om b i n i n g spices such as cinnamo n an d n ut m e g cre a te s a synergistic sedative ef fect on t h e b od y, t ha t help s to resto re cal m. H o ney al so fac i li t a te s a g ood n i g ht ’s sl eep, by stabil ising bl o o d s u g a r levels a n d con t r i b ut i n g to the rel ease of mel ato nin i n t h e b ra i n , a h or m on e respo nsibl e fo r inducing sl e e p.

Sleep like a baby

INGREDIENTS

METHOD

Makes 8 servings Ready in 2–3 hours

Combine all the ingredients together (except for the cough syrup and honey) in a large saucepan.

3 cinnamon sticks

Bring to a boil, then reduce to a very low heat, and allow the ingredients to steep for 2–3 hours.

1 tablespoon cloves ½ teaspoon black peppercorns

Strain, and serve with a tablespoon of DIY cough syrup or honey stirred into your mug. Feel free to add a dash of your milk of choice too, if you wish.

15 bay leaves ¼ teaspoon grated nutmeg 5-cm (2-inch) piece of fresh ginger root, finely sliced 2 litres (70 fl oz) filtered water 1 tablespoon DIY cough syrup (p. 129) or honey

P001-160TONIC_v3.indd 130-131

OPTIONAL

milk of your choice

31/07/2017 11:15


P001-160TONIC_v3.indd 136-137

31/07/2017 11:15


PROPER LEMSIP

A ton ic to brin g a g l ow to the ch il l ed an d frag il e, by s tokin g that in tern al fire. Hot tod d ies were a s tapl e s av iou r d u rin g th e freez in g col d d ays an d n ig h ts I s p en t s tud y in g in E d in burg h, Scotl an d ; there cou l d n’t be a better d rin k to make you feel cos y. W hisky is a g reat d econ g es tan t, an d the booze h el p s you sl eep. There is s uch a th in g as too man y h ot tod d ies thou g h – mod eration is key, if your g oal is to feel better. Th e heat, s p ice, s weet an d s our fl avou rs al s o en courag e mu cu s p rod uction , to h el p you bl ow ou t an y bacteria an d v iru s es . Th e n ame ‘tod d y ’ comes from Tod ’s Wel l, a s p rin g on Arth ur’s Seat, w h ich is a famous h il l in th e h eart of E d in bu rg h. Th e Scots orig in al l y mad e tod d ies to make their w h isky more p al atabl e, but even after refin in g th e d is til l in g meth od s , they kept th eir fon d n es s for th is ton ic, after real is in g th at d rin kin g it reg ul arl y both p reven ted an d rel ieved col d s .

Hot toddy tonic INGREDIENTS

METHOD

Makes 1 serving Ready in 10 minutes

Add all the ingredients to a small teapot or glass and leave to brew for 5 minutes. Once infused, enjoy right away.

250 ml (9 fl oz) just-boiled water 1 cinnamon stick 2 cloves 2.5-cm (1-inch) piece of fresh ginger root, sliced 1 tablespoon honey or fermented honey (p. 144) 1 slice of lemon

To n

ic

13

9

2 tablespoons whisky

P001-160TONIC_v3.indd 138-139

31/07/2017 11:15


SIT STRONG Everyday Exercises to Stretch and Strengthen Your Posture Harriet Griffey DESCRIPTION Harriet Griffey delivers an informative guide on how we can all counteract the effects of sitting for long periods of time. Our bodies are built for movement, but our modern lives mean that we spend much of our time in sedentary occupations, whether that’s at our desks, commuting long distances by car or even just at home watching the television. Back aches, migraines, RSI and even digestion problems can all be caused or aggravated by long hours spent sitting. In Sit Strong, Harriet Griffey shows you what you can do to strengthen your body and improve flexibility to help counter the very real health risks caused by excessive sitting.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD $19.99 NZ $22.99

ISBN

9781784881443

Category

Self Help

Imprint

Hardie Grant London

Extent

144 pages

Format

Hardback 185 x 135mm

Illustrations •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

4C illustrations

www.hardiegrant.com.au

Divided into five main areas – head and neck; shoulders and upper back; arms; lower back and bottom; and legs – each section provides a series of gentle, movement-based exercises, designed to target areas that can be badly affected. Illustrated throughout, these exercises can be easily combined and incorporated into a personalised routine and fitness plan. With advice on specialist help and alternative ways to stretch and strengthen, Sit Strong gives you everything you need to improve your overall health and wellbeing. Start today and feel better immediately.

AUTHOR DETAILS Former nurse, Harriet Griffey is a journalist and writer who writes extensively across the globe. She has published 18 books, her most recent being I Want to be Happy and I Want to be Confident.


SIT STRONG Everyday Exercises to Stretch and Strengthen Your Posture Harriet Griffey KEY SELLING POINTS • Spending long hours sitting is a growing health concern, especially for millions of office workers. • According to recent research, sitting more than 6 hours a day may be as dangerous as smoking a pack of cigarettes a day. • Britain’s NHS and the Start Active, Stay Active report recommend breaking up long periods of sitting time with short bouts of activity. • By focusing on simple movement-based exercises you will increase your body’s flexibility and help undo the damage caused by sitting. • The exercises are aligned to proven Alexander Technique methods as well as traditional yoga stretches, to help improve strength and posture.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

www.hardiegrant.com.au


One.


O

HOW BAD IS IT? It’s not just musculoskeletal pain that can result from our sedentary lifestyles. In 2017, the British Heart Foundation (BHF) reported that more than 20 million people in the UK were physically inactive. Their analysis suggested that, on average, British men spent a fifth of their lifetime sitting, which was equivalent to 78 days a year, while for women it was 74 days a year. The report defined ‘inactive’ as not achieving the minimum government guidelines of 150

9

WHY IT MATTERS

WHY IT MATTERS

ur bodies are built for movement. The muscles, ligaments and tendons that support our bones are geared to support an active lifestyle, which should, in turn, keeps muscles strong. Without strong muscles, the tendons that connect muscles to bones, or the ligaments that connect bones to bones, have to take up the slack. However, being fibrous and less flexible, tendons and ligaments can’t do the job for which muscles were designed. When muscles are flabby, ligaments and tendons take the strain, but this can put joints at risk. And when weak muscles go into spasm, to protect joints from damage, this can result in acute pain. Without proper attention, this can easily become a chronic problem. Prevention is always better than cure, especially as ligament strain or tendonitis both require a long period of enforced rest for recovery.


CHECK YOUR POSTURE!

ˌ

Make sure your head is aligned above your shoulders, with your chin tucked in.

ˌ

Sit upright and back into the seat of your chair, using the chair’s lumbar support, or a small cushion, to help support your lower back and keep your posture upright.

ˌ

ˌ

ˌ

Your thighs should be at a right angle to your hips and your feet should be flat on the floor. If you need to use a low footstool to maintain this position comfortably, do. It will pay dividends in terms of keeping your sitting posture strong. Your computer screen should be directly in front of your eyes, so you don’t have to look up or down. If you use a laptop at your workstation, consider raising it up and using a separate keyboard. Shoulders should be relaxed, neither raised nor hunched forward, with your upper arms and elbows close to your body.

14

Your keyboard should be at elbow height when you are seated, so your forearms are at a right angle to your upper arm – this also helps to keep shoulders relaxed and lowered.

ˌ

When typing, your wrists should be straight, parallel to the floor. If you work habitually on a laptop, consider using a separate mouse.

ˌ

Take regular breaks every 30 minutes, at least, to walk around and run through some stretches.

ˌ

In addition, it’s becoming more of a trend to stand and work at a workstation, in an attempt to counteract the effects of long hours spent sitting. This may be worth considering, if you work consistently at a computer, helping to protect your physical health.

20”–28” TO SCREEN

10”–20” MONITOR TILT

20”–28” TO SCREEN

STANDING EYE HEIGHT 10”–20” MONITOR TILT

STANDING ELBOW HEIGHT

STANDING ELBOW HEIGHT

SEAT HEIGHT

15

WHY IT MATTERS

ONE

Sitting for long periods is tiring and, as we tire, so do our muscles, which makes our posture slump further. Sitting slumped becomes a habit and this further aggravates poor posture. Focusing on improving posture includes making sure that where you sit and work is ergonomically suitable. Many of the exercises outlined here will help strengthen your posture generally, whether your are sitting, standing or walking, but here’s a checklist to make sure you know how to protect your body while sitting and working at a desk – this is particularly relevant when working on a computer or laptop.

ˌ


E XERCISE NO. 2

E XERCISE NO. 3

Bent-Arm Shoulder Stretch

Hugging Shoulder Stretch

This and is similar thefloor. Straight-Arm Stretch, above, but can be used feet flat to on the as an alternative, with the previously straight arm, bent at the 2 Relax your shoulders and rest your hands in your lap. elbow. This will increase the stretch through the muscles of the rib 3 Look ahead, with your chin tucked in, somore. that the back of your head is in cage a little

Sometimes called the ‘wrap-around stretch’, this is effectively 1 Sit upright in your chair, with your legs uncrossed, knees hip-width apart hugging yourself to floor. create a stretch through the shoulder blades. and feet flat on the

1 Sit upright in your chair, with your legs uncrossed, knees hip-width apart

line with your back.

4 Pull your chin in, keeping your gaze level, as if you were trying to press the back of your head against a wall.

2 Relax your shoulders and rest your hands in your lap. 3 Look ahead, with your chin tucked in, so that the back of your head is in line with your back.

5 Hold for a count of 5.

4 Keeping your shoulders down and relaxed and your head level, move your chin forwards.

6 Relax.

5 Hold for a count of 5.

7 Repeat 5 times.

6 Relax.

8 You can also extend this stretch by looking down, as if you were going to press your chin into your breastbone.

7 Repeat 5 times.

Like this, but chin forward?

1 Once in this position, raise both elbows to gently increase the stretch.

1 Hold for a count of 5.

2 Now, gently move the shoulders forward and then back, to a count of 10.

2 Release and repeat. 3 Alternate arms and repeat the sequence.

44

3 Relax and repeat.

45


ADELAIDE POCKET PRECINCTS A Pocket Guide to the City’s Best Cultural Hangouts, Shops, Bars and Eateries Sam Trezise DESCRIPTION Couple an extensive food and wine scene with magnificent natural landscapes, and it’s not hard to see why Adelaide and South Australia are growing in popularity as tourist destinations. Adelaide Pocket Precincts helps you discover the crafty eateries, small bars, acclaimed boutiques and notable gallery spaces that continue to pop up at a staggering rate. In this pocket-size travel guide, seasoned traveller Sam Trezise offers a curated list of the very best cultural, shopping, eating and drinking experiences in Adelaide. There is also a selection of ‘field trips’ that encourage you to venture outside the city, covering the Adelaide Hills, Barossa Valley, McLaren Vale, Port Willunga, Victor Harbor and Kangaroo Island. With a beautiful design and fold-out map at the back, you’ll soon see that Adelaide’s no longer simply a layover destination, or somewhere you visit purely for the festival season. It’s now that perfect getaway everyone should have the chance to experience.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD $19.99 NZ $22.99

ISBN

9781741175547

Category

Travel

Imprint

Hardie Grant Books

Extent

152 pages

Format

Paperback 182 x 130mm

Illustrations •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Full colour throughout

www.hardiegrant.com.au

AUTHOR DETAILS Born and raised in Adelaide, Sam Trezise started his guidebook journey as the director and cofounder of Insider Guides (http://insiderguides.com.au). Focused on offering travel advice for international students, these guides have been in circulation since 2007 and are now distributed worldwide in several different languages, covering a range of Australian and UK destinations. A graphic designer by trade, Sam has worked with various publications, agencies, banks, local councils and universities in both concept development and content creation capacities. He is also currently working on the international Half-full Adventure Map series with Hardie Grant covering Tokyo, Melbourne, London, New York City and San Francisco.


ADELAIDE POCKET PRECINCTS A Pocket Guide to the City’s Best Cultural Hangouts, Shops, Bars and Eateries Sam Trezise KEY SELLING POINTS • Divided into separate precincts, each featuring the author’s favourite cultural, shopping, eating and drinking places, as well as a number of field trips outside the city. • Attractive, award-winning design and full-color photos. • Lively and detailed descriptions to help first-time visitors to Adelaide, but also offers insights for seasoned travellers and locals. • Includes a fold-out map at the back of the book that pinpoints all of the places featured. • Other titles in this series: Kyoto Pocket Precincts, Hanoi Pocket Precincts (coming May 2018).

ALSO AVAILABLE

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

www.hardiegrant.com.au

AUD $19.99 NZ $24.99

9781741175172

Travel

Hardie Grant Books

184 pages

182mm x 130 mm

Full colour photography throughout


ADELAIDE POCKET PRECINCTS 8 Copy Counterpack with 50% Discount POCKET PRECINCTS

RRP: AU$159.92 NZ$183.92 With Discount: AU$79.96 NZ$91.96

9349685007708







MELBOURNE IN PHOTOS Chris Groenhout & Rachel Lewis

DESCRIPTION There’s always something fun happening in Melbourne. It’s the kind of place that’s made for getting lost in: stumble into a free event or amazing restaurant; wander around streets filled with Art Deco architecture, and through a rabbit warren of laneways; discover lush gardens planted a century ago; or go for a paddle at one of the many beaches. This book showcases images of Melbourne’s many ‘faces’ – both iconic places and hidden gems. See the city through travel photographers’ eyes and you’ll surely appreciate why Melbourne has a reputation as one of the world’s most liveable cities. AUTHOR DETAILS

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD $29.99 NZ $32.99

ISBN

9781741175448

Category

Imprint

Travel / Photography

Explore Australia

Extent

152 pages

Format

Hardback 220 x 207mm

Illustrations • FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Colour photography throughout

www.hardiegrant.com.au

Melbourne photographers Chris Groenhout and Rachel Lewis are a husband-and-wife team who have spent the past 12 years exploring the world together and shooting travel photography for clients such as Lonely Planet and Getty Images. As photography graduates from RMIT University, they both have professional careers in the field and specialise in architectural and interior commercial photography for a diverse range of clients, including the Herald Sun. Their work also appears in numerous books, magazines and online. Melbourne in Photos brings together a collection of new and inspiring images, celebrating their much-loved hometown. KEY SELLING POINTS • The perfect souvenir or gift, featuring all new photography with captions. • A fresh new take on the Steve Parish range of photo books for various Australian destinations. • Still light enough to pack in your suitcase or post. • Other titles in this series: Sydney in Photos, Brisbane in Photos.


vi

1281 MELBOURNE in Photos_2.indd 6-1

»

far left The bubble domes of AAMI Park, part of Melbourne’s Sports and Entertainment Precinct beside the Yarra River

»

above

»

left

Richmond’s iconic neon Nylex clock is a reminder of Melbourne’s industrial heritage

Boaters hire out rowboats at restored Edwardian Studley Park Boathouse and take an old-fashioned cruise down the Yarra River

001

27/7/17 5:43 pm


»

opposite

»

above

»

overleaf

The iconic, colourful bathing boxes of Brighton Bay Beach, Port Phillip Bay, crowned by the city skyline The 82 bathing boxes that dot the shores of Brighton Bay Beach, Port Phillip Bay, are classic Victorian-era wooden structures Melbourne’s brightly lit skyscrapers seen from Eureka Skydeck, the Southern Hemisphere’s highest public vantage point

005

1281 MELBOURNE in Photos_2.indd 4-5

27/7/17 5:43 pm


»

above

»

far right Cafe goers sit under the historic archways at Melbourne’s General Post Office

The famous Waterwall at the National Gallery of Victoria, one of Australia’s oldest art galleries.

008

1281 MELBOURNE in Photos_2.indd 8-9

009

27/7/17 5:43 pm


016

1281 MELBOURNE in Photos_2.indd 16-17

017

27/7/17 5:43 pm


024

1281 MELBOURNE in Photos_2.indd 24-25

025

27/7/17 5:43 pm


»

052

1281 MELBOURNE in Photos_2.indd 52-53

right

Iconic St Kilda Pavilion, at the end of St Kilda Pier, at dawn

053

27/7/17 5:44 pm


»

opposite

»

above

»

overleaf

The lions at the Shrine of Remembrance war memorial, backed up by Eureka Tower The Eternal Flame burns on at the Shrine of Remembrance war memorial Point Ormond, in the beachside suburb of Elwood, is a popular place to walk and relax

056

1281 MELBOURNE in Photos_2.indd 56-57

057

27/7/17 5:44 pm


SYDNEY IN PHOTOS Tim Denoodle

DESCRIPTION Everything in Sydney competes for your attention: the sight of a yacht race in the wake of a ferry; the sizzle of barbecues at the local park; the bustle of shoppers in one of the many malls, arcades or markets; or the squeal of kids chasing each other into the crashing surf. But wherever you go in this city, you’ll feel the pull of the Sydney’s saltwater fringe, from the quiet harbour coves that carve to the west, to the wild and playful ocean beyond the heads. This book showcases images of Sydney’s many ‘faces’ – both iconic places and hidden gems. See the city through a travel photographer’s eyes and you’ll surely appreciate why so many people find themselves returning again and again to Sydney’s famous shorelines.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD $29.99 NZ $32.99

ISBN

9781741175455

Category

Travel / Photography

Imprint

Explore Australia

Extent

152 pages

Format

Hardback 220 x 207mm

Illustrations • FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Colour photography throughout

www.hardiegrant.com.au

AUTHOR DETAILS Tim Denoodle is a Sydney writer and photographer whose work has appeared in various local and international travel magazines. He gained a worldwide following on Instagram as @denoodle (15k+ followers) after the Instagram company featured his work on their blog. In recent years Tim has exhibited his work at several Sydney galleries, including Maunsell Wickes in Paddington. When not working at Potts Point Bookshop, Tim spends most of his time writing and taking photographs around Sydney’s coastline. KEY SELLING POINTS • The perfect souvenir or gift, featuring all new photography with captions. • A fresh new take on the Steve Parish range of photo books for various Australian destinations. • Still light enough to pack in your suitcase or post. • Other titles in this series: Melbourne in Photos, Brisbane in Photos.


»

above

»

opposite

»

overleaf

Despite the suburb’s gentrification, Bondi still has its throwbacks to earlier times Diving into the Bronte rock pool

Historic Lysicrates Monument on the northern edge of the Royal Botanical Gardens

044

1281 SYDNEY in Photos_3.indd 44-45

045

10/8/17 5:26 pm


060

1281 SYDNEY in Photos_3.indd 60-61

»

above

»

opposite

Sail rigging at the Rocks is a reminder of Sydney’s maritime history

Hyde Park Barracks was originally built to house convict men and boys and is now a UNESCO World Heritage building

061

10/8/17 5:26 pm


»

074

1281 SYDNEY in Photos_3.indd 74-75

left

Yoga class on the terrace of Bondi’s Icebergs Club

075

10/8/17 5:27 pm


»

above

»

right

»

opposite

The Sydney Gay and Lesbian Mardi Gras parade crosses the halfway point at Taylor Square The smoke and confetti of Mardi Gras fly over Oxford Street

Admiring the view down William Street before the start of the City to Surf fun run

132

1281 SYDNEY in Photos_3.indd 132-133

10/8/17 5:27 p


BRISBANE IN PHOTOS Tim Denoodle

DESCRIPTION Brisbane is all grown up now – what once was a big country town has become a laidback yet vibrant city. There are many beautiful green spaces for you to relax in on a hot summer day, as well a thriving food scene of local markets and rooftop bars. Explore the city on foot, by bike, by bus or with a CityCat boat and take in the amazing collection of street art, old sandstone buildings and hip urban cityscapes This book showcases images of Brisbane’s many ‘faces’ – both iconic places and hidden gems. See the city through a travel photographer’s eyes and you’ll surely appreciate why Brisbane is a city worth getting to know better.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD $29.99 NZ $32.99

ISBN

9781741175585

Category

Travel / Photography

Imprint

Explore Australia

Extent

152 pages

Format

Hardback 220 x 207mm

Illustrations • FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Colour photography throughout

www.hardiegrant.com.au

AUTHOR DETAILS Larissa Dening is an award-winning landscape, travel and lifestyle photographer from Brisbane. She has been featured on Network Seven’s The Great South East and in Australian Traveller magazine, and works with numerous tourism boards, hotels and travel companies all over the world. Although Larissa learned film photography in high school, it was only after travelling around Europe eight years ago that she picked up a camera again and made a career out of the incredible beauty that she saw. Larissa now teaches others how to take photos with regularly sold-out workshops in Brisbane. KEY SELLING POINTS • The perfect souvenir or gift, featuring all new photography with captions. • A fresh new take on the Steve Parish range of photo books for various Australian destinations. • Still light enough to pack in your suitcase or post. • Other titles in this series: Melbourne in Photos, Sydney in Photos.


1281 BRISBANE in Photos_2.indd 6-7

»

above

»

opposite

Sunset views from Kangaroo Point Cliffs are unparalleled

Southbank’s Streets Beach is just next to the river and a popular place to cool off in summer months

007

3/8/17 2:49 p


030

1281 BRISBANE in Photos_2.indd 30-31

»

above

»

opposite

The stunning Treasury Casino holds a hotel, six restaurants, five bars and a nightclub Wandering the majestic corridors of St John’s Cathedral on Anne Street

031

3/8/17 2:49 p


»

above

»

right

»

opposite

»

overleaf

Fish Lane in hip West End is filled with stunning street art The moon shines bright in Fish Lane, West End

View down a new urban sanctuary: Fish Lane in West End There are plenty of rooftop bars around Brisbane, but you can’t beat the Stock Exchange Hotel on Edward Street for stunning city views

044

1281 BRISBANE in Photos_2.indd 44-45

045

3/8/17 2:50 p


»

above

»

right

»

opposite

The Powerhouse is a cool, repurposed powerhouse beside the river that features plays, concerts and other events There’s nothing like a Queensland pineapple picked up at the Powerhouse Market

The Jan Powers Farmers Market at the Powerhouse in New Farm is a poplar place for locals to collect local produce on a Saturday morning

056

1281 BRISBANE in Photos_2.indd 56-57

057

3/8/17 2:50 p


084

1281 BRISBANE in Photos_2.indd 84-85

085

3/8/17 2:51 p


In Photos 9 copy pack @ 50% discount 9349685007647

PACK RRP AU $269.91 NZ $296.91 WITH DISCOUNT AU $134.95 NZ $148.45

PACK INCLUDES 3 COPIES EACH OF MELBOURNE, BRISBANE AND SYDNEY IN PHOTOS AT A 50% DISCOUNT


SEA OF STRANGERS Lang Leav DESCRIPTION Sea of Strangers by Lang Leav picks up from her previous international bestselling books including Love & Misadventure, Lullabies, and The Universe of Us, and sets sail for a grand new adventure. This completely original collection of poetry and prose will not only delight her avid fans but is sure to capture the imagination of a whole new audience. With the turn of every page, Sea of Strangers invites you to go beyond love and loss to explore themes of self-discovery and empowerment as you navigate your way around the human heart.

AUTHOR DETAILS

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

Lang Leav is an international best-selling author and social media sensation. She is the winner of a Qantas Spirit of Youth Award and coveted Churchill Fellowship. Her books continue to top bestseller charts in bookstores worldwide, and Lullabies was the 2014 winner of the Goodreads Choice award for poetry. Lang has been featured in various publications including The Sydney Morning Herald, The Straits Times, The Guardian and The New York Times. She currently resides in New Zealand with her partner and fellow author Michael Faudet.

AUD $24.99 NZ $27.99

KEY SELLING POINTS

ISBN

9781449489892

• From the bestselling author of Sad Girls and The Universe of Us comes a brand new poetry title.

Category

Poetry

• Lang is an international best-selling author: her previous titles have sold more that 500k combined.

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Publishing

• Huge social media following: Instagram 378k, Twitter 223k, Facebook 839k.

Format

Paperback 203 x 127 mm

• For fans of Lang, Instapoets, romance and poetry. • Full marketing and publicity campaign on release.

langleav.tumblr.com FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

www.hardiegrant.com.au

@langleav

/mslangleav

@langleav


Lang Leav is best known as the internet sensation who made us fall in love with poetry all over again. Since launching into social media stardom with her Tumblr blog in 2012, Lang has become an international bestselling author of five books.

Lang with fans in Manila

Pia Wurtzbach, Miss Universe 2015


SEA OF STRANGERS Lang Leav Also available:

9781449456146 RRP AU$27.99 NZ$29.99

9781449461072 RRP AU$27.99 NZ$29.99

9781449472399 RRP AU$34.99 NZ$39.99 FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

www.hardiegrant.com.au

9781449480127 RRP AU$27.99 NZ$29.99

9781449487768 RRP AU$29.99 NZ$32.99


THE LITTLE BOOK OF HAPPINESS Live Laugh Love Alison Davies DESCRIPTION 150 practical tips, exercises and inspirational quotes to help you to live a happier life.

“Most folks are as happy as they make up their minds to be.” – Abraham Lincoln Happiness is contagious, a positive, transformative force. More than merely a passing mood, contentment should be attainable by everyone, but it can feel out of reach as we become bogged down in daily stresses and consumed by negativity. The Little Book of Happiness will show you how to live in the moment, flourish as an individual and improve your wellbeing. Through uplifting tips, positive quotes and simple exercises, learn how to let go, find true bliss, and reclaim your smile. AUTHOR DETAILS Publication Date 1st January 2018

Alison Davies writes for a wide selection of magazines, including Bella, Soul & Spirit, Your Fitness, Take a Break, Fate and Fortune, Spirit and Destiny, You, Kindred Spirit and Woman’s Own. Her features have also appeared in the Times Education Supplement, Daily Mail and Sunday Express parenting section. Her most recent book, Be More Cat, is also published by Quadrille.

Price

AUD $9.99 NZ $12.99

ISBN

9781787131125

KEY SELLING POINTS

Category

Self Help

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

• The eighth book in the bestselling series, The Little Book of Mindfulness, has now sold over 300,000 copies worldwide. • Streamline your life through the art of tidying up and vanquish your to-do list.

Extent

192 pages

• The perfect, pocket-sized book about living, laughing, and loving.

Format

Hardback 127 x 105mm

Illustrations • FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Text only

www.hardiegrant.com.au


Do something different, even something small. Take a new route to work, grab your morning coffee from a different vendor or try reading a new magazine or broadsheet. Striking out in this way encourages you to take a creative approach in all areas of your life.

164

“Happiness lies in the joy of achievement and the thrill of creative effort.�

franklin d. roosevelt

165


Do what you love.

“Success is not the key to happiness. Happiness is the key to success. If you love what you are doing, you will be successful.�

albert schweitzer

166

167


THE LITTLE BOOK OF TIDINESS Declutter Your Life Alison Davies DESCRIPTION 150 practical tips, exercises and inspirational quotes to declutter your life.

“Be careless in your dress if you must, but keep a tidy soul.” – Mark Twain Do you feel like you’re drowning in to-do lists, or overwhelmed by the number of possessions in your house? Tidying presents the opportunity not only to transform the physical spaces in which you spend time, but also to free the mind of daily stresses. This inspirational little book brilliantly simplifies the art of tidying up and reveals the benefits you will experience from getting your life, home and workplace in order. Motivating quotes, practical tidying tips and simple exercises help you to identify the things that are really significant and worth holding on to.

Publication Date 1st January 2018

Gain confidence and control with The Little Book of Tidiness, and seize the chance to make the most of less.

Price

AUD $9.99 NZ $12.99

ISBN

9781787131132

Category

Self Help

AUTHOR DETAILS Alison Davies writes for a wide selection of magazines, including Bella, Soul & Spirit, Your Fitness, Take a Break, Fate and Fortune, Spirit and Destiny, You, Kindred Spirit and Woman’s Own. Her features have also appeared in the Times Education Supplement, Daily Mail and Sunday Express parenting section. Her most recent book, Be More Cat, is also published by Quadrille.

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

KEY SELLING POINTS

Extent

192 pages

Format

Hardback 127 x 105mm

Illustrations • FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Text only

www.hardiegrant.com.au

• The eighth book in the bestselling series, The Little Book of Mindfulness has now sold over 300,000 copies worldwide. • Streamline your life through the art of tidying up and vanquish your to-do list. • The perfect, pocket-sized book about living more with less.


“You can become blind by seeing each

day as a similar one. Each day is a different one, each day brings a miracle of its own. It’s just a matter of paying attention to this miracle.”

Accept what is, let go of what was, and have faith in what will be.

paulo coelho

134

135


Pick one activity that will help you clear the clutter, for example stacking books on a bookshelf. As you embark on this activity, notice how you feel emotionally and physically. Pay attention to how each muscle feels as you lift and stretch to put the books in place. Consider the amazing job that your body does, allowing you to move in this way.

Focusing on every part of the process brings the experience to life, making it more enjoyable. Get into the habit of doing this every day with at least one task and it will help you see the mundane in a new and more magical light.

Feel the energy involved as you move through the task and embrace it. Immerse yourself fully in the activity and notice how that makes you feel.

136

137


THE LITTLE BOOK OF ... COUNTERPACK Contains 3x each of the following titles in the Little Book Of... series

9781849495356

FULL RRP $119.88 WITH 50% DISCOUNT

$59.94

9781849494205

EXAMPLE TITLES ONLY 9781849495356

9781849494205

PACK GTIN: 9349685007753


NOURISH CAKES Baking With a Healthy Nourishing Twist Marianne Stewart DESCRIPTION 50 recipes that allow you to have your cake and eat healthily too! These 50 simple recipes for cakes and bakes, both large and small, focus on nourishing ingredients such as nuts, vegetables and dried fruit, plus flours such as rye or buckwheat. Many of the recipes are allergy- or intolerance-friendly, using wheat-free flours and unrefined sugars. Each recipe is clearly coded to show you which dish will suit, along with an index to show you vegan, wheat-free and dairyfree cakes at a glance.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD $24.99 NZ $27.99

ISBN

9781787131163

Category

Food & Drink

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Extent

144 pages

Format

Hardback 222 x 175mm

Illustrations • FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Colour photography throughout

www.hardiegrant.com.au

With sections covering Light and Zesty bakes (Lime, coconut and courgette cake; Lavender and spelt sables), Vibrant and Fruity (Peach, olive oil and rosemary friands; Fig and honey tart), Warm and Nutty (Sweet potato brownies), Dark and Spicy (Chocolate, buckwheat and chestnut roulade; Clementine, oat and cranberry muffins), and Dress to Impress (Beetroot red velvet cake; Rainbow cake), the emphasis is on including exciting new ingredients, rather than on cutting things out, showing how you can get the same amazing tastes and textures with healthy alternatives. With all the recipes checked by a qualified dietitian, the cakes in the book show how you can embrace a more positive, balanced and inclusive approach in your baking. All the ingredients can be easily sourced from supermarkets or healthfood shops. Nourish Cakes presents an alternative way of baking and makes it appealing, delicious and exquisitely beautiful. AUTHOR DETAILS Marianne Stewart is a trained pastry chef who has worked in a number of respected London kitchens, including Baker & Spice, Jamie Oliver’s Fifteen and Peggy Porschen’s Cakes, allowing her to develop an expert understanding of the chemistry behind baking and a flair for delicious flavour combinations. She lives and works in Bristol where she teaches cookery classes and does private catering.


NOURISH CAKES Baking With a Healthy Nourishing Twist Marianne Stewart KEY SELLING POINTS •

Baking given a healthy twist with nutrient-rich ingredients.

• Includes gluten-, dairy- and refined-sugar-free options. • Clever flavour combinations to ensure that you don’t need to compromise on taste.

ALSO AVAILABLE

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

www.hardiegrant.com.au

AUD $24.99 NZ $29.99

9781849497985

Food & Drink

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

160 pages

Hardback 222 x 175mm

Over 75 colour photographs


Light

+ ZESTY


These little cheesecakes are beautifully tart and refreshing, and so pretty in their mini sizes. Making desserts in individual silicone moulds is a great way to keep the portion sizes moderate, while making them feel like an indulgent treat.

Blueberry & Lime Cheesecakes DF | GF | VG MAKES

8 individual cheesecakes 1 quantity of Cheesecake Base (see page 00)

FOR THE FILLING

100g (3½oz/generous ¾ cup) cashew nuts pinch of salt 80g (3oz/scant ½ cup) coconut oil, melted 100g (3½oz/¹⁄³ cup) brown rice syrup (for vegans) or honey finely grated zest of 3 unwaxed limes 40g (1½fl oz/heaping 2½ tbsp) lime juice (from about 1½ limes) 200g (7oz/¾ cup) coconut cream 120g (4½oz/1 cup) fresh blueberries, plus extra to decorate

Make the Cheesecake Base according to the instructions on page 00. For the filling, soak the cashews in cold water for 1 hour. Strain and blend in a food processor with the salt until as fine as possible. Add the coconut oil and blend again until completely smooth. Add the syrup or honey, lime juice and zest and the coconut cream and blend again until well mixed and smooth.

Fill the silicone moulds almost to the top, then top with the blueberries. Push down gently into the mixture. Chill in the fridge overnight before demoulding and serving, or in the freezer for 2 or more hours. If frozen, they are easier to demould, but best left to soften in the fridge for an hour or two. Decorate with blueberries. Keep in a covered container in the fridge for 2–3 days.

TIPS: You may have some cheesecake mix leftover. This can be poured into a ramekin, chilled along with the cheesecakes and served as a lime and blueberry cream. For a lemon and blueberry flavour, replace the lime juice with the same quantity of lemon juice and the zest with the finely grated zest of 2 lemons. 14 | LIGHT + ZESTY


Lime, coconut and courgette (zucchini) has become a new classic, but not all cakes that appear in cafés are allergy-friendly or even that healthy. This recipe is tart, fresh and delicious, but still suitable for the gluten and dairy-intolerant, as well as benefiting from the nutrient plus-points of extra fibre and protein from the nuts, rice flour and flaxseeds. Trust me though, you would never know!

Lime, Coconut & Courgette Cake DF | GF | WF MAKES

a 20-cm (8-in) round cake to serve 10–12 4 medium courgettes (zucchini), washed and grated finely grated zest of 6 unwaxed limes (60g/2fl oz/4 tbsp) lime juice 5 medium eggs 300g (10½oz/1²⁄³ cups) golden caster (granulated) sugar or demerara (raw brown) sugar 225g (7¾oz/1¾ cups) rice flour (I prefer Dove’s Farm) 100g (3½oz/1 cup) ground almonds 5 tsp ground flaxseed 1¼ tsp bicarbonate of soda (baking soda) 50g (1¾oz/²⁄³ cup) desiccated (dry unsweetened) coconut

FOR THE LIME CURD:

90g (3fl oz/6 tbsp) lime juice (from 2–3 zested limes leftover from the cake recipe) 5 tsp cornflour (cornstarch) or tapioca flour 90g (3¼oz/½ cup) golden caster (granulated) sugar or demerara (raw brown) sugar 160g (5¾oz/½ cup) coconut cream 5 medium egg yolks 45g (1½oz/¼ cup) coconut oil

Layer the grated courgette between double thicknesses of kitchen paper or tea towels and press down to extract the juice. Dry for 30 minutes, making sure the courgette is well drained. Weigh out 465g (1½lb), and add the lime zest and juice. Place the eggs in a bowl, add the sugar and whisk on mediumhigh speed for 5 minutes, or until pale and doubled in volume. Fold through the courgette until well incorporated. Sift together the rice flour, ground almonds, flaxseed and bicarbonate of soda (baking soda). Add the coconut and fold this mixture through the cake batter. Leave for 10 minutes. Preheat the oven to 180°C/155°C (fan)/350°F. Grease 2 x 20-cm (8-in) round cake tins, at least 5cm (2in) deep with coconut oil and line with baking parchment. Divide the cake batter evenly between the tins and bake for

40 minutes, or until browned and the tops spring back when gently pressed. Cool the cakes in their tins on a wire rack until just warm, then remove from the tins and cool on the rack until cold. Chill before slicing and filling. For the curd, in a bowl, add a little lime juice to the cornflour (cornstarch) to create a loose paste. Place the remaining juice along with half of the sugar and the coconut cream in a small pan and heat gently to simmering point, stirring. Add the cornflour paste and cook for 4–5 minutes until the mixture has thickened and has no floury taste. Whisk the remaining sugar with the egg yolks. Add a little of the hot mixture from the pan to the eggs and mix well, then pour back into the pan. Place over a low heat and cook for 3–4 minutes until the mix has thickened and the egg yolks

ingredients and method continued overleaf 16 | LIGHT + ZESTY


This recipe is incredibly versatile and surprisingly simple to make. You can prepare the mix in advance and keep it unbaked in the fridge; bake them in the mini bundt moulds or as a whole cake. They look beautiful undecorated, or simply finished with glacé icing. For a special occasion, jazz it up with the dairy-free cream topping and rhubarb twists!

Lime, Coconut & Courgette Cake continued TO DECORATE

500g (1lb 2oz/1²⁄³ cups) coconut cream, chilled coconut flakes, freshly grated lime zest and edible flowers

have gently cooked. Mix in the coconut oil. Scrape into a bowl, cover and chill until firm and cold.

this crust side up. Spoon on the remaining lime cream. Decorate with coconut flakes, grated lime zest and edible flowers.

To assemble the cake, slice each layer in half and, if the tops are uneven, trim these as well with a long serrated knife. Whisk 150g (5¼oz/½ cup) of the lime curd with the coconut cream. Place the first layer of cake on a serving plate and spread evenly with half of the remaining curd. Place the next cake layer on top and spread with half of the lime-coconut cream. Place the next cake layer on top and spread with the remaining curd. The final layer of cake should be one of the bottom halves of the cake; place

TIP: Make sure the courgettes are firm, and not too large. Too much softness or seeds in the centre can affect the cake’ s texture.

Rhubarb & Orange Bundt Cakes GF | DF | WF MAKES

12 mini bundt cakes Candied Rhubarb Twists (see page 00), to decorate 100g orange, cut into chunks and pips removed 200g (7oz) rhubarb, topped and tailed and cut into pieces 135g (4¾oz/¾ cup) golden caster (granulated) sugar 3 medium eggs 135g (4¾oz/1¹⁄³ cups) ground almonds 1½ tsp tapioca flour or cornflour (cornstarch) 2 tsp rice flour (I prefer Dove’s Farm) scant ½ tsp bicarbonate of soda (baking soda)

FOR THE RHUBARB & ORANGE CREAM (OPTIONAL) 200g (7oz/¾ cup) coconut cream, chilled 50g (1¾oz) leftover rhubarb and orange purée 20g (¾oz/1½ tbsp) coconut oil, melted and cooled 20g (¾oz/2¼ tbsp) golden icing (confectioners’) sugar or caster (superfine) sugar

Place the orange into a pan and cover with 150g (5fl oz/²⁄³ cup) water. Cover and cook over a medium heat for 30 minutes, or until just soft. If the water runs low, top it up. Add the rhubarb, cover and cook for another 5 minutes. Uncover and reduce until 1 tbsp of water remains. Cool, then purée the fruit mix in a blender. Weigh out 185g (6½oz) into a bowl, keeping any leftover for later, then stir in the sugar with a balloon whisk. Add the eggs and whisk until smooth. Sift together the ground almonds, flours and bicarbonate of soda (baking soda) and whisk this into the mixture. It should be quite loose, but not aerated.

the oven for 40 minutes, or until well browned and the top springs back when pressed. Cool the cakes slightly in the moulds, then tip the whole mould upside down to remove. Cool on a wire rack until completely cold, then chill in a covered container. If making the rhubarb and orange cream, gently whisk together all the ingredients until well blended and thick. Do not overwhisk. Chill for 30 minutes, then spoon or pipe on top of the cakes and decorate with rhubarb twists.

Preheat the oven to 170ºC/150°C (fan)/340°F and grease 2 x 6-hole individual silicone bundt moulds, about 7cm (2¾in) across, with coconut oil. Place the mould on a baking sheet and fill to just below the top (about 50g/1¾oz mix). Bake in the centre of

ingredients and method continued overleaf 18 | LIGHT + ZESTY

19 | LIGHT + ZESTY


This recipe is a twist on the classic lemon loaf cake, updated to include one of my favourite teas, Earl Grey. When I was living in Paris, I fell in love with the Mariage Frères teas. My favourite was their Earl Grey French Blue, into which they add dried blue cornflowers. Therefore it seemed only appropriate to add some edible blue cornflowers to the decoration!

Lemon & Earl Grey Loaf Cakes DF | GF | WF 1 Earl Grey tea bag (or 1 tsp loose leaf Earl Grey tea) 120g (4¼oz/²⁄³ cup) golden caster (granulated) sugar or demerara (raw brown) sugar ½ yellow courgette (zucchini), grated ¼ swede (rutabaga), peeled and grated 15g (½fl oz/1 tbsp) lemon juice finely grated zest of 2 unwaxed lemons 2 medium eggs 40g (1½fl oz/heaping 2½ tbsp) rapeseed (canola) oil 75g (2¾oz/¾ cup) ground almonds 90g (3¼oz/¾ cup) blended rice flour (I prefer Dove’s Farm) 1½ tsp baking powder ¼ tsp bicarbonate of soda (baking soda) ¼ tsp xanthan gum (optional)

FOR THE EARL GREY ICING

120g (4¼oz/¾ cup plus 2 tbsp) golden icing (confectioners’) sugar juice of ¼ lemon 25g (1fl oz/2 tbsp) strongly brewed Earl Grey tea 1 tsp loose Earl Grey tea (from tea bags or loose leaf) blue cornflowers (optional)

Empty the tea bag into a bowl with the sugar, cover and infuse for a few hours or overnight if possible. When ready, grind in a blender until fine.

top with the mixture and bake in the top half of the oven for 30 minutes, or until the top springs back and an inserted cocktail stick comes out clean.

Place the courgette (zucchini) between some kitchen paper to drain off the excess moisture. Place 80g (3oz) swede (rutabaga) and 80g (3oz) the courgette into a bowl and top with the lemon juice and zest. Set aside.

Cool the cakes in the tins until just warm, then turn out onto a wire rack to cool completely. For disposable cases, just cool in the cases.

In a bowl, whisk together the eggs, sugar and oil for 5 minutes, or until pale and slightly thickened. Fold in the grated vegetables. Sift together the ground almonds, flour, raising agents and xanthan gum, if using. Fold into the cake mixture gently, until it is lumpfree. Leave for 10 minutes. Preheat the oven to 180°C/155°C (fan)/350°F. Grease 6 mini loaf tins, about 9 x 6cm (3½ x 2½in), with coconut oil and line with baking parchment or disposable loaf cases. Fill the loaf tins almost to the

22 | LIGHT + ZESTY

For the icing, sift the icing (confectioners’) sugar into a bowl and add the lemon juice and enough tea to form a glacé icing the thickness of double (heavy) cream. Pour the icing over the cooled cakes, and top with a little sprinkle of tea leaves, and blue cornflowers if you have them.


A posset is traditionally a mix of cream, citrus and sugar that is simply heated, mixed together and on cooling magically transforms to a thick potted dessert. With golden sugar and coconut cream instead of dairy cream, this version is lighter and a great simple option for vegans and dairy-intolerant.

Lemon & Basil Posset DF | GF | WF | VG SERVES 4 finely grated zest and juice of 1 unwaxed lemon (about 80g/3oz) 5 basil leaves, roughly torn 90g (3¼oz/½ cup) golden caster (superfine) sugar or demerara (raw brown) sugar 30g (1oz/2 tbsp) coconut oil 350g (12¼oz/generous 1 cup) coconut cream, chilled basil sprigs, to decorate

Heat the juice and zest in a small pan and simmer for 2–3 minutes until reduced by around half. Remove from the heat and add the torn basil leaves, along with the sugar and coconut oil. Mix well until the oil has melted and blended in, then cover and allow to infuse and cool for 1 hour.

Decorate with a basil sprig and serve with fresh strawberries and cookies, such as the Buckwheat, Citrus & Lavender Sablés (see page 00), if liked.

Strain the lemon mixture over the cold coconut cream and stir thoroughly with a balloon whisk. Transfer to a jug and pour into 4 ramekins or little pots. Cover and chill in the fridge for at least 4 hours before serving. Keeps well in the fridge for up to 3 days.

27 | LIGHT + ZESTY


This cake is another food memory reinvented. When I first moved to London to work as a pastry chef, I worked at Baker & Spice in Chelsea where we used to make wonderful orange and poppy seed loaves. No skimping on ingredients, we used organic eggs and plenty of French butter in the recipe. This loaf cake is definitely better for the waistline, but still bags of flavour and moisture from the butternut squash and citrus zest.

Orange, Butternut & Poppy Seed Loaf DF | GF | WF MAKES

1 loaf to serve 4–6 70g (2½oz/½ cup) rice flour (I prefer Doves Farm) 20g (¾oz/¼ cup) finely ground oats or oat flour 65g (2¼oz/²⁄³ cup) ground almonds 1 tsp baking powder 1/8 tsp bicarbonate of soda (baking soda) 1/8 tsp xantham gum (optional) ½ butternut squash finely grated zest of 1 large orange finely grated zest of ½ unwaxed lemon 1 tbsp lemon juice 1 tbsp poppy seeds 2 medium eggs 85g (3oz/7 tbsp) golden caster (granulated) sugar or demerara (raw brown) sugar Candied Orange Slices (see page 00), to decorate

FOR THE GLACÉ ICING

120g (4½oz/¾ cup plus 2 tbsp) golden icing (confectioners’) sugar 1 tsp poppy seeds juice of ½ orange juice of ¼ lemon

28 | LIGHT + ZESTY

Preheat the oven to 180°C/155°C (fan)/350°F. Grease a 450-g (1-lb) loaf tin with coconut oil and line the base and sides with baking parchment. Sift together the flours, ground almonds, raising agents and xanthan gum, if using, and set aside. Peel and coarsely grate the butternut squash. Weigh out 150g (5¼oz) and top with the zests, juices and poppy seeds. Whisk together the eggs and sugar until thick and doubled in volume. Gently fold through the butternut mixture lightly, followed by the dry ingredients, then leave for 10 minutes. Scrape the batter into the tin and bake in the centre of the oven for 40 minutes, or until the top springs back when pressed and an inserted skewer or cocktail stick comes out clean.

Cool the cake in the tin for 10 minutes, then turn out and cool completely on a wire rack. For the icing, sift the icing (confectioners’) sugar into a bowl, add the poppy seeds and add enough juice to form a glacé icing the thickness of double (heavy) cream. You probably will not need all of it. Pour the icing over the cooled cakes and leave for a few minutes before decoating with the Candied Orange Slices.


30 COPY DUMP BIN PACK @ 60% DISCOUNT (3 for 2!) RRP AU$509.70 NZ$539.70

9781449446208 x 5

9781449470760 x 5

9781449476281 x 5

WITH DISCOUNT AU$203.88 NZ$215.88

Also available:

9781449477912 x 5

9349685007609

9781449483579 x 5

9781449483593 x 5

RRP $16.99 ea.

Offer includes dump bin with unicorn header card PLUS 5 copies each of the 6 above titles in the Phoebe and Her Unicorn series Promotional offer of “buy 2 get 1 free”

9781449487256 RRP $14.99


It all started when Phoebe skipped a rock across a pond and accidentally hit a unicorn in the face. Improbably, this led to Phoebe being granted one wish, and she used it to make the unicorn, Marigold Heavenly Nostrils, her best friend. But can a vain mythical beast and a nine-year-old daydreamer really forge a connection?

Phoebe Howell is a 9-year-old girl who discovers Marigold by (accidentally) hitting her with a rock. Phoebe is a dreamer, and a little lonely because she doesn’t have a friend to make her laugh or to listen to all her extravagant ideas. When granted a wish by Marigold, Phoebe uses it to make the pair best friends, and they go through many fun misadventures together. The friendship between the charming, nine-year-old dreamer Phoebe and the vain, mythical Marigold forever changes both of them for the better.

Marigold Heavenly Nostrils is best friends with Phoebe Howell. Despite being very vain and having a large ego, she is good hearted, kind and friendly. Marigold, like all unicorns, is experienced in magic. Through various spellcraft, she is able to perform such feats as redirecting rain and broadcasting a Wi-Fi hotspot through her horn. Her most frequently-used spell is The Shield of Boringness, which causes humans to view her as nothing out of the ordinary, allowing her to interact with them on a daily basis.


PHOEBE AND HER UNICORN A Heavenly Nostrils Chronicle Dana Simpson DESCRIPTION It all started when Phoebe skipped a rock across a pond and accidentally hit a unicorn in the face. Improbably, this led to Phoebe being granted one wish, and she used it to make the unicorn, Marigold Heavenly Nostrils, her best friend. But can a vain mythical beast and a nine-year-old daydreamer really forge a connection? Indeed they can, and that’s how Phoebe and Her Unicorn unfolds. This beautifully drawn strip follows the unlikely friendship between a somewhat awkward girl and the unicorn who gradually shows her just how special she really is. Through hilarious adventures where Phoebe gets to bask in Marigold’s ‘awesomeness’, the friends also come to acknowledge that they had been lonely before they met and truly appreciate the bond they now share.

AUTHOR DETAILS

AVAILABLE NOW

Dana Simpson grew up in Gig Harbor, Washington, drawing the entire time. From 1998 to 2008, she drew the internet comic strip Ozy and Millie. After winning the Amazon-sponsored Comic Strip Superstar Contest in 2009, Universal Uclick signed her to a development deal for Heavenly Nostrils, which was later renamed Phoebe and Her Unicorn. She currently lives in the Seattle area with her tech genius husband and her fairly stupid cat.

Price

AUD $16.99 NZ $17.99

ISBN

9781449446208

Category

Imprint

Children’s Graphic Novel

Andrews McMeel Publishing

Extent

224 pages

• Packed full of clever wit and humour that appeals to younger readers as well as adults.

Format

Paperback 154 x 228mm

• Girls love unicorns! The super sparkly package will appeal to young girls.

Full colour illustrations throughout

• Aimed at ages 7–12 years. Even the most reluctant reader won’t be able to put it down.

Illustrations •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

www.hardiegrant.com.au

KEY SELLING POINTS • When first published, Phoebe and her Unicorn sold out its first print run in two months. • Heavenly Nostrils was the grand prize winner of Amazon’s Comic Strip Superstar Contest.


UNICORN ON A ROLL Another Phoebe and Her Unicorn Adventure Dana Simpson DESCRIPTION The magical friendship of Phoebe and her best friend, unicorn Marigold Heavenly Nostrils, is back in this second adventure of a girl and her mythical creature! One year has passed since Phoebe skipped a rock across a pond, accidentally hit a unicorn in the face, and was granted a single wish – which she used to make the unicorn, Marigold Heavenly Nostrils, her obligational best friend. In some ways, not much has changed. But unlike before, Phoebe now has a best friend to share her days with – someone to make her laugh and to listen to all her extravagant ideas. In this second volume of Heavenly Nostrils the reader is invited on a journey into the lives of Phoebe and Marigold as they navigate the difficulties of school, celebrate the winter holidays, and explore their super hero/super villain personas together. Join in the fun, as Phoebe competes against Dakota for the leading role of ‘Lisa Ladybug’ in their fourth-grade play – or as she struggles to ‘manage’ the PR debacle related to her nose-picking scandal. Witness a band of unicorns staging an ‘intervention’ and learn all the details of Marigold’s secret crush on a mysterious creature she has never seen. Perhaps most important, watch as this surprising friendship between a charming, nine-year-old dreamer and a vain, mythical beast forever changes both of them for the better. AVAILABLE NOW

KEY SELLING POINTS

Price

AUD $16.99 NZ $17.99

ISBN

9781449470760

Category

Imprint

Children’s Graphic Novel

Andrews McMeel Publishing

Extent

222 pages

• Illustrated novel has great appeal for kids (boys and girls alike).

Format

Paperback 154 x 228mm

• Universal themes such as friendship, social belonging, and bullying resonate with target audience.

Illustrations •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Full colour illustrations throughout

www.hardiegrant.com.au

• Phoebe and Her Unicorn, the first Heavenly Nostrils book, sold out its first print run in two months. • Heavenly Nostrils was the grand prize winner of Amazon’s Comic Strip Superstar Contest. • The trend for unicorns is at an all time high with the unicorn emoji, unicorn cakes and desserts and a new “unicorn frappacino” from Starbucks trending on Google in 2017.


Nourish Your Brain Cookbook Discover how to keep your brain healthy with 60 delicious recipes Rika K Keck Description We all know that what we eat affects our general health, from weight loss or gain to improving flexibility of joints. But did you know that our diet has a direct impact on our brain, too? The gut and the brain are closely connected, which means that our food choices can affect our mental capacity and even our emotions. In Nourish Your Brain, nutritionist Rika Keck reveals how this gut–brain link works and what foods to eat – and avoid – to maintain and improve the health of our brain for overall wellbeing. She then presents a collection of recipes to get you started on the way to feeding your brain with what it needs to function at its best. These recipes are for breakfast, lunch and dinner, sides and snacks, smoothies and elixirs, and desserts and treats. Also included is a food diary so you can monitor your diet and discover how different foods can support your energy, mood and focus.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$29.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781782494959

Category

• Food & Drink

Imprint

• CICO

Extent

• 144 pages

Format

• 235mm x 190mm

Illustrations

• 50 colour artworks and 75 colour photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

After an accomplished professional ballet career, Rika Keck established herself as an expert in sport-specific exercise, post-surgery rehabilitation and posture correction. In 2006, she founded NY Integrated Health, LLC, a holistic nutrition, exercise and wellness company. The mind-body philosophy of the company is founded on customized nutrition, exercise and physiological stress management. Her extensive nutrition, health and chronic disease education bridges the gap from clinical nutrition to functional medicine and she has collaborated with like-minded physicians across the US. Rika is also an invited guest blogger on various health blogs where she shares her expertise on a variety of topics, and the author of Nourish, Heal, Thrive, a guide to living with Lyme disease. Visit her website at NYIntegratedHealth.com. She lives in New York, USA.

Key Selling Points • 60 recipes, including vegetarian and vegan options • Use the food diary to help set you on the path to better brain health • Ongoing research into the brain shows that your diet can not only affect general brain health but also help to reduce the risk of degenerative brain diseases, such as Alzheimer's.


CB1125 Nourish Your Brain v1

CB1125 Nourish Your Brain v1

BREAKFAST Memory Boosting Acai Bowl Breakfast bowls have become very trendy options for the first meal of the day. Purple, black, and blue fruit improves our cognitive performance and memory. They are full of antioxidants that help to lower inflammation while improving circulation and eyesight. The plant-based sweetener stevia can add a little more sweetness if you choose to forgo the fruit on top.

1 pack frozen acai purée (about 1⁄3 cup/100 ml) 1 banana, peeled and frozen for about 8 hours ⁄ cup (200 ml) almond milk

34

goji berries and 1⁄4 cup (20 g) unsweetened dried shredded (desiccated) coconut, to serve strawberries, sliced banana, or sliced kiwi (optional), to serve Serves 2

Put the acai purée, frozen banana, and almond milk in a food processor and blend until smooth. Pour the mixture into bowls and sprinkle with goji berries, coconut, and fruit (if using). VARIATIONS: There are many ways to make this bowlful of goodness. Substitute the acai purée for 5 frozen strawberries and top with extra strawberries and cacao nibs, or use ¼ cup (30 g) frozen blueberries instead of the acai purée and top with sliced kiwi and coconut chips. For an extra-thick fruit base, add an extra frozen banana, or try blending in 2 teaspoons of cacao powder, then top with almond butter and hemp seeds for a chocolate and nut variation. Other fun toppings include a handful of grain-free granola, a dollop of yogurt (such as the Coconut Yogurt on page XX), or crushed seeds and nuts.

56 THE RECIPES

IW CB1125_NOURISH_YOUR_BRAIN_056_073_02.indd 56

25/04/2017 11:42

IW CB1125_NOURISH_YOUR_BRAIN_056_073_02.indd 57

25/04/2017 11:42


CB1125 Nourish Your Brain v1

CB1125 Nourish Your Brain v1

POWER UP YOUR BRAIN Rosemary is an evergreen plant in the mint family and is used for both culinary and medicinal purposes. It contains phytochemical substances that are useful for stimulating the immune system, increasing circulation, and improving digestion. It also contains antiinflammatory compounds, and has antimicrobial properties. It even improves concentration by increasing the flow of blood to the brain.

Awaken the Senses: Rosemary Shish Kebabs This colorful plant-based medley “on a stick” is a delightful summer meal, not to mention a great party option. Make sure you plan ahead to allow the flavorful, immune-boosting rosemary and garlic marinade to fully enhance this dish. Tempeh, a fermented food, is a satisfying protein choice.

1 red and 1 yellow bell pepper 14 oz. (400 g) tempeh 1 large zucchini (courgette) 10 oz. (300 g) small button mushrooms 2 onions, peeled and cut into wedges

Remove the seeds from the bell peppers. Chop the peppers, tempeh, and zucchini (courgette) into 3 ⁄4-in. (2-cm) cubes. Discard the stems of the mushrooms and wipe the caps with a piece of kitchen paper (paper towel). To make the marinade, put all the ingredients in a food processor and blitz to a thin sauce, adding a little water. Season to taste with black pepper.

10 medium cauliflower florets 10 medium broccoli florets at least 16 long, thick rosemary stems

Place all the vegetables and the tempeh in a shallow bowl and pour the marinade over them. Mix well and allow to marinate for a couple of hours or overnight, stirring occasionally during that time, if possible.

freshly ground black pepper halved cherry tomatoes and salad leaves, such as arugula (rocket), watercress, mustard leaves, and cress, to serve For the marinade

6 sun-dried tomatoes, soaked in warm water for about an hour 4 garlic cloves, peeled ⁄ tablespoon fresh rosemary needles

12

2 teaspoons dried oregano

Wash the rosemary sprigs well and strip off the needles, leaving a 3 ⁄4-in. (2-cm) tuft at the bottom of each stem. These will be the skewers. Oil the skewers lightly with olive oil. Skewer the marinated ingredients alternately along the rosemary stems. You should have about 16 fully loaded kebabs. Put the kebabs on a bed of spicy young leaves, such as arugula (rocket), watercress, mustard leaves, and cress, and add some halved cherry tomatoes. If there’s any marinade left, drizzle it over the skewers. Serve immediately.

2 teaspoons dried basil ⁄ cup (60 ml) olive oil, plus extra for oiling

14

⁄ cup (60 ml) tamari

14

soy sauce 3 tablespoons freshly squeezed lemon juice 1 teaspoon ginger juice Serves 4

Dinner 95

IW CB1125_NOURISH_YOUR_BRAIN_090_111_02.indd 94

25/04/2017 11:40

IW CB1125_NOURISH_YOUR_BRAIN_090_111_02.indd 95

25/04/2017 11:40


CB1125 Nourish Your Brain v1

CB1125 Nourish Your Brain v1

Tahini and Lemon Dip to Protect Brain Membranes

Mineral-filled Mini Meatballs Naturally-raised or grass-fed lamb, an underrated brain food, has always been favored in traditional Middle Eastern and Mediterranean cuisines for its abundance of protein, vitamin B12, selenium, zinc, iron, and phosphorous. Selenium, a trace mineral, is required for optimal thyroid, brain, immune, and detox functions. This is a tasty party treat for the meat-lover!

This is one of my favorites, and always a hit at parties. Tahini is loaded with vitamin E, rich in linoleic acid, which protects our gut and brain membranes, and contains mood-enhancing amino acids. This smooth dip is inviting with sliced carrots, celery, bell peppers, or cucumbers. Yummy. ⁄ cup (150 g) plus 2 tablespoons light or dark tahini 12

2–3 tablespoons pistachios, shelled 9 oz. (250 g) lean ground (minced) lamb 1 onion, finely chopped 2 garlic cloves, crushed 2 teaspoons ground cinnamon a small bunch of fresh flat-leaf parsley, finely chopped sunflower oil, for frying sea salt and freshly ground black pepper lemon wedges, to serve Serves 4–6

freshly squeezed juice of 2 lemons 2 garlic cloves, crushed a small bunch of fresh flat-leaf parsley, finely chopped 1–2 tablespoons pomegranate seeds

Roast the pistachios in a small, heavy pan for 1–2 minutes, until they emit a nutty aroma. Using a pestle and mortar, crush them lightly to break them into small pieces.

sea salt and freshly ground black pepper warm bread, or thinly sliced carrot, celery, or bell pepper, to serve Serves 4

In a bowl, beat the tahini until smooth. Gradually beat in the lemon juice—the mixture will thicken at first and then loosen—and add several teaspoons of cold water to lighten the mixture until it is the consistency of heavy (double) cream. Add the garlic and season well with salt and pepper. Stir in most of the parsley, spoon the mixture into a serving bowl, and garnish with the rest of the parsley and the pomegranate seeds. Serve with warm bread, or with thin strips of celery, carrot, or bell pepper.

In a bowl, pound the lamb with the onion, garlic, and cinnamon. Knead the mixture with your hands and slap it down into the base of the bowl to knock out the air. Add the parsley, season, and knead well to make sure it is thoroughly mixed. Take cherry-size portions of the mixture in your hands and roll them into balls. Indent each ball with your finger, right into the middle, and fill the hollow with a few of the crushed pistachios. Seal it by squeezing the mixture over it and then rolling the ball once more. Heat a thin layer of oil in a heavy skillet (frying pan). Place the meatballs in the skillet and cook them on all sides, until nicely browned. Drain on kitchen paper (paper towels), sprinkle with the remaining crushed pistachios, and serve with lemon wedges to squeeze over.

Sides and Snacks 127

126 THE RECIPES

IW CB1125_NOURISH_YOUR_BRAIN_112_127_02.indd 126

25/04/2017 11:40

IW CB1125_NOURISH_YOUR_BRAIN_112_127_02.indd 127

25/04/2017 11:40


The Curious Bartender’s Home Bar Kit Tristan Stephenson Description Preparing a first-class cocktail relies upon a deep understanding of its ingredients and the delicate alchemy of how they work together. Nobody understands this better than Tristan Stephenson – drinks industry consultant, bar owner, restaurateur and author of five books on the subject of drinks and drinking. Here he offers expert advice on the fundamentals of home mixology and explains the practical cocktail-making techniques that every keen home barman should master, from how to build a drink in a glass to preparing a variety of garnishes. Tristan showcases a selection of classic and modern cocktails on a deck of 4-colour laminated recipe cards included in the pack. The intriguing origin of each drink is explained and the colourful historical characters who inspired or created them are introduced. Recipes include drinks with gin, rum, tequila, whiskey and brandy bases and you'll find familiar classics such as the Manhattan, Negroni and Martini, discover lesser known vintage gems including the Martinez and Aviation and how to perfect modern favourites, the Espresso Martini and Mojito. Also included is a cocktail jigger – the essential piece of cocktail-making kit for any enthusiast.

Author Details Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$27.99 All Kits

ISBN

• 9781849758970

Category

• Food & Drink

Imprint Extent

• Ryland Peters and Small • 64 pages

Format

• 140mm x 140mm

Illustrations

• 64-page paperback book & recipe cards (40 colour photographs), cocktail jigger (measure)

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Tristan Stephenson is renowned as one of the leading experts in the bar community on cocktail science and molecular mixology. In 2005 he set up the bar at Jamie Oliver's Fifteen Cornwall, before taking on a role as Brand Ambassador for the Reserve Brands Group in 2007. In 2009 he co-founded Fluid Movement, which lead to the opening of his London bars Purl, The Worship Street Whistling Shop and Black Rock. He is the author of the bestselling The Curious Bartender: The Artistry & Alchemy of Creating the Perfect Cocktail; the following books in the Curious Bartender series: An Odyssey of Malt, Bourbon & Rye Whiskies; Gin Palace; and Rum Revolution.

Key Selling Points • A high-quality yet affordable boxed gift by a bestselling author who has twice been shortlisted for the prestigious André Simon Award for drinks writing. • Tristan’s first book The Curious Bartender: The Artistry and Alchemy of Creating the Perfect Cocktail has sold 90,000 copies to date. • Striking photography by leading drinks photographer Addie Chinn, whose advertising clients include Hendricks, Laphroaig and Havana Club.


RPS1937 Curious Bartender Home Bar Kit Final

RPS1937 Curious Bartender Home Bar Kit Final

equipment & essentials T

X

hese days there are virtually no limits to the range and variety var of bar equipment available to the bartender and home enthusiast. The Th world’s great cocktail bars regularly reg call for expensive equipment to make their drinks and this builds upo upon the theatre of the experience, add adding value to your evening and val validating the cash it costs you. At hom home, however, a vintage gold-plated coc cocktail shaker is a luxury that most of us cannot afford and that absolutely none non of us need. So let’s set the record straight from fro the start: you don’t need lots of fancy equipment to make great drinks dri at home. All of the drinks featured in this kit can be produced fea with wit nothing more than the included jigger, jigg a cocktail shaker, bar spoon and a good supply of ice. And even

a cocktail shaker can be substituted for a plastic container with a lid or a jam jar, the bar spoon swapped for a dessert spoon, and a sieve used in place of a bartender’s hawthorn strainer. The notion that a cocktail is indulgent and worthy of respect is not something that I think should be challenged, but behind closed kitchen doors nobody cares how elegant the process of making them is. Indeed, as a professional bartender I have travelled the world with little more than a jigger, beaker, spoon and glass, and still managed to knock together some crowd-pleasing cocktails when the circumstances required me to. Limes don’t have to be squeezed with a fancy geared citrus press (also known as a Mexican elbow), and instead of silver ice tongs, any combination of finger and thumb

9 EQUIPMENT & ESSENTIALS

IW RPS1937_CBKit_Book_08-21_Essentials.indd 8

11/05/2017 15:05

IW RPS1937_CBKit_Book_08-21_Essentials.indd 9

11/05/2017 15:05


RPS1937 Curious Bartender Home Bar Kit Final

RPS1937 Curious Bartender Home Bar Kit Final

the science of flavour T

X

here’s a lot going on when you take a sip of that Martini. Tongue, Ton mouth, nose, eyes and even ears ear work in harmony to glean every ounce oun of relevant information about the drink you’re sipping. In fact, flavour is amongst the most complex flav perceptions created by our brains. per Let us first see a description of how flavour is produced by flavour psychologist Jean Anthelme Brillatpsy Savarin in 1825: Sav Man’s apparatus of the sense of taste M has h been brought to a state of rare perfection; and, to convince ourselves p thoroughly, let us watch it at work. t As soon as an edible body has been put into the mouth, it is seized b upon, gases, moisture, and all, without u possibility of retreat. p Lips stop whatever might try to escape; the teeth bite and break it; e

saliva drenches it: the tongue mashes and churns it; a breathlike sucking pushes it toward the gullet; the tongue lifts up to make it slide and slip; the sense of smell appreciates it as it passes the nasal channel, and it is pulled down into the stomach… without… a single atom or drop or particle having been missed by the powers of appreciation of the taste sense. Brillat-Savarin, Physiologie du Goût (The Physiology of Taste), 1825

29 THE SCIENCE OF FLAVOUR

IW RPS1937_CBKit_Book_28-39_Science.indd 28

11/05/2017 15:08

IW RPS1937_CBKit_Book_28-39_Science.indd 29

11/05/2017 15:08


RPS1937 Curious Bartender Home Bar Kit Final

RPS1937 Curious Bartender Home Bar Kit Final

ABSINTHE

Ten is a nice round number, and with the bottles listed on the previous pages you’ll do just fine. But if you will allow me, here are another three bottles that will truly elevate your craft. If the last ten bottles were the meat and vegetables of your cocktail-making regime, these next three are the condiments and sauces.

Contrary to what you might have heard (or perhaps experienced), absinthe is not the hallucinationinducing poison that it is sometimess portrayed as. It is typically quite high gh in alcohol (this is to stop the liquid from looking cloudy as it contains oils that fall out of solution in low-

DRY AMONTILLADO SHERRY

alc alcohol conditions), but it is not designed to be consumed this way. des Absinthe is best imbibed with plenty of ice-cold water, or as an ple ingredient in such classic cocktails as ing Sazerac and Corpse Reviver No. 2. Saz The best brands are those produced Th by Jade, as well as Butterfly and La Clandestine.

Yes, I am a bit of a sherry fiend, but it’s also my belief that a small drop of sherry will have the effect of improving virtually any cocktail it comes into contact with. It often works well in place of vermouth too, and there are great classic cocktails such as the Sherry Cobbler that rely on sherry as the base ingredient.

MARASCHINO This Th cherry-flavoured liqueur a is arguably just as important as triple sec in the field of cocktail modification. c It came into popularity aro around the same time as its orange counterpart too Maraschino has too. mir miraculous mixing pow powers, and the ability to pull a poor-tasting drink dri out of a nose dive div just from a splash. Luxardo Lux is the go-to brand bra here.

IW RPS1937_CBKit_Book_40-49_Bottles.indd 48

48

49

TEN BOTTLES

TEN BOTTLES

11/05/2017 15:11

IW RPS1937_CBKit_Book_40-49_Bottles.indd 49

11/05/2017 15:11


ALSO AVAILABLE IN THE CURIOUS BARTENDER SERIES

Price

• AUD$45.00 Hardback

Price

• AUD$45.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781849754378

ISBN

• 9781849755627

Price ISBN

• AUD$45.00 Hardback • 978184975823

Price

• AUD$45.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781849757010


Saturday Pizzas from the Ballymaloe Cookery School The essential guide to making pizza at home, from perfect classics to inspired gourmet toppings Philip Dennhardt Description Saturday Night Pizzas started as a small pop-up restaurant at the famous Ballymaloe Cookery School. The idea was such a success that the pop-up pizzeria has been going for nearly 10 years, and is considered something of an institution within Ireland. Due to high demand, Saturday Pizzas also sell their pizzas into local shops too. The man behind this thriving enterprise shares his secrets for making exceptional pizza in 90 of his favourite recipes. The book is also filled with Dennhardt's, anecdotes, principles, tips and techniques. Author and esteemed food writer Kristin Jensen also brings a wealth of food knowledge to the table to ensure that every recipe is of the highest standard.

Author Details Philip Dennhardt is the founder and manager of Saturday Pizzas at the Ballymaloe Cookery School. He learnt from pizza maestros in Italy before finding interest in the evolution of modern gourmet pizzas. Philip also runs butchery, charcuterie and sausage making courses at Ballymaloe. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$37.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781849758826

Category

• Food & Drink

Imprint Extent

• Ryland Peters and Small • 192 pages

Format

• 235mm x 190mm

Illustrations

• 80 colour photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Kristin Jensen is a freelance editor, writer and author of award-winning cookbooks. She is secretary of the Irish Food Writers' Guild and has worked with many of Ireland's best-known chefs and authors. Kristin's work has been been widely published in newspapers and she is the subeditor of the Irish supermarket SuperValu's magazine.

Key Selling Points • Ballymaloe is a world-renowned cookery school which prizes food sustainability. • Pizza, Calzone & Focaccia has sold over 40,000 copies.


Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

Garlic bread

3 tbsp finely grated Parmesan 1 tbsp finely chopped fresh flat-leaf parsley 3 tbsp olive oil 2–3 garlic cloves, crushed 2 balls of classic pizza dough (page 26)

TRC61-5-2017 RPS(Patricia) RPS1928 Saturday Pizza W:190mmXH:235mm 175L 140gsm Gold Sun W/F Magenta

Makes 2 x 25 cm (10 in) rounds

Preheat the oven to 240°C/475°F/gas

off it. Shake the board gently to see

mark 9 or as high as it will go. Place

if the bread will move. If it doesn’t, lift

a pizza stone or an upside-down baking

it up with a dough cutter, bowl scraper

tray into the oven to heat up too. Get all

or spatula and sprinkle a little flour on

your ingredients and equipment ready.

the board until it does move easily.

Place the grated Parmesan and chopped

Slide the garlic bread off the peel or

parsley in a bowl and mix together

board onto the pizza stone or upside-

until well combined. Place the olive oil

down baking tray in the hot oven.

in a separate small bowl and stir in the

Cook for about 7 minutes – you want

crushed garlic.

the bottom and the crust to be cooked

Stretch the pizza dough by hand or roll

through and golden but you don’t

out as per the instructions on pages 24–25.

want the garlic to burn, which will

Using a pastry brush, generously brush

make it bitter.

the garlic-infused olive oil all over the

Take the garlic bread out of the oven

dough, making sure bits of the crushed

and transfer to a wire cooling rack, then

garlic are evenly scattered across the base.

TRC61-5-2017 RPS(Patricia) RPS1928 Saturday Pizza W:190mmXH:235mm 175L 140gsm Gold Sun W/F Magenta

We didn’t have garlic bread on our menu when we first started the pizzeria but people kept ordering it anyway, so now we make two different types. The first one has garlic only and the other one is a cheesy version with mozzarella (see the variation). Sometimes it seems like it’s even more popular than the pizzas.

sprinkle over the Parmesan and parsley

Make sure there is no liquid on the peel

mixture. Allow to stand for 1 minute

or board or the garlic bread won’t slide

before cutting into slices.

VARIATION

Cheesy garlic bread Make the bread as per the recipe above, but divide 250 g (2 cups) of grated mozzarella between the two bases after you’ve brushed them all over with the garlicky olive oil and cook for 7–10 minutes, until the cheese has melted.

38

39 TRC52-5-2017 P001-061 175L CTP.indd 38-39

5/19/17 18:16


Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

Beef with Béarnaise sauce

TRC52-5-2017 RPS(Patricia) RPS1928 Saturday Pizza W:190mmXH:235mm 175L 140gsm Gold Sun W/F Magenta

2 balls of pizza dough (pages 26–35) pinch of fine sea salt 1 tbsp olive oil 160 ml (2⁄3 cup) tomato sauce (page 44) 250 g (2 cups) grated mozzarella 225 g (1 cup) lean minced/ ground beef pinch of flaky sea salt, such as Maldon 4 tbsp Béarnaise sauce (page 48) 1 sprig of fresh tarragon, to garnish

Preheat the oven to 250°C/480°F/gas

Check that there is no liquid on the

mark 9 or as high as it will go. Place

peel or board or your pizza won’t slide

a pizza stone or an upside-down baking

off it. Shake the board gently to see

tray in the oven to heat up too. Get all

if the pizza will move. If it doesn’t, lift up

your ingredients and equipment ready,

the pizza with a dough cutter or spatula

including taking the dough out of the

and sprinkle a little flour on the board

fridge 1 hour before you’re ready to cook.

until it does move easily.

Stretch the pizza dough ball by hand

Shape the beef into little balls the size

or roll it out as per the instructions on

of a coin and add it to the pizza, aiming

pages 24–25. Sprinkle a pinch of salt

to get a good balance of beef across the

evenly over the dough, then brush a little

pizza. We find that the beef tastes best

olive oil onto the rim with a pastry brush

when it’s still a little pink in the middle

to help it turn golden.

and add it halfway through cooking, but

Using a ladle or big spoon, pour the tomato sauce in the centre of the dough.

Makes 2 x 25 cm (10 in) pizzas

if you like your beef more well done, add it at the start.

Spread the sauce over the pizza in

Slide the pizza off the peel or board

concentric circles with the back of the

onto the pizza stone or upside-down

ladle or spoon, leaving a 2.5 cm (1 in)

baking tray in the hot oven. Cook for

border clear around the edges for the

7–10 minutes, but start checking it after

crust. You only want a thin layer of sauce.

5 minutes – you want the bottom and the

Place a big handful of the grated mozzarella in a mound in the middle

TRC52-5-2017 RPS(Patricia) RPS1928 Saturday Pizza W:190mmXH:235mm 175L 140gsm Gold Sun W/F Magenta

To make this pizza especially sensational, use the best beef you can, preferably dryaged beef or meat from a special breed such as Angus, Herefordshire or even Kobe if you want to go really high end. You don’t have to use the fillet or sirloin, the priciest cuts. Other parts from the leg are more affordable and perfect for mincing/grinding.

crust to be cooked through and golden and the cheese should be melted.

of the dough. Use your palm to spread

Take the pizza out of the oven and transfer

it out evenly across the pizza, leaving

to a wire cooling rack, then sprinkle the

the edges clear for the crust.

beef with a pinch of flaky sea salt, drizzle over the Béarnaise sauce and scatter over the tarragon. Allow to stand for 1 minute before cutting into slices.

66 Sausage

66

67 TRC52-5-2017 P062-081 175L CTP.indd 66-67

5/19/17 18:41


Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

Aubergine with fennel sauce, blue cheese and gremolata

TRC52-5-2017 RPS(Patricia) RPS1928 Saturday pizza W:190mmXH:235mm 175L 140gsm Goid Sun W/F Magenta

1 medium or large aubergine/eggplant 3 tbsp olive oil 2 balls of pizza dough (pages 26–35) 120 ml (1⁄2 cup) fennel sauce (page 47) 250 g (2 cups) grated mozzarella 100 g (3⁄4 cup) crumbled blue cheese 2–4 tbsp gremolata (page 54) fine sea salt and freshly ground black pepper

Makes 2 x 25 cm (10 in) pizzas

Preheat the oven to 200°C/400°F/gas

ladle or spoon, leaving a 2.5 cm (1 in)

mark 6. Line a baking tray with non-stick

border clear around the edges for the

baking paper.

crust. You only want a thin layer of sauce.

Cut the aubergine/eggplant into slices

Place a big handful of the grated

1 cm (1⁄2 in) thick. Place all the slices

mozzarella in a mound in the middle of

on the lined tray, brush generously with

the dough. Use your palm to spread it out

2 tablespoons of the olive oil and season

evenly across the pizza, leaving the edges

with salt and pepper. Bake in the oven

clear for the crust. Scatter the aubergine/

for about 10 minutes, until they have

eggplant slices and blue cheese on top

started to soften. If you don’t cook the

of the mozzarella, aiming to get a good

aubergine/eggplant before adding it

balance of ingredients across the pizza.

to the pizza, it will still be undercooked when it comes out of the oven.

Check that there is no liquid on the peel or board or your pizza won’t slide

When the aubergines/eggplants come

off it. Shake the board gently to see

out of the oven, increase the temperature

if the pizza will move. If it doesn’t, lift up

to 250°C/480°F/gas mark 9 or as high as

the pizza with a dough cutter or spatula

it will go. Place a pizza stone or an upside-

and sprinkle a little flour on the board

down baking tray in the oven to heat up

until it does move easily.

too. Get the rest of your ingredients and equipment ready.

Slide the pizza off the peel or board onto the pizza stone or upside-down

Stretch the pizza dough by hand or roll

baking tray in the hot oven. Cook for

it out as per the instructions on pages

7–10 minutes, but start checking it after

24–25. Sprinkle a pinch of salt evenly over

5 minutes – you want the bottom and the

the dough, then brush a little olive oil

crust to be cooked through and golden

onto the rim with a pastry brush to help

and the cheese should be melted.

it turn golden.

Take the pizza out of the oven and

Using a ladle or big spoon, pour the

transfer to a wire cooling rack, then

fennel sauce in the centre of the dough.

sprinkle generously with the gremolata.

Spread the sauce over the pizza in

Allow to stand for 1 minute before

concentric circles with the back of the

cutting into slices. Vegetable 131

130

TRC52-5-2017 RPS(Patricia) RPS1928 Saturday pizza W:190mmXH:235mm 175L 140gsm Goid Sun W/F Magenta

Fennel sauce adds a luxurious richness to a pizza. Try it with the toppings suggested in this pizza, or maybe a combination of wild mushrooms, Gruyère and rocket/arugula or even the potato pizza on page 156. But if you prefer, you can always use the tomato sauce on page 44 instead.

131 TRC52-5-2017 P124-151 175L CTP.indd 130-131

5/19/17 18:55


Sushi Made Simple From classic wraps and rolls to modern bowls and burgers Atsuko Ikeda Description The word 'sushi' refers to 'vinegared rice', which is used for any kind of sushi with raw, pickled, smoked, grilled, or seared ingredients. In this book, the simple secrets behind making good sushi are revealed, such as how to select your sushi components based on the three principles of colour, taste, and texture. Author Atsuko combines new ingredients and methods with traditional techniques and recipes to give an approachable, diverse, and colorful selection of sushi dishes. Classic white sushi rice will always be a favorite, but here you will find options to use brown rice, quinoa, and pink beet rice too. Familiar rolls and wraps are included as well as sushi burgers, bombs, and deconstructed salad bowls.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$37.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781849758840

Category

• Food & Drink

Imprint Extent

• Ryland Peters and Small • 160 pages

Format

• 235mm x 190mm

Illustrations

• Over 80 colour photographs

Atsuko Ikeda is a Japanese chef, writer and food photographer. She was born in Kyushu, a southern island of Japan also known as ‘Food Island’. After travelling the world, she was inspired to teach people to cook authentic Japanese dishes miles away from home and has been teaching in the UK since 2008. She is owner of Atsuko’s Kitchen, offering catering and sell-out classes in Japanese cookery based in London's Shoreditch. Atsuko also teaches sushi making at the famous Divertimenti cookery school and has studied Shojin Ryori (a healthy vegan cuisine derived from Japan's Buddhist origins).

Key Selling Points • Sushi has never been more popular – stores and even supermarkets are pushing the boundaries of modern sushi more and more. • Sushi burgers, burritos and bombs are a massive Instagram trend. • Author teaches her own sell-out classes. • Sushi Compact has sold 60,000 copies.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

HOSOMAKI SUSHI PICKLED RED/YELLOW PEPPER ROLL These stylish vegetarian colourful hosomaki is not only a modern but also healthy way of enjoying the classic rolled sushi. The peppers are gorgeous when it roasted and its bright colours give an appetite. It could be alternate with roasted peppers in jar but I make my own and lightly pickled to preserve for a week to be enjoyed in other ways. Great for a party style by cutting diagonally for a change!

300g prepared multi grain sushi rice 2 sheets nori, cut into half TJ28-5-2017 RPS(Gordand)RPS1936 Sushi made Simple W:190mmXH:235mm 175L 128gsm Gold East M/A Magenta

¼ red pepper ¼ yellow pepper 1 tbsp rice bran oil FOR THE PICKLING

60ml mirin 60ml rice vinegar 1 orange peel 1 garlic, sliced a little of salt

1. To make red/yellow pepper pickles, cut the pepper into quarters, remove the seeds, lightly oil the skin. (Note: this recipe only uses ¼ for 4 rolls but try to make the vegetarian nigiri recipe uses the same pickled pepper). Place the pepper skin side up on a baking sheet, and grill on high until the skin blisters. Then wrap them in a foil to steam so that the steam soften the skin and it easy to peel off.

TJ28-5-2017 RPS(Gordand)RPS1936 Sushi made Simple W:190mmXH:235mm 175L 128gsm Gold East M/A Magenta

MAKES 4 ROLLS

2. Pickle the peppers in picking seasonings mixture for at least 20 minutes or overnight. 3. Remove from the seasonings then cut into long strips.

wasabi soy sauce to serve

CUCUMBER UME MAKES 4 ROLLS

1. Xxxxxxx

300g prepared sushi rice (75g each roll) 2 sheets nori, cut into half 4 cucumber sticks (18cm length) 1 tbsp ume paste

2. Xxxxxxx 3. Hoso maki (thin rolled sushi with a bamboo mat) see page xx

Serve with soy sauce 1 garlic, sliced a little of salt wasabi soy sauce to serve 44 SUSHI ROLLS

44

45 TJ28-5-2017 P042-075 175L CTP.indd 44-45

5/17/17 11:51


Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

Black

OSHI SUSHI MOSAIC SUSHI RICE PRESSED IN A LUNCH BOX

SERVES 2

600g seasoned multigrain sushi rice TJ28-5-2017 RPS(Gordand)RPS1936 Sushi made Simple W:190mmXH:235mm 175L 128gsm Gold East M/A Magenta

TOPPINGS

80g smoked salmon 80g sashimi quality tuna 4 steamed prawn ¼ cucumber 4 slices of egg roll *see the egg page 1 red radish, sliced 2 tsp salmon roe Garnishing such as chives, dill, baby shiso leaves, edible flowers (optional)

TIP

TO DECORATE THE SUSHI RICE

all the toppings need to be cut into thin cubes. I suggest you to work out the measurement of your box for this recipe and decorate the rice with your colourful toppings.

1. Slice the cucumber, red radishes thinly, cut the salmon, tuna, and egg roll (omelette) into cubes. (to fit into the space of box, cut the ingredients into 3-4cm cubes)

SERVE WITH

Pickled ginger Wasabi Soy sauce

2. Place the sushi rice, then press the sushi rice into the bento box. Flatten the surface of rice. 3. Decorate the toppings into mosaic on the top of sushi rice. 4. Garnish with the dill, or other herbs and serve with the gari (pickled ginger), wasabi, and soy sauce.

boxes of 8cm x 23cm x H5cm

TRADITIONAL MOULDED SUSHI 81

80

TJ28-5-2017 RPS(Gordand)RPS1936 Sushi made Simple W:190mmXH:235mm 175L 128gsm Gold East M/A Magenta

The most difficult part of this recipe is to find the box! The making of the sushi itself is relatively easy requiring just enough knife skills but quite a bit of conscientiousness. It’s all about making a balanced but elaborate composition with simple yet delicious and fresh toppings.. A Mondrianesque lunchbox, because you’re worth it!

81 TJ28-5-2017 P076-095 175L CTP.indd 80-81

5/17/17 11:52


Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

CELEBRATION SUSHI CAKE (SUSHI RICE DECORATED WITH A VARIETY OF TOPPINGS)

This is a real celebration piece to keep for special occasions. It is very easy to assemble just like for the mini sushi cake (and even more so!). The trickiest part is to try and keep each layer even flat so they end up parallel when you take the mould off. Cut and serve same as a cake, and enjoy the art of layers of the tastes and textures. You can have fun decorating it with your own ideas like I did with these roses made of thin slices of pickled turnips!

TJ28-5-2017 RPS(Gordand)RPS1936 Sushi made Simple W:190mmXH:235mm 175L 128gsm Gold East M/A Magenta

120g sashimi quality salmon, sliced thinly 120g sashimi quality seabass, sliced thinly 800g seasoned sushi rice, divide into two 40g garden peas, blanched, cooled in a cold water, drained 4 eggs, soboro *see the egg page 120g smoked salmon 400g seasoned multi grain sushi rice 3 tbsp Taramasalata ½ avocado, sliced, 1 tsp squeezed lemon juice 120g cooked and peeled prawns 2 baby turnips, pickled *see the vegetarian sushi page 2 sugar snap peas, blanched, cooked in cold water, drained 40g salmon roe Serve with soy sauce 20cm cake tin

1. Line and cover the cake tin with a cling film to prevent the sushi rice sticks on the surface. 2. This will turn upside down at the end so start with the top layer. Place sashimi quality salmon and seabass at the bottom of the tin.

TJ28-5-2017 RPS(Gordand)RPS1936 Sushi made Simple W:190mmXH:235mm 175L 128gsm Gold East M/A Magenta

FOR 6–8

3. Take a half of the seasoned plain sushi rice and gently spread on top of the fish, flatten the surface. For the rest of plain sushi rice, mixed with the garden peas. Set aside. 4. Sprinkle a half of the egg soboro (scrambled egg) keep the rest for topping. Lay the smoked salmon on top. 5. Place the seasoned multi grain sushi rice, gently press down, flatten the surface. 6. Spread the taramasalata, and scatter the avocado and prawns on top. 7. Place the garden pea rice then spread on top of the prawns evenly. 8. Rest for 20 minutes. 9. Put a large serving tray on top of the pea rice, turn it upside down, carefully remove the tin and lined film. 10. To garnish the sushi cake, use a ring mould to place the egg soboro on the centre of the sushi cake, garnish with spoons of salmon roe around the egg. 11. Place the turnip roses and sugar snap peas.

122

123 TJ28-5-2017 P096-125 175L CTP.indd 122-123

5/17/17 11:54


The New Nourishing Delicious plant-based comfort food to feed body and soul Leah Vanderveldt Description Nutrition and natural food expert Leah Vanderveldt puts the joy into plant-based cooking with over 100 easy and inventive recipes that redefine the boundaries for nourishing food. As the food editor for the health and wellness website MindBodyGreen, Leah is constantly in conversation with readers, nutritionists, chefs, and contributors about food and with this book she offers a new outlook on eating plant-based dishes for health and well-being. This is unashamed comfort eating – big hearty bowlfuls, packed full of goodness and rich in flavor. Her philosophy is to get the maximum enjoyment from foods by using seasonings and cooking techniques in over 100 simple recipes that offer indulgence and balance all at once. Affordability and accessibility is key, too, and these tasty, comforting, and hearty meals are designed to bring excitement to the palate.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018

Leah Vanderveldt is the food editor at health and wellness website, MindBodyGreen, where she writes and develops whole-food recipes, and edits content about nutrition, health, and cultivating a positive relationship with food. She has worked previously for Vogue, and Vanity Fair in the US, as well as for lifestyle and design magazine Home Beautiful in Australia. She is certified in Culinary Nutrition from the Natural Gourmet Institute in New York City, and lives in Brooklyn with her husband, Fabian.

Price

• AUD$34.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781849758598

Category

• Food & Drink

Key Selling Points

Imprint

• MindBodyGreen has over 10 million monthly visitors.

Extent

• Ryland Peters and Small • 176 pages

Format

• 235mm x 190mm

Illustrations

• 100 colour photographs

• Over 100 recipes for simple, vegetable-centric and flavour-focused food. • Taps into the rise in popularity of flexitarian eating where more and more people are seeking to lead a mostly vegetarian or vegan lifestyle. • The New Nourishing makes cooking plant-based foods unitimidating, easy and above all, tasty. There's no counting calories or banning foods; but plenty of seasoning, layering and treats to devour.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

Black

chickpea socca with mushrooms & thyme Socca is a kind of crispy-edged pancake made from chickpea flour, that’s perfect for topping with savory or sweet ingredients.

1 cup chickpea flour 1 X cup water X teaspoon salt, more to taste Olive oil or grass-fed butter

Slightly thicker than a crepe, socca has a the nutty-sweet flavor and high protein content that makes a wholesome, filling meal and can be eaten for a fancy-ish breakfast or a laid-back dinner with a big green salad on the side.

FOR THE MUSHROOMS

Olive oil or grass-fed butter 1 garlic clove, finely minced or grated on a microplane 5 sprigs of thyme, leaves removed from the stems

X pound of cremini mushrooms, sliced Salt and pepper OPTIONAL OMNIVOROUS GARNISHES

Parmesan or gruyere, grated Fried egg SERVES 2

In a large bowl, mix the chickpea flour, water, and salt

pair them with whatever fillings you’d

with a whisk or a fork until well combined. Allow to sit at

like. I love them with roasted tomatoes

room temperature for at least 10 minutes.

and a fried egg, or coconut yogurt and

Prepare the mushrooms. Heat about a tablespoon of oil

fruit, too.

or butter in a large pan over a high heat. Add thyme and

TJ66-2-2017 RPS(Patricia) RPS1919 The New Nourishing W:190mmxH:235mm 175L 140GSM Gold Sun W/F Magenta

TJ66-2-2017 RPS(Patricia) RPS1919 The New Nourishing W:190mmxH:235mm 175L 140GSM Gold Sun W/F Magenta

In this recipe we pair the socca with earthy mushrooms, but you can

mushrooms and cook, stirring occasionally, for about 2 to 3 minutes until the mushrooms soften and are slightly seared and golden. Reduce heat to medium and add garlic and cook for 1 minute, until fragrant. Set aside. Heat olive oil or butter in a small pan over a medium heat. Add approximately X to X cup of the chickpea flour batter to the warm pan. Swirl it around so it covers the base of the pan. Cook for about 2 to 3 minutes, until the batter begins to form bubbles. Flip with a spatula and cook for another 1 to 2 minutes on the other side. Repeat with remaining batter. This should make you about 4 small pancakes or socca. Serve with mushrooms.

the new nourishing 29

28

29 TJ66-2-17 P024-045 175L CTP.indd 28

3/2/17 10:32 AM

TJ66-2-17 P024-045 175L CTP.indd 29

3/2/17 10:32 AM


Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

ginger coconut broth veggies & noodles curry, and brothy ramen bowl. With warming ginger, chili, and garlic flavors it often hits the spot when I’m looking for something that I can slurp a big bowl of without weighing me down.

FOR BROTH

ADD INS

2 teaspoons avocado oil 2 tablespoon grated ginger 4 garlic cloves finely chopped or grated on a microplane 1 can coconut milk (I like to use full fat) 2 tablespoon tamari X cup water or veggie broth X teaspoon chili flakes (optional)

Soba noodles, cooked 1 medium zucchini, peeled into noodles or a julienne 1 medium carrot, peeled into noodles or a julienne 1 cup shelled edamame beans, thawed SERVES 2 TO 3

TJ66-2-2017 RPS(Patricia) RPS1919 The New Nourishing W:190mmxH:235mm 175L 140GSM Gold Sun W/F Magenta

TJ66-2-2017 RPS(Patricia) RPS1919 The New Nourishing W:190mmxH:235mm 175L 140GSM Gold Sun W/F Magenta

This falls somewhere between a soup,

Put water for the soba noodles on to boil. Once boiling add soba noodles and cook according the package. The 100% buckwheat soba noodles I use usually take about 8 minutes. While soba noodles are cooking, heat avocado oil in a large pot or high-sided skillet over a medium-high heat. Add garlic and ginger and let it sizzle for about 30 seconds to 1 minute until fragrant, but not browning. Add coconut milk and tamari and stir. Bring to a bubble then stir in zucchini, carrots, and edamame and let everything warm through for about 2 minutes. Remove from heat. Divide cooked soba noodles between bowls and pour broth and veggies over.

56 the new nourishing

56

57 TJ66-2-17 P046-071 175L CTP.indd 56

3/2/17 10:35 AM

TJ66-2-17 P046-071 175L CTP.indd 57

3/2/17 10:35 AM


Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

smoky buffalo sauce chickpeas & cauliflower I grew up on chicken wings. The spicy, hot buffalo-style ones that come with a side of blue cheese, carrot and celery sticks. This bar food was strangely one of my favorite meals from ages 5 to 8. My dad even talked about my love of buffalo wings in his speech at my wedding, which was both embarrassing and very fitting. To this day I can’t resist the smell of something drenched in hot sauce. More often than not though, I eat buffalo-style vegetables, because I like the best of both worlds — hearty roasted vegetables and messy, spicy sauces. Here’s a bowl that combines the chili and garlic flavors with creamy ranch dressing and crunchy carrots. Any hot sauce will work here—I have a

TJ66-2-2017 RPS(Patricia) RPS1919 The New Nourishing W:190mmxH:235mm 175L 140GSM Gold Sun W/F Magenta

FOR CAULIFLOWER

FOR SALAD

For cauliflower: Heat oven to 425°F. To make

1 small to medium sized head of cauliflower, chopped into florets 1 tablespoon olive oil ½ teaspoon salt 3 tablespoons hot sauce, divided

1 bunch Tuscan kale, stemmed, cleaned and shredded 1 large carrot, peeled into ribbons ½ small red onion, very thinly sliced into half moons 2 tablespoons Tahini Ranch Dressing (page XX)

cauliflower, combine with oil, salt, and 1

FOR CHICKPEAS

1 (14-ounce) can chickpeas, drained and rinsed 1 tablespoon avocado or olive oil ¼ teaspoon garlic powder ½ teaspoon salt 3 tablespoons hot sauce, divided

TJ66-2-2017 RPS(Patricia) RPS1919 The New Nourishing W:190mmxH:235mm 175L 140GSM Gold Sun W/F Magenta

nostalgic affinity for Frank’s, but use your favorite.

tablespoon hot sauce and mix together until cauliflower is coated. Spread out on a baking tray, roast for 20 minutes. Take out and toss with 2 more tablespoons buffalo sauce and put back in the oven for 5 to minutes. The cauliflower should be browned at the edges. For chickpeas: Heat oil in a large skillet over a medium-high heat and add chickpeas, garlic powder, and salt and toss for 30 minutes. Then add 2 tablespoons of hot sauce. Cook, stirring, for about 2 to 3 minutes until the chickpeas are starting to brown. Remove from heat and stir in 1 more tablespoon of hot sauce. For the salad: Combine shredded kale with 1 to 2 tablespoons of Tahini Ranch Dressing in a large bowl. Massage the kale for a couple of minutes until it begins to soften and break down a little. Toss in the carrot ribbons and slices of onion and continue to mix until everything is well coated in the dressing. the new nourishing 93

92

93 TJ66-2-17 P072-101 175L CTP.indd 92

3/2/17 10:39 AM

TJ66-2-17 P072-101 175L CTP.indd 93

3/2/17 10:40 AM


Mushrooms Deeply delicious recipes, from soups and salads to pasta and pies Jenny Linford Description Mushrooms – part of the fungi kingdom – come in an array of sizes, shapes, and colors, making them a fascinating ingredient to cook with. From regular humble cultivated button and oyster mushrooms, to wild mushrooms such as chanterelles and porcini, and not forgetting the VIP of the ingredient world, the truffle, this book covers them all. So much more than a tasty side for a fried breakfast, there are many things that make mushrooms a wonder-ingredient. Many mushrooms – such as the Shiitake, beloved in China, or Enoki, enjoyed in Japan – are carriers for the savoury umami fifth-taste. They are wonderfully diverse to cook with – natural allies with butter, herbs and garlic but also able to work well with all manner of spices. They can be eaten raw in carpaccio, plump in a fragrant bowl of noodles, or bound in buttery, flaky pastry. Their distinct yet delicate earthy flavour goes perfectly with luxurious foods like steak and cheese, but also bring body, bite and satisfaction to light plant-based meals, making them popular among vegetarians and vegans. Most varieties of mushrooms are inexpensive, low in calories and contain valuable vitamins and nutrients.

Author Details Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$32.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781849758802

Category

• Food & Drink

Jenny Linford is a professional food writer based in London and a member of the Guild of Food Writers. She is author of several books including The Tomato Basket, The Creamery Kitchen, Great British Cheeses and Food Lovers’ London, and General Editor of 1001 Restaurants You Have to Experience Before You Die. Her work has appeared in numerous newspapers and magazines, including the Financial Times, Guardian, Time Out and The Times.

Imprint Extent

• Ryland Peters and Small • 160 pages

Key Selling Points

Format

• 235mm x 190mm

Illustrations

• 80 colour photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

• 65 recipes, each accompanied by a mouthwatering colour photograph. • Seven informative feature spreads – from where to forage, interesting facts, mushroom farmers, mushroom folklore and all you need to know about truffles.


JAMON AND MUSHROOM CROQUETTES Freshly-fried croquettes are a treat. Serve this classic Spanish tapas dish with chilled fino sherry for a party nibble or as an appetizing first course, with a fresh rocket/arugula salad on the side. 20 g/3/4 oz. assorted dried mushrooms (such as porcini, morels, girolles, trompettes) 25 g/2 tablespoons butter 2 tablespoons olive oil 1 leek, finely chopped 50 g/13/4 oz. Ibérico or air-dried ham, finely diced 70 g/generous ½ cup plain/all-purpose flour, plus extra for coating 350 ml/1½ cups full fat/whole milk freshly grated nutmeg 3 eggs, beaten 100 g/11/4 cups fine dried breadcrumbs or matzo meal, for coating sunflower or vegetable oil, for deep-frying salt and freshly ground black pepper

Place the dried mushrooms in a heatproof bowl. Pour 400 ml/12/3 cups of freshly boiled water over them and set aside to soak, swell and soften for 1 hour. Strain the mushrooms through a fine sieve, reserving 50 ml/3 tablespoons of the soaking water. Finely chop the soaked mushrooms.

MAKES APPROX. 30

Add in the chopped mushrooms. Cook over a low heat, stirring constantly, until the mixture thickens. Season with salt, pepper and nutmeg.

14 SMALL BITES AND SHARING PLATES

In a large pan, heat the butter and oil until the butter has melted. Add the leek and fry gently over a low–medium heat for 1 minute, until softened. Add the ham and fry for a further minute. Mix in the flour and cook the paste, stirring, for 5 minutes to cook the flour through. In a separate pan, heat the milk and reserved mushroom water together until hot. Gradually add the hot milk mixture to the flour paste, mixing it well with each addition.

Transfer the mushroom-ham mixture to a shallow dish, cool, cover with clingfilm/plastic wrap and chill in the fridge for at least 2 hours or overnight. Assemble the ingredients for coating the croquettes: flour for coating on a plate, beaten eggs in a shallow bowl, dried breadcrumbs on a plate. Using floured hands and working quickly, shape the chilled mushroom-ham mixture into small balls, each one the size of a walnut, rolling them on the palm of your hand. Dip each croquette first in flour, then in the beaten egg, then roll in the breadcrumbs, coating thoroughly. Place the croquettes on a tray and chill in the fridge for 30 minutes. Heat the oil for deep frying in a saucepan to 185°C (365°F). Deep-fry the croquettes in batches for 3–5 minutes, until golden-brown on all sides. Remove with a slotted spoon and drain on paper towels. Serve at once.


TOFU AND MUSHROOM HOTPOT Mushrooms and tofu have a natural affinity as ingredients, and they are combined here in a fresh vegetarian take on a classic Chinese hotpot. Serve with steamed rice or boiled noodles for lunch or supper. 400 g/14 oz. firm tofu, well drained 8 dried shiitake mushrooms 1 tablespoon cornflour/ cornstarch 2 tablespoons vegetable oil ½ onion, chopped 1 leek, finely sliced 2.5-cm/1-inch piece of root ginger, finely chopped 1 garlic clove, chopped ¼ head of Chinese leaf/ napa cabbage, roughly chopped 3 tablespoons rice wine or Amontillado sherry a pinch of Chinese five spice powder 150 g/5 oz. assorted fresh mushrooms (oyster, shiitake, eryngii), large ones halved 1 tablespoon light soy sauce pinch of sugar 1 teaspoon sesame seed oil salt chopped spring onion/ scallion, to garnish

Wrap the tofu in paper towels and place a weighty item (such as a heavy baking sheet) on top. Leave for at least 10 minutes to let the excess moisture drain. Soak the dried shiitake mushrooms in 200 ml/1 scant cup of hot water for 20 minutes. Strain through a fine-mesh sieve/ strainer, reserving the soaking liquid. Trim and discard the tough stalks from the shiitake and cut them in half. Cut the tofu into cubes and roll them in the cornflour/cornstarch to coat. Heat 1 tablespoon of the oil in a frying pan/skillet. Fry the tofu for 5 minutes over a medium-high heat, turning over during frying, until lightly browned on all sides.

over a medium heat. Add the onion, leek, ginger and garlic and fry, stirring, for 2 minutes. Add the Chinese leaf/napa cabbage and fry for a further 2 minutes. Mix in the rice wine or sherry and five spice powder and cook for 1 minute. Add the fried tofu, soaked shiitake and the fresh mushrooms. Pour in the reserved shiitake soaking liquid, soy sauce and add the pinch of sugar. Bring to the boil. Cover and cook over a medium heat for 15 minutes. Uncover and cook for 10 minutes, stirring gently now and then. Season with salt. Stir in the sesame seed oil. Serve straight away, garnished with chopped spring onion/scallion.

Heat the remaining oil in a casserole dish or Dutch oven

SERVES 4

SOUPS AND STEWS 57


PORK CHOPS WITH MUSHROOM AND APPLE CIDER SAUCE

ROAST MUSHROOM AND SAUSAGE TRAY BAKE

A flavourful sauce transforms simple

day, this tray bake is a pleasure to cook

pork chops into a luxurious dish. Serve

– all one has to do is mix the ingredients

with mashed potatoes and green beans.

then bake together in the oven.

2 tablespoons olive oil 4 even-sized pork chops, each approx. 200 g/61/2 oz. 1 tablespoon butter 1 onion, halved and sliced 1 dessert apple, cored and thinly sliced 100 g/31/2 oz. button, dried shiitake and enoki mushrooms, cut into 1-cm/3/8-inch slices 100 ml/scant 1/2 cup dry/hard cider 150 ml/2/3 cup crème fraîche (or sour cream) 2 teaspoons wholegrain mustard salt and freshly ground black pepper

1 onion, roughly chopped 1 red (bell) pepper, deseeded and cut into broad strips 1 courgette/zucchini, chopped into 2.5-cm/ 1-inch chunks 250 g/8 oz. large white/cup mushrooms, trimmed 8 good-quality sausages 8 cherry tomatoes 2 thyme sprigs, leaves only 4 fresh sage leaves, roughly torn 2 tablespoons olive oil salt and freshly ground black pepper

SERVES 4

The perfect dish to make after a busy

SERVES 4

Heat 1 tablespoon of the olive oil in a large frying pan/skillet. Add the pork chops, seasoning with salt and black pepper. Fry over a medium heat for 12–15 minutes, turning halfway through, until golden-brown on both sides and cooked through. Meanwhile, in a separate frying pan/skillet, heat the butter and remaining 1 tablespoon olive oil until frothing. Add the onion and fry until golden-brown. Add the apple and fry, stirring, for 2–3 minutes until lightly browned. Add the mushrooms and fry until lightly browned. Pour over the cider and simmer until reduced by half, stirring often. Stir in the crème fraîche and mustard. Season with salt and freshly ground pepper. Serve the warm pork chops with the mushroom and apple cider sauce.

Preheat the oven to 200°C (400°F) Gas 6. In a large roasting tray, mix together the vegetables, mushrooms, sausages and herbs. Pour over the olive oil and mix well, coating evenly. Season with salt and freshly ground black pepper. Roast in the preheated oven for 30–40 minutes until the sausages are cooked through, tossing once or twice during roasting to ensure even browning. Serve at once.

MEAT, POULTRY AND FISH 101


Homegrown The new New England cooking Matt Jennings Description According to the New York Times, Matt Jennings "defeats the cliches about bland New England food." At his restaurant Townsman in Boston, and at his previous restaurant Farmstead in Providence, Jennings shakes up the notion of what defines New England cuisine by reworking the classics. It's not the meat-heavy boiled dinners or cream-laden chowders of the past; instead, it’s a celebration of the best fresh ingredients that come from a biodiverse region with four true seasons and verdant forest and deep ocean and everything in between. In his debut cookbook, Jennings honors the traditional foods of New England while turning them on their head. Jennings celebrates the ingredients, geography, climate, history, and traditions of this region in what is sure to be a top cookbook next fall.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$69.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781579656744

Category

• Food & Drink

Imprint

• Workman

Extent

• 352 pages

Format

• 264mm x 194mm

Illustrations

• 100 colour photographs

Matt Jennings is recognized nationally for his bold, lusty cooking, and his dedication to New England artisan and seasonal ingredients. After a decade of success with his restaurant Farmstead in Providence, Jennings returned to his native city of Boston in February 2015 to open Townsman, a New England brasserie that pays homage to his deep roots in the area, showcasing his commitment to locality and love of the Northeast. Townsman was named one of Esquire's Best New Restaurants in America; USA Today named it one of the 10 Best New Restaurants in the country; and Food & Wine included Townsman in their list of 10 Restaurants of the Year.

Key Selling Points • This is the first book from Jennings, who has already received front-page food section coverage in the New York Times and elsewhere for his bold New England food. • Home-cook friendly recipes for favorites like meatloaf, fish stew, and lamb meatballs and other Northern comfort food classics. • Chapters include Garden, Orchard, Forest, Ocean, Farm, and Dairy. • Traditional foods get an update in nontraditional ways – Moxie is added to beans, bluefish is marinated in gin, and dumplings are served with a maple dipping sauce. • More than 100 photos shot by culinary photographer Huge Galdones.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


Vegan Richa's Everyday Kitchen Epic anytime recipes with a world of flavour Richa Hingle

Description In her second book, Richa Hingle applies her culinary skills to international comfort foods. She delivers a wealth of flavor-packed 'awesome sauces' and mix-and-match ideas to inspire you to create stunning meal combinations. These unique recipes have amazing depths of flavor, are easy to make, and have allergy-friendly options. Enjoy Richa's wow factor in sensational curries, comforting casseroles, and the next-generation of plant-based burgers, and more. There are chapters devoted to flavor-packed sauces, soups, sandwiches, breakfasts,sweets, and more. You will also find helpful techniques and mix-and-match ideas that will inspire creativity and provide stunning meal combinations. You will find this book to be indispensable in your kitchen, and the recipes will appeal to both vegans and non-vegans alike.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$44.99 / NZ$49.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781941252390

Category

• Food & Drink

Imprint Extent

• Andrews McMeel Publishing • 240 pages

Format

• 254mm x 203mm

Illustrations

• Full colour photography throughout

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Richa Hingle is the award-winning author of the bestselling Vegan Richa's Indian Kitchen. She is also the recipe developer and photographer behind VeganRicha.com. Richa's work has been seen on Oprah.com, the Huffington Post, Babble, VegNews.com, Rediff.com’s 'Top 30 Indian Food Blogs', TheKitchn, MSN, BuzzFeed, and in Glamour, Cosmopolitan, and elsewhere.

Key Selling Points • 52,000 copies of Vegan Richa’s Indian Kitchen sold as of December, 2016. • Author’s website: over 1.2 million page views per month; Facebook followers: 628,000. • Easy recipes with rich layers of flavor. • International comfort food recipes. • The next generation of plant-based burgers.






Easy Soups from Scratch with Quick Breads to Match 70 Recipes to pair and share Ivy Manning Description Nothing is more comforting at the end of the day than a hearty bowl of homemade soup and freshly baked bread and this book makes it easy to do enjoy this perfect pairing in under an hour. Easy Soups from Scratch with Quick Breads to Match makes creating delicious, nourishing soups and warm, chewy breads for any day of the week simple with easy, time-saving recipes. With 70 soups and breads to mix and match, soup lovers can choose from cozy classics like Farro Minestrone with Roasted Garlic Focaccia and Smoky San Marzano Tomato Soup with Pimento Cheese Drop Biscuits, or international flavors like South Indian Sambar with Steamed Rice Cakes and Barbecue Pork and Miso Ramen with Flaky Green Onion Pancakes. Readers can rely on the helpful troubleshooting tricks and get-ahead tips to make it come out perfect every time.

Author Details Ivy Manning is the author of 5 cookbooks including Crackers & Dips. She is an IACP-winning food writer, and her work has appeared in Cooking Light, Fine Cooking, Eating Well, Clean Eating, Sunset, and Everyday with Rachel Ray. She lives in Portland with her husband. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$45.00 Hardback

Key Selling Points

ISBN

• 9781452155029

Category

• Food & Drink

Imprint

• Chronicle Books

Home cooks with busy schedules will love that the 45 weeknight soups and 25 quick bread recipes help them get a delicious, interesting dinner on the table in a hurry over and over again.

Extent

• 176 pages

Format

• 254mm x 184mm

Soup and bread is an eternal combination that everyone loves. With the variety of flavors, both new and classic, this book will backlist well and sell strongly year after year.

Illustrations

• 30 colour photographs

Two major food trends are the focus on healthy food and the focus on quick cooking. This book hits both with delicious, easy to prepare meals that aren't sacrificing anything.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


Chapter 1: Getting Started

Lobster Tail Bisque

Flavor Toolbox The Three B’s: Broths, Beans, and One Very Versatile Bread Dough Safety: A note on safely storing and reheating soups

Chapter 2: Soups from Scratch

10 Ways to Make Soup Faster Troubleshooting Soups Vegetable-centric Soups Blender Gazpacho

Roasted Asparagus Soup with Cashew Cream Roasted Beet and Carrot Soup Korean Kimchi and Tofu Soup Smoky San Marzano Tomato Soup Lighter Broccoli and Cheese Soup Roasted Cauliflower and Paprika Soup Spice-Roasted Butternut Squash Soup with Bacon Crumbles Winter Melon Soup with Smoky Ham South Indian Sambar Spicy Roasted Poblano and Potato Chowder

Bean and Grain Soups

Black Bean Soup with Roasted Red Pepper Cream Spicy Ethiopian Red Lentil Soup Cajun Red Beans and Rice Soup Creamy Cannellini Bean Soup with Gremolata Friulian Bean and Sauerkraut Soup Persian Yogurt, Lentil, and Bulgur Soup with Browned Herb Butter Many Mushroom and Quinoa Soup Farro Minestrone Pumpkin, Pancetta, and Arborio Rice Soup Broken Pasta and Bean Soup

6

QuickSoups_INT_Castoff.indd 6-7

Seafood Soups and Chowders

Spicy Sicilian Clam Soup with Fregola Crab, Halibut, and Squid Cioppino Brazilian Seafood and Coconut Soup Creamy New England–Style Chowder Smoked Salmon and Celery Root Chowder Mussel Stew with Bacon, Cider, and Cream

Meat and Poultry Soups

Egg and Lemon Soup with Toasted Orzo and Kale Soulful Chicken Soup Thai Coconut Chicken Soup Creamy Wild Rice and Turkey Soup Mexican Chicken Noodle Soup Tortellini Chicken Soup with Seasonal Vegetables Spicy Sweet Chicken Curry Soup Beef Barley Soup with Lots of Veggies Four-Way Cincinnati Chili Italian Meatball and Greens Soup Sausage Gumbo Barbecue Pork and Miso Ramen

Soda Breads and Skillet Breads Mini Irish Soda Breads

Featherlight Herb Dumplings Blue Corn and Maple Skillet Bread Bannock Bread with Browned Butter and Sage Spinach and Sun-Dried Tomato Scones Beer and Cheddar Bread

Muffins, Rolls, and Biscuits

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Crab Buttermilk Bisque with Sweet Corn and Bacon

FO

Introduction

Indian Steamed Rice Cakes

Pimento Cheese Drop Biscuits Korean Egg Breads Olive and Prosciutto Rolls Brazilian Tapioca and Cheese Rolls Gruyère Cheese Choux Pastry Puffs Gluten-Free Corn Muffins Zucchini, Feta, and Dill Muffins Everything Rye Muffins Quinoa, Apple, and Cheddar Muffins Index Acknowledgments

Pork and Hominy Stew with Roasted Anaheim Chiles Lamb Meatball, Garbanzo Bean, Lentil, and Tomato Soup Jamaican Jerk Pork and Sweet Potato Stew Fast Irish Stew

Chapter 3: Breads to Match

A Baker’s Dozen—13 Tips for the Best Breads Troubleshooting Breads Flatbreads Flaky Green Onion Pancakes

Quick Flatbread with Three Toppings (Dukkah, Anchovy Butter, Olive Pecorino) Potato Rosemary Farls Homemade Corn Tortillas Roasted Garlic Focaccia Pilot Biscuits Thin and Crispy Breadsticks Malaysian Net Breads Savory Teff Pancakes

7

12/14/16 5:17 PM


TO SERVINGS

ACTIVE TIME

15

MINUTES

TOTAL TIME

35 MINUTES

[For proofing: Get Ahead reference is to Pumpkin, Pancetta, Arborio Rice soup]

FO

4 6

There are two ways to approach this ode to autumn soup: Either peel and cut up a winter squash of your choice (see Get Ahead on page XX), or take a shortcut and use precut butternut squash from the grocery store (look for it in the produce department). Instead of the usual curry powder found in most squash soup recipes, I toast a variety of spices and use the flavorful combo as a spice rub for the squash. The spices become wonderfully toasty as the squash roasts, and the soup ends up being much more than a sum of its parts. You can make this soup vegan by using vegetable broth and garnishing the soup with some chopped smoked almonds.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

MAKES

The breadsticks on page XX make a perfect pairing here because they’re great for dipping in the creamy-smooth soup, but I also find that the slightly smoky flavor of green onion pancakes (see page XX) plays well with the roasted spices and smoked bacon in this soup.

Spice-Roasted Butternut Squash Soup with Bacon Crumbles PAIR WITH

Thin and Crispy Breadsticks (PAGE XX) Flaky Green Onion Pancakes (PAGE XX)

48

QuickSoups_INT_Castoff.indd 48-49

3 medium garlic cloves 1 1/4 tsp coriander seeds 3/4 tsp fennel seeds 8 black peppercorns 3/4 tsp sea salt 1 pinch red chile flakes 4 Tbsp [60 ml] extra-virgin olive oil 3 lb [1.4 kg] peeled butternut or other winter squash, cut into 1-in [2.5-cm] chunks 1 medium yellow onion, chopped 1 large carrot, peeled and finely chopped 1/2 cup [120 ml] dry white wine 6 cups [1.4 L] vegetable or chicken broth (see page XX or XX)

Sea salt and freshly ground black pepper 5 strips thick-cut bacon, cooked and crumbled 1/4 cup [7 g] thinly sliced fresh chives

1. Preheat the oven to 425°F [220°C]. Line two rimmed baking sheets with parchment paper.

2. Combine the garlic, coriander seeds,

fennel seeds, peppercorns, salt, and red chile flakes in a mortar and pound with the pestle until the mixture is a fine paste. (Alternatively, mince the garlic and grind the coriander seeds, fennel seeds, peppercorns, and salt in a

12/14/16 5:18 PM


SERVES

FO

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

A specialty of the Emilia-Romagna region of Italy, this soup is very definition of simplicity—fresh tortellini bobbing in a rich meat broth infused with a chunk of Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese rind. It’s elegant enough for a special occasion, but it’s easy enough to throw together on a hectic weeknight when you need a bowl of comfort. I doctor up the traditional pasta-broth equation a bit by adding shredded chicken breast and a handful of whatever vegetables are in season. In winter that means Lacinato kale ribbons and carrot coins, and in autumn I’ll use sliced wild mushrooms. Come spring, I’ll throw in fresh shelled peas or asparagus tips, and in summer, I’ll float a few halved heirloom cherry tomatoes and basil leaves in the broth.

4 6 TO

ACTIVE TIME

10

MINUTES

TOTAL TIME

Tortellini Chicken Soup with Seasonal Vegetables

40

MINUTES

PAIR WITH

Roasted Garlic Focaccia (PAGE XX) 8 cups [2 L] chicken broth (see page XX) 8 oz [230 g] boneless, skinless chicken breasts One 3-in [7.5-cm] chunk ParmigianoReggiano cheese rind 1 bay leaf One 9-oz [255-g] package fresh tortellini Generous handful of seasonal vegetables (see headnote) Sea salt and freshly ground black pepper

1. In a large soup pot or Dutch oven, com-

bine the chicken broth, chicken breasts, cheese rind, and bay leaf. Bring to a very gentle simmer over medium-low heat; do not boil or the chicken will become dry and cottony. Reduce heat to low and

cook, uncovered, until an instant-read thermometer reaches 165°F [74°C] when inserted into the thickest part of the chicken breast, or the meat is no longer pink in the thickest part, about 20 minutes. Transfer the chicken to a cutting board, shred or chop the meat, and set aside.

2. Increase the heat to medium-high and

add the tortellini and vegetables. Simmer gently, uncovered, until the pasta is tender and the vegetables are done to your liking, about 8 minutes. Discard the cheese rind and bay leaf. Return the chicken to the pot, cook for 1 minute to reheat the chicken, and season with salt and pepper.

3. Serve immediately; the soup looks best

in shallow white bowls, so diners can fully appreciate the colorful vegetables and clear broth.

GET AHEAD: You can store the cooled broth (with the chopped chicken, cheese rind, and

bay leaf) in airtight containers or zip-top plastic freezer bags in the refrigerator for up to 4 days, or in the freezer for up to 3 months. To finish, reheat the soup and add the tortellini and vegetables as directed.

QuickSoups_INT_Castoff.indd 108-109

109

12/14/16 5:19 PM


SERVES

4 6 TO

ACTIVE TIME

15

This flatbread is great simply brushed with good extra-virgin olive oil and sprinkled with sea salt (it’s more likely to puff up dramatically prepared this way). But I also love to dress it up a bit with anchovy-garlic-herb butter; or sprinkle it with the beguiling blend of nuts, seeds, and spices called dukkah; or give it an Italian spin with a bit of fresh sheep’s milk cheese and olives. It all depends on the soup I’m going to serve it with. This bread is really is best straight out of the oven, so have your soup ready to go before you slip the flatbread into the oven.

FO

1

LARGE FLATBREAD

This flatbread dough is leavened with baking powder and enriched with olive oil and full-fat yogurt. The yogurt makes it a dream to knead and roll out, and if the stars all align correctly, you’ll end up with a great big puffed-up bread that resembles a pita on steroids. Place it on a big platter in the center of the table, and invite your family to tear off pieces to dip into soup, surrounding by billows of steam escaping from the bread.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

MAKES

MINUTES

TOTAL TIME

40

MINUTES

Quick Flatbread with Three Toppings PAIR WITH

Persian Yogurt, Lentil, and Bulgur Soup with Browned Herb Butter (PAGE XX) (DUKKAH) Broken Pasta and Bean Soup (PAGE XX) (OLIVE AND PECORINO) Crab, Halibut, and Squid Cioppino (PAGE XX) (ANCHOVY BUTTER) 1 1/4 cups [175 g] all-purpose flour 1/2 cup [70 g] whole-wheat flour 3/4 tsp baking powder 1/2 tsp sea salt 1 Tbsp extra-virgin olive oil 1 cup [240 g] full-fat plain Greek yogurt 2 Tbsp coarse cornmeal Dukkah, Olive and Pecorino Topping, or Anchovy-Garlic Butter (recipes follow; optional)

1. Place a pizza stone or heavy, rimless

baking sheet in the center of the oven and preheat to 450°F [230°C].

2. In a large bowl, whisk together both 142

QuickSoups_INT_Castoff.indd 142-143

flours, the baking powder, and salt. Add the olive oil and stir with your fingers un-

til the mixture looks like crumbly granola. Add the yogurt and stir with a wooden spoon until the dough comes together. Transfer the dough to a lightly floured surface and knead for 3 minutes, or until smooth, adding flour as needed to keep the dough from sticking. (Alternatively, mix and knead in a stand mixer fitted with a dough hook or a food processor fitted with the dough blade.)

3. Roll out the dough into a 15-in [38-cm]

round. No need to be perfect here; just a generally circular shape is fine. Sprinkle a pizza peel or the back of a baking sheet with the cornmeal. Place the dough on the peel (it’s fine if it’s hanging off the edges just a little). Top with 3 Tbsp of the dukkah, or all of the olive and pecorino topping, if using (but hold off on the

12/14/16 5:19 PM


SERVES

6 ACTIVE TIME

15

MINUTES

TOTAL TIME

30

MINUTES

Zucchini, Feta, and Dill Muffins

FO

12

MUFFINS

Grated zucchini keeps these muffins moist, while salty feta cheese and dill give them a savory character. They’re perfect partners for Mediterranean soups like the yogurt and bulgur soup on page XX or the Greek egg and lemon soup with orzo on page XX. These muffins are on the small side, so I usually serve two per person.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

MAKES

PAIR WITH

Persian Yogurt, Lentil, and Bulgur Soup with Browned Herb Butter (PAGE XX) Egg and Lemon Soup with Toasted Orzo and Kale (PAGE XX) 1 1/2 cups [210 g] all-purpose flour 2 1/4 tsp baking powder 3/4 tsp sea salt 3/4 cup [180 ml] milk 1 large egg 1 medium zucchini, grated 1/2 cup [85 g] crumbled feta cheese 5 Tbsp [70 g]unsalted butter, melted, or 5 Tbsp [75 ml] extra-virgin olive oil 3 Tbsp chopped fresh dill

1. Preheat the oven to 400°F [200°C]. Coat a twelve-well muffin tin with cooking spray.

2. In a large mixing bowl, whisk together the flour, baking powder, and salt. In a

medium bowl, whisk together the milk and egg. Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients, and add the zucchini, cheese, butter, and dill. Stir until just blended, about fifteen strokes (a few lumps are okay).

3. Using an ice-cream scoop or 1/3 cup [75

ml] measuring cup, fill the prepared muffin wells two-thirds full with batter. Bake, rotating the tin once, until a skewer inserted into the center of a muffin comes out clean, about 25 minutes. Transfer to a cooling rack and let the muffins cool in the tin for 5 minutes before removing.

4. Serve the muffins warm or at room temperature.

GET AHEAD: Store in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Or wrap

individually in plastic wrap, slip into in zip-top plastic freezer bags, and store in the freezer for up to 1 month. To serve refrigerated muffins, unwrap them and microwave on high for 10 to 30 seconds, or until warm in the center, or wrap in foil and bake in a 350°F [180°C] oven until heated through, 20 to 25 minutes. For frozen muffins, microwave on high for 2 minutes or wrap in foil and bake until heated through, about 35 minutes.

174

QuickSoups_INT_Castoff.indd 174-175

12/14/16 5:19 PM


The Maverick Soul Inside the lives & homes of eccentric, eclectic & free-spirited bohemians

Miv Watts

Available Now – For Immediate Release Description In The Maverick Soul, Miv Watts opens the doors to twenty-five authentic bohemian homes, occupied by some of the world’s most inspirational free spirits. From artists and musicians, to writers, actors, stylists, farmers and more, this is a collection of people who have the courage to live life on their own terms, and are comfortable in their own skin. From Paris to London, Sydney to New York and various other places across the globe, subjects include Marianne Faithfull, Simon Finch, Wendy Whiteley, Griffin Dunne, Linda Rodin and more. No one person is a reproduction of another; each of us is unique, shaped by the diversities of our own individual layers, and this book is a celebration of just that.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st September 2017 Price

• AUD$60.00 / NZ$65.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781784880439

Category

• Home Design

Imprint

• Hardie Grant London

Extent

• 256 pages

Format

• 297mm x 220mm

Illustrations

• Full colour photography

A true bohemian, Miv Watts began her career as a window dresser for Burberry. She met and married Peter Watts, sound engineer for Pink Floyd, in the late sixties. After having two children in quick succession, Naomi and Ben, she threw herself into becoming a stylist, working for film, TV and private clients. Miv lives in the South of France.

Key Selling Points • An inspirational interiors book which opens the doors to some of the world’s most interesting homes. • Bohemian design breaks with tradition, it is for people who think outside the box and don’t follow preconceived rules of style. • Showcases an eclectic mix of homes, from New York lofts and Parisian apartments to English stately homes and Australian beach houses.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


NANCY HOWARD weaver of dreams “I don’t go looking for parties anymore. I figure the party is where I am at!” Nancy Howard’s West London cottage matches her exquisitely tiny New York frame. Stepping off the the urban pavement, under her bower of blood red roses, the first thing that hits you as the front door opens is the comforting aroma of Nancy’s chicken soup. For me, over the years this nourishing potage has been the cure for a litany of maladies from a filthy flu to a breakup with a bad boyfriend. Nancy’s friendship has sustained me like a maternal band aid across the World as I inevitably endured the lumps and bumps of my hopelessly itinerant life. Into the wee hours I have sat with the indomitable Tony Howard (Nancy’s late husband) listening to him chastise me for choosing my men in the same manner as I chose my wardrobe!. This adorable couple were mentors to a parade of rock n’roll miscreants beating a worn path to a bowl of comfort over three decades. With me forever will be the images I carry of the three children with Chelsea scarves being rugged up by their Dad and marched off to the football ground with rosy cheeks and eyes bright with excitement. The close proximity of Brompton Cemetery and the white dove painted on the adjoining garden wall.Images that hang like a favoured,rarely worn hat in the passage of our memories. Images so many of our circle hold of this family. How many of us entered those portals and left feeling warm inside

026

NANCY .indd 50-51

THE MAVERICK SOUL

3/02/2016 11:35 pm


NANCY .indd 52-53

3/02/2016 11:35 pm


NA NC Y HOWARD

Sometimes less is more. A pared-back approach to decorating can fill a home with elegance and charm. To help reduce anxiety caused by the recession it is becoming more elegance and charm. To help reduce anxiety caused by the recession it is becoming more prominent to see nostalgic product yearning for all things past and

from Nancy’s offerings or with our ears burning from the verbal boxing they had just received. But we continued to go back for more and every year we chose a pair of silly socks or a mad bowtie for the man we labelled Mr Grumpy and loved unconditionally like the rare and prickly cactus we kept on the cill for its annual flowering! Tony Howard had a big heart, a short fuse and a long list of principles.While he was on the road tour managing Marc Bolan, Tom Robinson or Pink Floyd Nancy kept the home fires burning in conjunction with running a children’s model agency, virtually on the back of a Kleenex tissue box. When he was home Tony put the use of his comprehensive record collection to a weekly jive nightat the Empire Ballroom in Tottenham Court Rd. These events gave all us girls a chance to glad rag it up and put on our dancing pumps while Tony and his partner Jeff Dexter played an alternating rotation of 40s, 50s and 60s music to die hard Teddy boys and their double jointed molls. On the road Tone held a harder line towards the company of women and was an advocate of the “No Ol’ ladies on the road.” principle. He believed the wives and girlfriends of band members upset the vital dynamic of the tour. It was tough at the time but on reflection, and from what I remember of those R&R years he was indisputably correct. Nancy HowardWith a child on her hip Nancy made notes and confirmed bookings, baked cakes and made calls to various clients and ad agencies promoting her kids. At the time, Felix, her eldest son was either on the cover of The Face magazine or in bed with Paula Yates on TV’s The Tube. In tandem with this Nancy was and still is the eternal Op Shop hunter for fashion. Her style has always been unique, she could look elegant wearing a grain sack, by virtue of the way she tied or accessorised it. With her Hepburn elegance, she was the epitome of style. Her house was full of music, rock memorabilia, vintage finds, delicious meals and colourful conversation. Tony was a lucky man. Their bond was unbreakable they were a united front; parted only by occasional distance but always in finite step with each other. The couple were the touchstone to a generation. We dared to think they were forever. But life can change on a sixpence and Nancy lost Tony in 2001 to a mysterious illness after six weeks in intensive care. For a while it was touch and go with Nance, while her close friends waited and hoped she would pull through. Added to this sorrow some of Tony’s old music muckers fell away completely - victims of embarrassment. Bereavement the great divider. We waited and we watched. Over the ensuing months Nancy packed up the family home, sent Tony’s humungous record collection to storage, closed down her agency, sold the house and acquired the bijou cottage she occupies today. Slowly, ever so slowly she began to regain some of the chutzpah she had mislaid. It began with a collection- a picture here, another there and soon she had re-created the colour that she imagined was gone from her life with a pile of bright images . Then she faced a blank wall and began to paste. Within a week she had transformed a perfectly plain, kitchen wall into a work of Art. She flung open the double doors and carried her colourful Mexican theme into the garden There she stood and contemplated her life and decided it was worth continuing. Soon she was decorating hotel walls and walls from hairdressing salons to hedge funders. Her personal

NANCY .indd 54-55

3/02/2016 11:35 pm


interpretation of a client’s personality was a glamorous revelation, a secret indulgence, bathrooms and loos being a favoured location for a Nancy bespoke wall. This cottage reflects the happiness and security of the past and moves through a gallery of old family portraits to the contentment she has found in the present. Five years ago she met her old fraternity friend Gus Roth and they re- kindled their student romance. Gus moved to the UK and together they both continue to visit their respective families in Florida. Nancy’s newly acquired passion for weaving means that the entire family, down to her two young grandchildren cut quite a dash in their tweedy scarves. Her home is peppered with nostalgia and though she has down sized considerably from the three story Chelsea home she shared with Tony, she has managed to fit in the old familiar pieces that we all knew so well. The Rock and Roll years are behind her and today the miscreants and misfits have been replaced by the respectable young. The the adult children of her model agency are in constant contact, eager to revisit the tales of their glamorous infancy. Every summer Nancy and Gus host the Howard Family picnic in Holland Park and almost from out of the bushes old friends appear and re-unite over the indestructible memories of Mr Grumpy and his good advice. Gus wears the face of tolerance with a broad smile and helping hands and Nancy, in the middle of it all, distributes her goodness - loved and protected by so many- Nancy is Nancy, a tiny determined hand inside an elegant vintage glove.

026

NANCY .indd 56-57

THE MAVERICK SOUL

3/02/2016 11:35 pm


NC Y HOWARD WENDY NA WHITELEY

Sometimes less is more. A pared-back approach to decorating can fill a home with elegance and charm. To help reduce anxiety caused by the recession it is becoming more elegance and charm. To help reduce anxiety caused by the recession it is becoming more

NANCY .indd 58-59

3/02/2016 11:35 pm


New Nordic Colour Decorating with a vibrant modern palette Antonia af Petersens Description Scandinavian style has long been associated with light, clean-lined spaces or pared-down monochrome interiors. However, in recent years the colour palette has seen a dramatic shift away from pale, cool shades and dramatic, darker and more characterful hues have begun to appear in stylish Nordic homes. Why have the Scandinavians suddenly welcomed colour in this way and how is it being used? As well as discussing the theories behind this shift and analysis of the most popular colour schemes, in New Nordic Colour interiors writer Antonia af Petersen offers expert advice on choosing colour for your home. She goes on to visit 10 Nordic homes that are divided into three different types. These unique Nordic homes all have one thing in common – plain white walls and monochrome palettes have been replaced with rich, complex, and vibrant hues.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$44.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781849758758

Category

• Home Design

Imprint Extent

• Ryland Peters and Small • 160 pages

Format

• 254mm x 216mm

Illustrations

• 230 colour photographs

Antonia af Petersens is a Swedish journalist who grew up in Stockholm and has lived in Barcelona and London. After graduating from Stockholm University, she worked for the Swedish newspaper Dagens Nyheter and Plaza Interiör magazine as well as contributing to several lifestyle titles. Antonia was also an editor for the digital publication Houzz and a contributor to the anthology Becoming a Journalist, which was published in August 2016. Antonia is a frequent traveller, finding inspiration from cultures and countries all over the world, but her heart belongs to beautiful Scandinavia.

Key Selling Points • Showcases a bold new approach to using colour in tune with a sea change in interior styles. • While many of us are nervous about experimenting with colour, New Nordic Colour puts creative ideas for stylish interiors within every readers' reach. • New photography of real-life homes by Beth Evans.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


RPS1943 Nordic Colour Blad v1

SMALL, DARK AND HANDSOME Scandinavian style has for a long time been associated with light, stripped-back spaces. However, in recent years, richer, bolder hues have worked their way into Nordic homes and one of the most prominent trends is a style I have dubbed ‘Dark Eclectic’. The look is in many ways a reaction to the white-painted spaces that we associate with Nordic style and is typified by bold monochromatic colour schemes. Houseplants and natural materials combined with eclectic detailing create a well-balanced interior set against a brooding, dark background.

Neutral hues – sand, eggshell, ivory – have been replaced by a palette of richer, deeper shades inspired by the Nordic landscape – dusk blue, storm grey, and forest green. Nature has always been a constant source of inspiration when Scandinavians decorate their homes and today’s crowded cities and the fast pace of modern life have created a yearning for peace, tranquility, open fields and wide horizons. This yearning is evident in paint colours, textiles and furniture as well as in the form of plants and flowers. Environmental awareness also means that many people prefer to seek out antique or vintage furniture as it brings patina and interest to an interior.

ABOVE LEFT In his small apartment in an 18th-century building in central Copenhagen, interiors designer/architect Oliver Gustav has created an eclectic, almost theatrical atmosphere by mixing antique and modern, industrial-style furniture and decoration. ABOVE CENTRE The walls have been painted to create a velvety textured effect. The dark, soft grey colour palette is muted and

soothing, and works very well with the furniture, which is mostly dark wood, dull metal or painted black or grey. ABOVE RIGHT An easy way to literally bring life into your home is to decorate with flowers and plants. Let the room’s light and temperature guide you where to place them and choose plants seasonally, opting for fresh flowers in summer and dramatic foliage during the winter months.

26 DARK ECLECTIC

IW RPS1943 Nordic Colour Blad Pages.indd 26

17/02/2017 17:26


RPS1943 Nordic Colour Blad v1

THIS PAGE The lack of daylight in the Nordic region during the winter months is something Scandinavians are forced to consider when choosing paint colours. Look at how the light shifts in your room during the day and test different paint shades on the wall before you decide. Many decorating professionals suggest painting a piece of card or lining paper with two coats of your favoured paint and moving the paper around the room to establish how the colour works in different areas. Decorating with mirrors and reective materials is another way to bring light into an interior.

IW RPS1943 Nordic Colour Blad Pages.indd 27

17/02/2017 17:26


RPS1943 Nordic Colour Blad v1

The eclectic look of this style is something of a backlash against the minimalistic, simple Nordic style that has dominated in recent years. The essence of eclecticism is diversity – ideas, style, or taste drawn from a broad range of sources. Instead of a modern, clean lined-design, the Scandinavians are mixing it up with ethnographical influences from all over the world and different style eras. Darker walls are accompanied by vintage finds, mementos, plants and a personal mix of furniture and art. People usually decide to repaint their walls when the colour starts to look tired or shabby, but in Scandinavia it tends to be a desire for renewal that drives people to visit the paint shop. When Northerners buy paint, they try to achieve a sense wholeness – to create a scheme where the colour plays the leading role. This approach has resulted in a vogue for painting floors, walls and even the ceiling all the same shade. And it is not unusual to find that the woodwork, doorframes and window niches have also hungrily embraced rich colours.

OPPOSITE Typical of Dark Eclectic rooms is the addition of multiple personal elements that reflect the tastes of the inhabitant. The decorative pieces in this apartment have all been carefully selected by Oliver’s discerning eye.

ABOVE Darker hues can make a room look smaller, so give decorative objects and paintings plenty of space. In Oliver’s apartment, lofty ceilings and spacious rooms create an elegant balance between the wall colour and the large shelves and tables.

LEFT In addition to the colour choice itself, the finish also plays an important role. When painting with darker hues, matte colours with low gloss levels are the most popular as they create a velvety effect.

DARK ECLECTIC 29

IW RPS1943 Nordic Colour Blad Pages.indd 29

17/02/2017 17:26


RPS1943 Nordic Colour Blad v1

THIS PAGE In the home of boutique owner Anna Bjelke in Norway, the original panelled walls have been kept white, but the home is colourful thanks to the painted furniture and decorative details. The rich, saturated accent colours are the common denominator that holds the style together and the rest of the dĂŠcor consists of pieces in different styles and from different eras. Repainted rustic furniture and stickback chairs meet mid-century lamps and other retro details.

IW RPS1943 Nordic Colour Blad Pages.indd 76

17/02/2017 17:27


RPS1943 Nordic Colour Blad v1

RETRO SHADES Another way to interpret colour the Nordic way is to focus on bold accent colours. If Dark Eclectic concentrates on the background colours in nature, Bold Accents embraces the details that stand out against this backdrop. Think about vivid crimson lingonberries, blooming pink peonies in June or the northern birch forests in early autumn when the leaves turn flaming orange. In these homes, pale walls often remain but they are accompanied by strong, bold accents in the shape of colourful kitchen cabinets, painted furniture and decorative features.

ABOVE LEFT It is easy to paint wooden furniture yourself. Make sure you lay the foundations by washing, sanding and priming first, which will ensure better adhesion of paint to the surface and a longer-lasting result. Alternatively, use chalk paint (which doesn’t require a primer) or to spray-paint the furniture (or let a professional sprayer do the work).

ABOVE RIGHT White is also a colour and is available in a variety of shades. Yellow undertones give white a warmer and creamier feel, while blue undertones make the colour appear more crisp and cold. A room with plenty of natural light tends to look warmer; therefore a cooler white is the best choice for a luminous staircase like this one.

BOLD ACCENTS 77

IW RPS1943 Nordic Colour Blad Pages.indd 77

17/02/2017 17:27


Junk Genius Stylish ways to repurpose everyday objects, with over 80 projects and ideas Juliette Goggin & Stacy Sirk

Description Juliette Goggin and Stacy Sirk have created over 80 projects and ideas using items you can easily find or might already have. Discover creative ways to use glass with the compact kilner jar sewing kit and the pretty message-in-a-bottle pendant. Myriad uses for old crates include planting them with herbs and vegetables and transforming one into a night stand. Add something different to your household with a range of light fittings made from colanders, a birdcage, and even jello molds! Whether you’re a beginner or an experienced crafter, you'll learn to hunt out and see the potential in a whole range of items and be inspired to transform your treasure trove of useable raw materials into stunning new accessories for a beautiful home.

Author Details Juliette Goggin has designed products for many well-known names, such as Julien Macdonald, Cath Kidston, Molton Brown and French Connection. She created a gift range called Juliette at Home, reflecting her love of all things recycled and vintage. She recently took part in the TV show Super Scrimpers about upcycling on a minimal budget. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$39.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781782495284

Category

• Home Design

Imprint

• CICO

Extent

• 192 pages

Format

• 235mm x 190mm

Illustrations

• 250 colour photographs

Stacy Sirk has 25 years' international experience in buying, product development and visual merchandising, with a particular expertise in sourcing unusual and vintage products and display items. Stores she has worked for include Urban Outfitters, Nike, Restoration Hardware, Smith and Hawken and Macy's.

Key Selling Points • Taps into the increasingly popular upcycling market. It will appeal to young people who are discovering a love of crafting, as well as older people who want to rediscover long-forgotten crafting skills. • All the projects are achievable and inexpensive and are suitable for beginners as well as more experienced crafters.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


CB1145 Junk Genius Reissue DSJ v1

Specifications

Contents INTRODUCTION FINDING JUNK 40 COMMON ITEMS Chapter One JEWELRY AND DECORATION

6 8 10

simple

inspiration

Wooden thread spools (cotton reels) make really practical drawer pulls. For each one, you will need a straight cylinder screw and a domed top nut. The screw will need to be the length of your spool added on to the depth of the drawer front, with a little extra length on top to allow for screwing on the top nut. These come in both brass and nickel—choose the color you like best!

middle of the lid and attach the spool as for

WOODEN DRAWER PULLS

Binding: Hardback Format: 7½ x 9¼ in./ 235 x 190 mm Extent: 192 pages Illustrations: 250 color photographs Price: US $21.95 / CAN $26.95 / UK £16.99 Publication date: November 2017 Text: 30,000 words

Thread spools make easy-to-grip knobs on vintage tins. Simply drill a hole in the the Drawer Pull.

inspiration

18

Tiny thread spools (cotton reels), still wound with colorful thread, make very sweet holders for birthday cake candles, while

Chapter Two FABRIC AND TRIMS Chapter Three PAPER AND CARD Chapter Four CHINA AND WOOD

two metal tart pans in graduated sizes, gorgeous cake stand—and there’s no need

ISBN: 978-1-78249-528-4

for any permanent fixing!

Text © Juliette Goggin and Stacy Sirk Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books

80 Try to find screws that just fit through the diameter of the spools, to make the final fit that much better.

98

Chapter Seven FURNITURE AND FURNISHINGS

For UK publicity, contact: Yvonne Doolan Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 yvonne.doolan@cicobooks.co.uk

diameter as the spool, and place a screw in the hole

and tighten, to secure in place. All done!

114

www.rylandpeters.com

102 wooden drawer pulls

136 Juliette Goggin has designed and sourced products for

simple

many well-known names, such as Julien Macdonald, Cath

162

LOAF PAN WALL SCONCES

Kidston, Molton Brown, and French Connection. She created her own gift and home collection called “Juliette

RESOURCES INDEX ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk

Uncorrected proofs

Drill a hole in the drawer front to the same from inside the drawer. Add the spool, with the

Chapter Six METAL AND WIRE

For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani @rylandpeters.com

stacked one on top of the other, make a

42

attractive paper end to the front, then the top nut,

Chapter Five GLASS AND MIRROR

Further information: US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

188 190 192

at Home”, reflecting her love of all things recycled and

Vintage loaf pans, particularly long ones, make beautiful indoor wall sconces. A collection of them, with candles and tealights casting shadows, looks very atmospheric, making them perfect for celebrations, but they can be a permanent fixture, too.

vintage, which gained her an enthusiastic following amongst independent shops and department stores. She featured in the highly successful Channel 4 television series, “Super Scrimpers”, which showcased thrifty

Drill a small hole through each loaf pan (they must

money-saving tips and ideas based on her own

about 3 in (8 cm) in from one end. A clip-on

stylish creations.

the pan, while an eggcup, a tart pan, or a regular

simple

FAUCET DRAWER HANDLES

Old outdoor faucet (tap) or valve handles make excellent drawer and cupboard handles, with their open caging, bright colors, and central hole. You will need screws that are long enough to fit through the central hole and the drawer front, plus an extra 1½ in (4 cm). Put a screw through the front of each handle. Add three or four nuts, to create space between the handle and the drawer. Put the end of the screw through the hole in the drawer. Add a nut and tighten.

be clean and dry) from the inside in the middle, candleholder simply clips on to the bottom edge of candleholder needs to be fixed to the bottom of the sconce with epoxy glue. To hang the sconce from a wooden wall, simply

Stacy Sirk has 25 years’ international experience of

screw it to the wall through the hole you’ve made. For a plaster or brick wall, you will need to use a

working with some of the best retailers in the

wall anchor (Rawlplug). Use old screws with old pans, new screws with new pans for the best finish.

business: Terrain, Urban Outfitters, Nike, Restoration Hardware, Smith & Hawken, Nordstrom, and Macy’s. Working in

The best kind of clip-on candleholder has a

product development, buying, and visual merchandizing, she has a particular

upright. Many vintage Christmas tree

jointed cuff, which allows the candle to stay candleholders were designed this way, to

expertise in sourcing unusual industrial, vintage, and artisan items for both

keep the candles vertical on the branches.

retail and visual display—the “stuff that makes a store shine.” Beyond retail, Stacy works on styling projects for special events, films, and magazines. 138 loaf pan wall sconces

IW CB1145_JUNK_GENIUS_REISSUE_BLAD_DSJ_03.indd 2

20/02/2017 10:36


CB1145 Junk Genius Reissue DSJ v1

Specifications

Contents INTRODUCTION FINDING JUNK 40 COMMON ITEMS Chapter One JEWELRY AND DECORATION

6 8 10

simple

inspiration

Wooden thread spools (cotton reels) make really practical drawer pulls. For each one, you will need a straight cylinder screw and a domed top nut. The screw will need to be the length of your spool added on to the depth of the drawer front, with a little extra length on top to allow for screwing on the top nut. These come in both brass and nickel—choose the color you like best!

middle of the lid and attach the spool as for

WOODEN DRAWER PULLS

Binding: Hardback Format: 7½ x 9¼ in./ 235 x 190 mm Extent: 192 pages Illustrations: 250 color photographs Price: US $21.95 / CAN $26.95 / UK £16.99 Publication date: November 2017 Text: 30,000 words

Thread spools make easy-to-grip knobs on vintage tins. Simply drill a hole in the the Drawer Pull.

inspiration

18

Tiny thread spools (cotton reels), still wound with colorful thread, make very sweet holders for birthday cake candles, while

Chapter Two FABRIC AND TRIMS Chapter Three PAPER AND CARD Chapter Four CHINA AND WOOD

two metal tart pans in graduated sizes, gorgeous cake stand—and there’s no need

ISBN: 978-1-78249-528-4

for any permanent fixing!

Text © Juliette Goggin and Stacy Sirk Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books

80 Try to find screws that just fit through the diameter of the spools, to make the final fit that much better.

98

Chapter Seven FURNITURE AND FURNISHINGS

For UK publicity, contact: Yvonne Doolan Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 yvonne.doolan@cicobooks.co.uk

diameter as the spool, and place a screw in the hole

and tighten, to secure in place. All done!

114

www.rylandpeters.com

102 wooden drawer pulls

136 Juliette Goggin has designed and sourced products for

simple

many well-known names, such as Julien Macdonald, Cath

162

LOAF PAN WALL SCONCES

Kidston, Molton Brown, and French Connection. She created her own gift and home collection called “Juliette

RESOURCES INDEX ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk

Uncorrected proofs

Drill a hole in the drawer front to the same from inside the drawer. Add the spool, with the

Chapter Six METAL AND WIRE

For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani @rylandpeters.com

stacked one on top of the other, make a

42

attractive paper end to the front, then the top nut,

Chapter Five GLASS AND MIRROR

Further information: US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

188 190 192

at Home”, reflecting her love of all things recycled and

Vintage loaf pans, particularly long ones, make beautiful indoor wall sconces. A collection of them, with candles and tealights casting shadows, looks very atmospheric, making them perfect for celebrations, but they can be a permanent fixture, too.

vintage, which gained her an enthusiastic following amongst independent shops and department stores. She featured in the highly successful Channel 4 television series, “Super Scrimpers”, which showcased thrifty

Drill a small hole through each loaf pan (they must

money-saving tips and ideas based on her own

about 3 in (8 cm) in from one end. A clip-on

stylish creations.

the pan, while an eggcup, a tart pan, or a regular

simple

FAUCET DRAWER HANDLES

Old outdoor faucet (tap) or valve handles make excellent drawer and cupboard handles, with their open caging, bright colors, and central hole. You will need screws that are long enough to fit through the central hole and the drawer front, plus an extra 1½ in (4 cm). Put a screw through the front of each handle. Add three or four nuts, to create space between the handle and the drawer. Put the end of the screw through the hole in the drawer. Add a nut and tighten.

be clean and dry) from the inside in the middle, candleholder simply clips on to the bottom edge of candleholder needs to be fixed to the bottom of the sconce with epoxy glue. To hang the sconce from a wooden wall, simply

Stacy Sirk has 25 years’ international experience of

screw it to the wall through the hole you’ve made. For a plaster or brick wall, you will need to use a

working with some of the best retailers in the

wall anchor (Rawlplug). Use old screws with old pans, new screws with new pans for the best finish.

business: Terrain, Urban Outfitters, Nike, Restoration Hardware, Smith & Hawken, Nordstrom, and Macy’s. Working in

The best kind of clip-on candleholder has a

product development, buying, and visual merchandizing, she has a particular

upright. Many vintage Christmas tree

jointed cuff, which allows the candle to stay candleholders were designed this way, to

expertise in sourcing unusual industrial, vintage, and artisan items for both

keep the candles vertical on the branches.

retail and visual display—the “stuff that makes a store shine.” Beyond retail, Stacy works on styling projects for special events, films, and magazines. 138 loaf pan wall sconces

IW CB1145_JUNK_GENIUS_REISSUE_BLAD_DSJ_03.indd 2

20/02/2017 10:36


Thrifty Chic Interior style on a shoestring Liz Bauwens Description Divided into 7 chapters, Thrifty Chic will take you through everything you need to know to jazz-up your home. Starting with Elements of Design, you will learn how to utilize fabric, paint, windows, frames, lighting, and more, to make the most of your environment. Then, room by room, each chapter will show you how best to pull together mismatched items into cohesive schemes, how to upcycle furniture, and how to introduce some clever ideas for storage. You will learn how to create certain styles in your home, from French-inspired antique chic, to the cosmopolitan eclectic and the steel-finished urban cutting-edge. You will even gain insider tips on what to look for at antique markets and in thrift stores, and how to care for and restore your bargain purchases. Packed full of irresistible designs, and with a final chapter detailing how to do the projects yourself, there will be no stopping you from creating your perfect habitat.

Author Details Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$44.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781782494973

Category

• Home Design

Imprint

• CICO

Extent

• 160 pages

Format

• 254mm x 216mm

Illustrations

• 200 colour photographs and 40 colour artworks

Liz Bauwens is a freelance stylist who has worked for many publications, including House and Garden, Good Housekeeping, and Country Homesand Interiors. Liz has also opened her own store, Otto Trading, which is filled with a unique mix of new and vintage homeware, glassware, and furniture, as well as cards and one-off gifts. Alexandra Campbell is an author whose work has appeared in many newspapers and magazines, including The Times Magazine, The Financial Times 'How To Spend It' magazine, and The Daily Telegraph. She is also the author of nine novels and now blogs at themiddlesizedgarden.co.uk, an award-winning gardening blog.

Key Selling Points • Thift is the new spend. • Reusing and recycling rather than throwing away are now seen as essential to today’s living. • Striking photography by Simon Brown.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


ELEMENTS OF DESIGN

SPECIFICATION

51

cosmopolitan eclectic

134

Binding: Paperback with jacket Format: 71â „8 x 95â „8 in/245 x 182 mm Extent: 160 pages on woodfree paper Illustrations: 200 color photographs Price: US $21.95/UK ÂŁ14.99 Publication date: 1st July 2013 Text: 25,000 words

ELEMENTS OF DESIGN

This inviting dining room is in a city house but has a relaxed

"

" !

! !

country atmosphere, created by the addition of objects from foreign

countries,

acquired

during

the

owner’s

travels.

Occupying pride of place is a battered table from a store specializing in Normandy furniture. It is perfect for family life because its surface is already so marked and layered with paint that it doesn’t matter what children (or adults) do to it. The curtains were bought secondhand and altered to fit the window. The large chest of drawers had been left in the house by its previous owners; made of dark brown wood and adorned with fretwork and brass handles, it was transformed by having its embellishments removed, its handles changed to plain wood, and being painted cream. You can play about with furniture you’ve paid little or nothing for—it’s amazing what a coat of specially formulated “historic� white paint can do. Other items were found in thrift stores and flea markets around Europe.

balconies and terraces Adding a balcony or terrace to your home is a much cheaper option than building an extension or a conservatory, and can offer just as much extra living space—although how often you use it will depend on the weather. Check planning regulations before starting, especially in a conservation area or if you are dealing with an architecturally protected building.

A balcony lets you take advantage of any views from the upper levels of a house, makes a lovely place to have a quiet drink as the sun goes down, and also shelters the area beneath it, creating a shaded spot that can be used all summer, even

ISBN: 978 1 782490 34 0 Text copyright Š Liz Bauwens and Alexandra Campbell 2013 Design and photography copyright Š CICO Books 2013

when it rains. In the house illustrated here, the decking has been made from driftwood—planks that have washed up on the beach—and the furniture has been collected over many years.

Uncorrected proofs For further information contact: US CICO Books 519 Broadway, 5th Floor New York, NY 10012 Tel: (+1) 646 613 8682/8684/8685 Fax: (+1) 646 613 8683

retro bathrooms Most of the elements of the bathroom illustrated on these ELEMENTS OF DESIGN

contents ELEMENTS HALLS

CHAPTER TWO:

CHAPTER THREE:

OF

fashionable in recent years, and a lot of salvage yards charge

DESIGN 9

ENTRANCES 29

AND

KITCHENS

pages have been sourced from architectural salvage yards at relatively low cost. Architectural salvage has become very

INTRODUCTION 6 CHAPTER ONE:

85

AND

DINING ROOMS 39

books, books, books

what can seem like quite high prices, but there are always

Book-lovers can sometimes be overwhelmed by the challenge of storing the objects of

bargains to be had for sharp-eyed customers, and this cast-

their passion. A single bookcase is never enough, and even a whole wall of shelves can

iron rolltop bath—bought through a website that brings

start to overflow. If you are building bookshelves, there are a few tips worth

together buyers and sellers of antique, reclaimed, salvaged,

remembering—for example, shorter shelves won’t bow in the middle. Many people prefer

and green items—is just one of them.

to reduce the height of the shelves nearer the ceiling to stop the bookshelf looking as if it

Tiling is one area of the decorative scheme in your bathroom

were toppling forward. You can take the height up to the ceiling or, in higher-ceilinged

where it is possible to save money. Many contemporary

rooms, stop at picture-rail level.

bathrooms are tiled from floor to ceiling—but this is not

We have recently started to recognize the potential of books as design objects. Some

necessary, unless you like the look. A well-designed, well-

book covers, especially those from the days when cover art was starting to emerge as a

ventilated room painted in a specially formulated bathroom

fashion, are examples of great design and deliciously evocative of their age. Thrift stores,

paint is unlikely to suffer significant problems from damp. Make

secondhand bookstores, and the internet are all good sources of vintage volumes.

sure there are no little areas where water can be trapped, and repair leaks in faucets or pipes whenever they appear. While

CHAPTER FOUR: CHAPTER FIVE: CHAPTER SIX:

LIVING SPACES 77

BEDROOMS

GARDENS

CHAPTER SEVEN:

AND

AND

BATHROOMS 99

OUTDOOR SPACES 129

THE PROJECTS 139

USEFUL ADDRESSES 156 INDEX 158 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 160

you are using the bathroom, keep a lookout for areas that could

#

! "

become damp. Vigilance is as effective as wall-to-ceiling tiling— if not more so.

For US publicity, contact: Kristin Meenagh Tel: (+1) 646 613 8682 kristin.meenaghe@rylandpeters.com UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For UK publicity, contact: Mark McGinlay Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 mark.mcginlay@cicobooks.co.uk

!

!

For digital editions, visit www.cicobooks.com/apps.php


A Place to Call Home Tradition, style, and memory in the new American house Gil Schafer III Description For award-winning architect Gil Schafer, the most successful houses are the ones that celebrate the small moments of life – houses with timeless charm that are imbued with memory and anchored in a distinct sense of place. Schafer believes a house is truly successful when the people who live there consider it home. In A Place to Call Home Schafer pulls the curtain back on his distinctive approach, sharing his process and taking readers on a detailed tour of seven beautifully realised houses in a range of styles located around the country – each in a unique place, and each with a character all its own. 250 lush, full color photographs of these seven houses and other never-before-seen projects, including exterior, interior, and landscape details, invite readers into Schafer’s world of comfortable classicism.

Author Details Award-winning architect Gil Schafer III is a leading practitioner of contemporary classical architecture. A member of the AD100, a winner of Veranda's Art of Design Award, and the author of The Great American House, his work has been featured in such publications as Architectural Digest, Elle Decor, Veranda, and the Wall Street Journal. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$110.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9780847860210

Category

• Home Design

Imprint

• Rizzoli

Extent

• 288 pages

Format

• 305mm x 254mm

Illustrations

• 150 colour photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points •

Schafer's first book, The Great American House, had multiple printings and is a great success.

Schafer has been featured in Architectural Digest, Elle Décor, House Beautiful, Town & Country, Country Life, the New York Times, House & Garden, and the Wall Street Journal, among others.

The book features his work with today's top interior designers and show how this process turns a beautiful house into a stylish and comfortable home.

Examples show the building of a new old house and the restoration of a historic home, with insightful guidance to both homeowners and architects.

Schafer is consistently recognized as one of the world's experts on contemporary classical architecture.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

4 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

5 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


that looks clunky, or like a pastiche, or feels postmodern in in-

D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

tention. It’s why, in pursuit of authenticity, we are always mindful in my office of the precedent, and study it carefully. One of the best ways to ensure that you get it right is to find an authentic antique mantelpiece and key your own design for the rest of the room--or house--off of it. Such a period object brings a special warmth into a space, even if you haven’t lit a fire. The difficulty lies in availability: I have learned that it is easier to find antique English and Continental stone mantels than delicately carved wood American ones (which can sometimes be surprisingly expensive). Absent this option, when I design a new mantel, I will typically use it as an opportunity to reinforce a house’s controlling design ideas. For our Lake Placid project, which balanced the formal and the vernacular, the living room mantelpiece combined small brackets under the mantel shelf – like rafter tails on a roof eaves – with refined details and proportions. Conversely, in the converted dairy building and in my own house in Maine – the vibe in both is a bit more modern – I created simple slate surrounds that are entirely devoid of detail. Of course, you can go completely in the opposite direction, as did the interior decorator David Netto in a house we worked on together in Nashville a few years ago. Into the scrupulously correct, Charles Platt-designed Colonial Revival living room that we restored, David introduced an overscaled Georgian style marble mantelpiece, one that served as an essay on the pleasures of contrast and juxtaposition. I personally wouldn’t have thought to do that--but sometimes the best way to celebrate design parameters is by challenging them.

above:

Nametur ati recessum quibus ea nimilli tatatqui temosan danimos enit qui nes abor mod ma nem quas explissedis etus, il moluptatibus maximus ma ditiam explita est aut quis eatem unte porro molupta tiatium fugitia quia sunt. sedis etus, il moluptatibus maximus ma ditiam explita est aut quis eatem unte porro molupta tiatium fugitia quia sunt. above: Nametur ati recessum quibus ea nimilli tatatqui temosan danimos enit qui nes abor mod ma nem quas explissedis etus, il moluptatibus maximus ma ditiam explita est aut quis eatem unte porro molupta tiatium fugitia quia sunt. sedis etus, il moluptatibus maximus ma ditiam explita est aut quis eatem unte

10 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

11 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

left: Ted molecea sequamet laudis abo. Ut ea dolligni vendanducim facepro vitaspi enienit optatium autenim ut earia idiat eat que eost, ad ut volecti beaquam, quaest lam adiorpos debitia cullenestium consend eligeni hitiosa aut aspeliqui reperio dollessit et faccupit, omniet odicte voluptat por aut entiatiae non essi odicit aut

world will be a disappointment if it doesn’t serve the practical

THE SPACES IN BETWEEN

needs of its occupants. For that reason, I remain as interested in I am the child of two parents who are insanely focused on the prac-

all of a house’s utilitarian zones as I am in crafting a beautiful

tical. Each is steeped in the conviction that everything must be

staircase or mantelpiece. A basement or mudroom may not be

properly done, with the proper tools, which are then put away in

sexy – but getting all the little details right will affect quality of

the proper places. Growing up, it made chores a little frustrating –

life in subtle, unmistakable ways.

after all, kidhood includes an inbuilt measure of disorder. But my

Consider that mudroom. It’s an in-between zone in which

parents’ obsession with practicality is something I’ve carried into

to kick off your boots or muddy shoes before heading (typically) into

my professional life – I hope to the great benefit of my clients.

the kitchen. Simple enough – yet for an architect the mudroom is a

How many times have you heard someone say, ‘I had a

cornucopia of significant considerations. Is there a place to sit down,

great architect, he gave us a beautiful home – but he was terrible

so you don’t have to hop on one foot to take those boots off? Are

with closet space’? Or, ‘Nothing is where it should be when I need

there hooks or pegs on which to hang things up to dry, and then a

it.’ Or, ‘There are never any outlets where you want them.’

place to put them away on hangers? Cubbies, I find, are exception-

These—and many other—mundane details are essential to living

ally useful: kids tend to just toss things, so if you can give them a way

well in a house, and I never want to be the architect who has over-

to toss that’s inherently organized, that is a benefit. So is a good floor,

looked them. I firmly believe that the most beautiful house in the

of stone or tile, that’s resistant to moisture and staining. Even if you

12 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

13 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

above:

Nametur ati recessum quibus ea nimilli tatatqui temosan danimos enit qui nes abor mod ma nem quas explissedis etus, il moluptatibus maximus ma ditiam explita est aut quis eatem unte porro molupta tiatium fugitia quia sunt. sedis etus, il moluptatibus maximus ma ditiam explita est aut quis eatem unte porro molupta tiatium fugitia quia sunt.

14 Š 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

15 Š 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

18 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

19 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


Victoria Hagan Dream Spaces Victoria Hagan Description In her much-anticipated second book, Victoria Hagan features an exquisite selection of new interiors that embody the 'soft modern' look that distinguishes her work. A major force in the design community, Hagan is the master of juxtaposing old and new, showing luxury through simplicity, and creating homes that reflect their owners’ lives. In these appealing, timeless projects, formal architecture is loosened up with a generosity of spirit and an appreciation for the whimsies of style. Throughout, Hagan discourses on the spirit of the unexpected detail – a vintage mirror or a unique chair – that adds soul and modernity. After twenty-five years of running a successful business, she shares her philosophy on attaining good taste and expressing an attitude through her work. Victoria Hagan: Dream Spaces is a beautiful and inspiring collection of this design superstar’s work and a must for every interior design library.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$110.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9780847859962

Category

• Home Design

Imprint

• Rizzoli

Extent

• 240 pages

Format

• 324mm x 244mm

Illustrations

• 200 colour and B&W photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Since launching her launched her design firm in 1991, Victoria Hagan has been awarded many of the country’s top design honors, including the AD 100, and is regularly featured in magazines around the globe. Hagan has also made television appearances, including Martha Stewart and Oprah. David Colman is a regular writer, editor, and columnist for the New York Times.

Key Selling Points • Hagan's first book is one of Rizzoli's top-selling titles and has gone into multiple printings. • Design lovers who respond to Hagan's clean, timeless sensibility will be thrilled to own this longawaited second book. • Hagan's signature style is perfectly balanced but not obsessed with getting everything precisely right – perfect for today's homeowner. Formal architecture is loosened up with a generosity of spirit, an appreciation for the whimsies of style combined with practical common sense.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


INTRODUCTION

D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

E © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

very true designer is a dreamer.

ideas are what we end up loving the most.

Now, people tell me I can come across as

Of course, two things get me scheming and dreaming more

no-nonsense and straightforward — and of

than anything: places and people. But here’s the thing. I see

course, I can be those things when I need to

potential everywhere. In a blue so deep you run out of an-

be. But anyone who knows me knows that

chor chain. A long field of tall grass that’s been there for

I’m a dreamer. Big time.

three hundred years. An amazing family history. A hand-

It’s just that my head isn’t lost in the clouds—it’s lost in the

loomed French carpet. A fascinating catch-up with an old

grounds. It seems like every time I see a piece of land I try to

friend. An architectural detail I’ve never seen before. A cer-

figure out what kind of house would be perfect there, and

tain slant of light on winter afternoons. (And trust me, if

where and how I’d site it so the sunlight comes at just the

Emily Dickinson had just worked with me, she wouldn’t

right angle all day (and all year) long.

have felt so oppressed.)

What I love about dreams is that they’re about potential.

For this book, I wanted to do something special that really felt

And while I love seeing a project get finished and a fam-

like a window into the fun and joy of this process. I pulled

ily happily ensconced in it, nothing gets me more excited

together ten projects that bloomed in all sorts of ways, some

than dreaming it up, planning it out, and watching the job

of which surprised even me. This isn’t like Beyoncé’s great-

as it unfolds. And most important, I love staying open to

est hits collection — this is more like her personal favorites.

new ideas as we go along, because sometimes those surprise

They’re definitely dreams that I saw come true.

6

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


Wedgwood A story of creation and innovation Gaye Blake-Roberts Description This is the definitive book on Wedgwood, the preeminent luxury china brand in the world and the essence of English design and craftsmanship. Founded in 1759, Wedgwood has a deep heritage in pottery making that represents timeless design and enduring style. The eponymous founder, Josiah Wedgwood, was an entrepreneur and visionary who quickly became Britain's most successful ceramics pioneer, elevating pottery from a cottage craft into a luxury good and an art form. He was the mastermind behind Wedgwood's most enduring pieces, including Queen's Ware, Black Basalt, and Jasperware. With historic photographs, drawings, and watercolors from Wedgwood's extensive archive, this book is a visual celebration of English design. It offers a lavish look at some of the most timeless china creations in history. Paying homage to the pioneering spirit of Wedgwood, this volume documents the achievements of a brand that is a symbol of elegance and timelessness, infusing classic craftsmanship with fresh design, and promises to impress fans of Wedgwood, old and new.

Author Details Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$110.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9780847860104

Category

• Art/Fashio/Photograph

Imprint

• Rizzoli

Extent

• 304 pages

Format

• 305mm x 229mm

Illustrations

• 200 colour and B&W photographs

Gaye Blake-Roberts is a design historian and the curator of the Museum at Wedgwood. Alice Rawsthorn, OBE, is a British design critic who writes for the international edition of the New York Times. Mariusz Skronski is the creative and strategic director at Fiskars Living Brands.

Key Selling Points • Gives a fresh and contemporary take on an exceptional design company and features a compilation of Wedgwood's history, archival material, and contemporary collaborations all in one volume. • The brand is highly coveted among collectors and the book will be an essential addition to anyone's existing collection.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

• Wedgwood has been collaborating with contemporary designers such as Vera Wang and Jasper Conran, making their brand fresh and accessible to a younger generation of consumers.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

Josiah Wedgwood was born into one of the most exciting eras of British history, an age of enquiry, discovery and experiment, which was dominated by the Age of Enlightenment which incorporated the industrial revolution. Josiah had a unique combination of personal qualities and was possessed of an enquiring mind, enormous energy and great ambition which he used to great effect during his lifetime. He was primarily a potter but was also a pioneer, scientist, philanthropist, marketeer and a family man Josiah Wedgwood was baptised on 12th July 1730 at St John’s Church in Burslem, the twelfth and youngest child of Thomas and Mary Wedgwood. His father was the third generation of Wedgwood potters to have worked at the Churchyard Pottery which was adjacent, as the name suggests, to St John’s church. His family would have been manufacturing domestic pottery wares from the local raw materials including the red and brown clays. Very little is known about Josiah’s early life but he is known to have walked a seven mile round journey daily to attend school in the nearby town of Newcastle-under-Lyme where he was taught by Mr Blunt and his wife in a small establishment where he learnt to read, write and do basic arithmetic. Josiah’s father died just before his ninth birthday and it has been suggested that he began to work in the pottery inherited by his elder brother, Thomas. When he was fourteen years of age Josiah was formally apprenticed to his brother, on 11th November 1744, to learn; ‘the said Art of Throwing and Handleing’. During the smallpox epidemics which swept through the Midlands Josiah contracted the disease which left him with a severely disabled right knee which made pottery throwing on the traditional kick wheel almost impossible for the young man and undoubtedly turned his thoughts to improving the industry as a whole. His leg was ultimately amputated on 28th May 1768, in the era before anaesthetics or antibiotics, a date which was subsequently referred to in his correspondence as, ‘St Amputation Day’. In 1754 Josiah joined, as a partner, one of the most influential and important potters at that time, Thomas Whieldon. There was probably nobody better to teach the young twenty - four year old Josiah how to manage and run a large and successful works. Similarly, it was Whieldon who pioneered housing for his workforce and factory discipline both aspects of management Josiah was to learn from and adopt in his future career as a master potter. Whilst working with Whieldon Josiah started the great range of experiments which were to dominate his life. His experiment book starts with the words; ‘This suite of Experiments was begun … about the beginning of the year 1759, in my partnership with Mr Whieldon, for the improvement of our manufacture of earthen ware, which at the time stood in great need of it… I saw the field was spacious, and the soil so good, as to promise an ample recompense to anyone who should labour diligently in its cultivation’. Something Josiah practiced for his entire working career. Josiah reacted almost instinctively to the fashions of the day and the successful production of a green glaze, recorded on 23rd March 1759, was the result of many trials. It was ideal for the tea and coffee wares modelled in the form of vegetable which were creating great interest amongst the fashionable public. The perfection of this new coloured glaze marks the beginning of Wedgwood’s search for excellence. Josiah Wedgwood became a master potter with his own works from May Day 1759. He rented the ‘House and Workhouses’ known as Ivy House Pottery, in Burslem, from his uncle John Wedgwood. Josiah engaged his younger cousin, Thomas Wedgwood, to work for him. Thomas was to prove invaluable during the next thirty years as he managed the useful ware aspects of the business for Josiah. At the Ivy House Works Josiah started to experiment in earnest and introduce new techniques and machinery which revolutionised the industry. In 1763 he introduced an eccentric rose engine turning lathe, made by James Taylor of Birmingham, into the pottery which could flute and dice and incise lines into the soft unfired clay producing new decorative techniques, a practice which has never changed and is still used today.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.7


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

OPPOSITE

PEGASUS/APOTHEOSIS OF HOMER VASE 1790, Wedgwood / John Flaxman. ‘The Apotheosis

of Homer’ vase modelled by John Flaxman in 1778 from an illustration in the catalogue of Sir William Hamilton’s collection od antique vases. Josiah commented when he presented a copy, in 1786, to the newly established British Museum in London, that it was, ‘The finest & most perfect I have made’. NEXT SPREAD

CAULIFLOWER COFFEE POT 1760–65, Wedgwood. Cauliflower wares were

amongst the most popular pieces produced by Staffordshire potters. The vegetable is believed to have originated in Asia Minor and come to Britain via Italy and was particulaly popular in contemporary cuisine. PA G E 1 2

QUEEN’S WARE WITH SHELL EDGE 1765–70, Wedgwood. The request brought to

Staffordshire from Queen Charlotte for, ‘a complete set of tea things, with a gold ground and raised flowers upon it in green’, was accepted by Josiah and with its completion and delivery gave him the opportunity to style himself, ‘Potter to her Majesty’ and rename his cream coloured earthenware ‘Queen’s ware’ in recognition of her patronage. PA G E 1 3

ENGINE TURNED VASE WITH PEDESTAL 1765–68. The Queen’s ware tureen was transfer printed

in Liverpool by the specialist firm of Sadler & Green. The shape echoes a design by the celebrated architect Sir William Chambers with whom both Wedgwood and Bentley were friends. Sadler and Green were highly specialised ceramic printers who decorated huge quanties of Queen’s ware for Wedgwood and were able to boast that ‘we fear no Rivals anywhere’.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved. 15


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

15

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

PIERCED JASPER DESSERT DISH 1790. Pierced basket for the centre of a dessert table

used to hold sweetmeats or other delicacies. The hand piercing would have been done when the jasper clay was leather-hard before firing with punches of different sizes and before the application of the bas-relief decoration. It is a rare 18th century survival of such a delicate utilitarian object.

Š 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

Š 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


The Art of Coco Chronicle Books

Description Pixar is proud to introduce the must-have companion to the vibrant new feature film Coco . The creation of Coco's mesmerizing world is explored in detail through colorful artwork, energetic character sketches, intriguing storyboards, and spellbinding colorscripts. Featuring insights from the production team about the making of the film and production art that bursts off the page, The Art of Coco overflows with insights into the creative process behind Pixar's unique and engaging vision.

Author Details John Lasseter is a two-time Academy Award winner, director, chief creative officer at Walt Disney and Pixar Animation Studios, and principal creative officer at Walt Disney Imagineering.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$69.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781452156439

Category

• Art/Fashio/Photograph

Imprint

• Chronicle Books

Extent

• 160 pages

Format

• 279 x 229mm

Illustrations

• Full colour illustrations throughout

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Lee Unkrich is the director of Coco. He was co-director of Finding Nemo, Monsters, Inc, and Toy Story 2, and director of the Academy Award-winning Toy Story 3. Adrian Molina is the co-director and writer of Coco. He has worked on the Academy Award-winning feature films Ratatouille and Toy Story 3, and was a story artist for Monsters University.

Key Selling Points • For fans of Coco, as well as animators and animation students interested in the Pixar process. • Packed with concept art and insights from the creative team who worked on the film. • Explores the stunning new world Pixar created for its latest film, Coco, set to hit theatres November 2017. • Pixar created a mesmerizing and colorful new universe for Coco, which will make fans want to seek out the production art from the making of the film. • The Art of... titles are beloved by fans, as proven by previous sales success. • Most of the full-color concept art behind these films is only published in the Art of... books.


ALSO AVAILABLE IN THE ART OF ... SERIES

Price

• AUD$69.99 Hardback

Price

• AUD$69.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781452155364

ISBN

• 9781452122236

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Price

• AUD$69.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781452122243


Antony Gormley Martin Caiger-Smith

Description This beautiful and definitive monograph examines the entirety of sculptor Antony Gormley's career, from his earliest sketches to his best-known public installations. Martin Caiger-Smith examines the relationship between Gormley's life and art, and identifies the singular and obsessional vision that ties together a vast canon of work in an extraordinary range of media and materials. Drawing on images that range from childhood snapshots to photographs of his most recent gallery installations, this book traces the evolution of Gormley's work, from the drawings he makes every day in the studio, to the ultimate expression of his ideas in such masterpieces as the colossal 'Angel of the North. Illustrated with hundreds of images that explore the true scale and impact of Gormley's work, complemented with Caiger-Smith's critical narrative, this book is a comprehensive survey of a truly monumental career.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018

Antony Gormley is widely acclaimed for his sculptures, installations, and public artworks that investigate the relationship of the human body to space. He was awarded the Turner Prize, the South Bank Prize for Visual Art, the Bernhard Heiliger Award for Sculpture, the Obayashi Prize, and the Praemium Imperiale.

Price

• AUD$280.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9780847860135

Category

• Art/Fashio/Photograph

Imprint

• Rizzoli

Extent

• 400 pages

Format

• 330mm x 241mm

• The most definitive book on Gormley's work ever produced.

Illustrations

• 300 colour and B&W photographs

• The first book of its scale to be edited and overseen in close collaboration with the artist himself, giving the most fully informed view of his entire career to date.

Martin Caiger-Smith is Head of the MA Curating the Art Museum program at the Courtauld Institute in London. He writes frequently on art, photography, and architecture, and is the author of Tate Modern Artists: Antony Gormley.

Key Selling Points

• Includes rarely seen and never published personal photographs and ephemera that illuminate the origins of the thoughts behind beloved public works. FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

• Written by one of very few acknowledged and trusted experts on Gormley's life and work.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

134 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

135 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

240 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

241 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

312 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

313 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

162

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

Testing a World View 1990–97

163


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

Title, 1991 Title, 1991 © 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

208

Testing a World View 1990–97

209

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


Erró Ruba Katrib

Description The first major English-language monograph on Icelandic Pop artist Erró establishes his primacy among today’s significant figurative artists. Erró, Iceland’s most prominent painter, receives long overdue critical attention for his contributions to international Pop, late Surrealism, and contemporary figurative painting in this sumptuous monograph. Prescient and timely, Erró’s paintings are marked by a voracious consumption of imagery synthesizing a hallucinatory vision of contemporary visual culture. Often compared to Andy Warhol, James Rosenquist, and Roy Lichtenstein, Erró’s multifigure narratives, refusal to commit to a singular style, and obsession with cartoons set his practice apart. An essay by Ruba Katrib connects Erró to today’s figurative-painting practices, and a chronology by Danielle Kvaran traces his wild figurations of history and subjects, ranging from Winston Churchill to contemporary music icons. Newly photographed details and a concentration on Erró’s canvases of the last ten years offer a fresh perspective to his European audience and a welcome introduction for his American one.

Author Details Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$130.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9780847860623

Category

• Art/Fashio/Photograph

Imprint

• Rizzoli

Extent

• 272 pages

Format

• 305mm x 254mm

Illustrations

• 150 colour and B&W photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Ruba Katrib, curator at SculptureCenter, New York, contributes to publications including Art in America and Parkett.

Key Selling Points • Recent exhibitions attest to the growing prominence of cartoons and collage as dominant threads in contemporary figurative painting. • Erró is widely collected in many forms (including prints and posters) in his native Iceland, where a national museum is dedicated to his work. • Erró is credited with introducing the painted collage to European Pop art. His source imagery, including advertisements and comics, earned him comparisons to Roy Lichtenstein, Andy Warhol, and James Rosenquist.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


#girlgaze How girls see the world Amanda De Cadenet

Description #girlgaze is on a mission to close the gender gap by creating visibility and tangible jobs for girls behind the lens and this timely book features a beautiful and powerful collection of images capturing how young women perceive the world. This inspiring must-have for feminists and creatives showcases the work of a diverse collective of female-identifying photographers mixing candid and formal photos of females living their lives: moments of significance caught in a fraction of a second at home, on the streets, remote countrysides, and in war-torn countries. Spirited, elegant, and inspiring, #girlgaze promotes and representation of the female gaze.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$70.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9780847860890

Category

• Art/Fashio/Photograph

Imprint

• Rizzoli

Extent

• 272 pages

Format

• 203 x 254mm

Illustrations

• 300 colour and B&W photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Amanda de Cadenet is a creative force with a lifelong career in media both behind and in front of the lens, as well as CEO and Founder of Girlgaze, a Los Angeles based digital media company that promotes and highlights the work of emerging female photographers and directors.

Key Selling Points • #girlgaze will directly benefit from the following partnerships: Teen Vogue (#girlgaze's official

media sponsor); a multimedia art show touring LA, New York, London and Paris; and Amanda's own TV show, which airs on the Lifetime Channel. • Since its inception on Instagram in March, the #girlgazeproject hashtag has received more than 57,000 tags; and the #girlgaze operating team have a combined 850,000 Instagram followers and more than 300,000 Twitter followers. • With contributions by: actress/model Amber Valletta, fashion photographer Inez van Lamsweerde, filmmaker Sam Taylor-Johnson, photojournalist Lynsey Addario, Condé Nast Editor-in-Chief Amy Astley, and photographer/artist Collier Schorr. • #girlgaze features images from and of young women all over the world.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

8

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved. First Last, Title, YEAR.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

10

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved. First Last, Title, YEAR.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved. First Last, Title, YEAR. A


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved. First Last, Title, YEAR. 19


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved. First Last, Title, YEAR. 23


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


New York City on Instagram Dan Kurtzman

Description From gorgeous skylines and jaw-dropping aerials to hidden treasures, this timely collection showcases 300 striking images of NYC by more than 40 acclaimed Instagram photographers. New York City has become the most photographed city in the world on Instagram, and at no time has its humming energy been more passionately and extensively captured than right now. This first-of-its-kind book brings the Instagram experience into a beautifully curated collection that reveals New York City in a vivid, new light – whether it's dramatic views of must-see icons like the Empire State Building and the Brooklyn Bridge, or glimpses of quintessential city moments like 'Manhattanhenge' and autumn in Central Park. For anyone with a love of New York City, this book will be both a keepsake and a source of wonder and inspiration.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018

Dan Kurtzman is a writer and photographer who specializes in landscape and travel photography. On Instagram he has built popular followings in both New York and San Francisco on his @wildnewyork, @wildbayarea, and @wildcalifornia_ community accounts, where he showcases the beautiful and inspiring work of some of Instagram’s most talented artists. His own photography can be seen on Instagram at @dankurtzmanphotography and on his website www.dankurtzman.com.

Price

• AUD$49.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781599621395

Category

• Art/Fashio/Photograph

Imprint

• Rizzoli

Extent

• 208 pages

Format

• 203mm x 203mm

• The subject naturally lends itself to a series; the next book will be Instagram San Francisco.

Illustrations

• Full colour photography throughout

• Instagram has become the most compelling and abundant source for artistic scenic photography, from gorgeous landscapes to spectacular city scenes to jaw-dropping aerial views.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points • With 300 million plus users, Instagram is everywhere. It recently passed Twitter in active users. Forbes says "Instagram is shaping up to be the world's most powerful selling tool."

• Author Daniel Kurtzman is the author of two books, How to Win a Fight with a Conservative and How to Win a Fight with a Liberal, which sold a combined 70,000 copies and currently in their 2nd editions.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A DIS O N R FO

68

87

58

@nyclovesnyc Manhattanhenge, Gantry Plaza State Park, Long Island City

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved. 4


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A DIS O N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

@nyclovesnyc Manhattanhenge, Gantry Plaza State Park, Long Island City

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved. 6


© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved. 7

D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A DIS O N R FO

@nyclovesnyc Manhattanhenge, Gantry Plaza State Park, Long Island City

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A DIS O N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Opposite Caption about the Instagram image shown here. Above Caption about the Instagram image Reserved. shown here. 10


In the Garden of My Dreams The art of Nathalie Lété Nathalie Lété Description Nathalie Lété has been creating ceramics, textiles, illustrations, and other artwork for numerous brands – most notably Anthropologie, Astier de Villatte, Uniqlo, Issey Miyake, and Godiva – for the past 20 years. She is one of the most commercially successful French artists working today, whose aesthetic has captured the imagination of people from all over the world: her kitchenware, wallpapers, fabrics, furniture, fashion accessories, and sculptures are coveted items. This is Nathalie’s first foray into the book world in her prolific 30-year career as an artist. She has gathered 160 of her favorite paintings into a magnum opus art book. Rooted in pop art and folklore, her work features magical, colorful, edgy depictions of nature scenes, birds, baby deer, kittens, flowers, dolls, children, and vintage toys. With rich, saturated full-page images, the world of Nathalie Lété unfolds on each page.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$69.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781579657215

Category

• Art/Fashio/Photograph

Imprint

• Workman

Extent

• 240 pages

Format

• 279mm x 203mm

Illustrations

• 160 images

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Nathalie Lété was born in 1964 in France to a German mother and a Japanese father. She studied fashion design at the Arts Appliqués Duperré and lithography at the Beaux-Arts de Paris. For the past 30 years, she has mixed different techniques and mediums in creating her art: paintings, ceramics, and textiles. She designs homeware items and creates commissioned art for many brands worldwide. Throughout her career, she has held independent exhibitions in Korea, China, Japan, the United States, France, Germany, and England, among other places. In 2015, a retrospective exhibition of her work was held at the Musée de la Piscine in Roubaix, France.

Key Selling Points •

A beloved, never-before-published artist with a huge following: A comprehensive magnum opus of Nathalie Lété’s art in book form.

The author has a worldwide cult following in countries including the United States, China, Japan, Germany, England, and her native France.

A beautiful art book with gift market potential: Nathalie’s aesthetic lends itself to the gift market, and the book will be as attractive to those unfamiliar with her work as to her existing fan base.


Brooks Brothers 200 years of American style Kate Betts Description Since 1818, Brooks Brothers, America's oldest clothing brand, has grown into a global sartorial institution that has influenced American style through its iconic fashions – from your first navy blazer as a child to stepping into a bespoke suit on your wedding day. On the eve of its two-hundredth anniversary, Brooks Brothers remains synonymous with timeless style, the finest quality, and innovative designs that resonate with both old and new generations. This richly illustrated book is replete with photographs of the signature heritage pieces, from the Original Polo® button-down oxford, gray flannel suit, and Rep ties to the camel overcoat, and features an unparalleled roster of high-profile political and cultural icons who have worn and made these pieces their own. The text comprises interviews and personal anecdotes from the retailer’s loyal clientele, each sharing treasured memories and connections. This dazzling volume invites readers to delve into the world of Brooks Brothers, providing insight into the people, places, and historical moments that have shaped and provoked the innovative yet timeless American institution.

Author Details Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$100.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9780847859924

Category

• Art/Fashio/Photograph

Imprint

• Rizzoli

Extent

• 240 pages

Format

• 318mm x 216mm

Illustrations

• 225 colour and B&W photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Kate Betts is an American fashion editor and author based in New York City. She is a contributing editor at Time and The Daily Beast, and authored the New York Times Bestseller book My Paris Dream: An Education in Style, Slang, and Seduction in the Great City on the Seine.

Key Selling Points • Brooks Brothers is an American fashion institution that has permeated popular culture. • Brooks Brothers provided costume designs for the films The Great Gatsby, The Royal Tenenbaums, Ali, Up in the Air and TV shows like Mad Men, Gossip Girl, and is mentioned in fiction books Catch-22, American Psycho, and even the Ms. Marvel comic book. • This book will include exclusive interviews and personal quotes from a list of notable clients who share their memories and stories about wearing Brooks Brothers. • The book features new photography of some of the brand's trademark clothing pieces, vintage advertising campaigns, and past event photos.


Ralph Lauren: 50 Years of Fashion Reported by WWD Ralph Lauren & Bridget Foley Description Celebrating fifty years of America’s most beloved fashion brand, this book chronicles the legendary career trajectory of Ralph Lauren as documented by Women's Wear Daily. Synonymous with timeless American style, Ralph Lauren metamorphosed from a small collection of men’s neckties into a global empire offering everything from casual polo shirts and luxury womenswear to athletic apparel and home goods. WWD has chronicled the company's every step since its founding in 1967, from that first wide necktie and iconic advertisements to Lauren's innovative venture into online media. Offering insight into this trailblazing visionary, Ralph Lauren: 50 Years of Fashion is an illustrated volume that details his meteoric rise and the highlights of his career.

Author Details Ralph Lauren began his career in 1967, designing neckties under the label Polo. Today, his collections include menswear, womenswear, accessories, fragrance, and home. He has received numerous awards for his work in fashion, philanthropy, and humanitarian causes. Publication Date 1st January 2018

Bridget Foley is a fashion journalist, critic, and the executive editor of Women's Wear Daily.

Price

• AUD$120.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9780847860968

Category

• Art/Fashio/Photograph

Imprint

• Rizzoli

Extent

• 192 pages

Format

• 330mm x 254mm

• Ralph Lauren is unearthing never-before-seen, exclusive images from its archives for the book.

Illustrations

• 150 colour and B&W photographs

• Ralph Lauren has boutiques across the globe, making its appeal broad-reaching and international.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points • Ralph Lauren celebrates its 50th anniversary in 2017. • Differing from past books, which focused on glossy advertising and lifestyle, this book presents the story behind the business of Ralph Lauren.

• Social media stats: Ralph Lauren Instagram: 4.9 million followers; Twitter: 1.9 million followers; Facebook: 8.6 million likes; WWD Instagram: 522k followers; Twitter: 2.9 million followers; Facebook: 764,332 likes.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


1967

D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

NEW YORK — “Of course, I could have worn a print today but I don’t want to be known as Mr. Clothes.” Ralph Lauren, head of Beau Brummell’s one-man Polo division, smooths the simple in this navy grenadine and tweaks the collar of his electric blue shirt. With the ties spread out on the table before him he hopes to bridge the division between fashion and tradition. “I worked on these shapes a long time. This has a slight mid-belly. It makes its own knot and dimple.” The ties are 3 ½ inches and full almost to the top so that they have a straight look. They are hand-made in Indian, Swiss and English fabrics. They will cost $7.50-$15 and will be sold only in hand-picked stores. “The romance is where you buy it. The store gives the tie the right or wrong connotation. I want a few good stores, not the commercial market. The wrong stores trim the wrong things with the wrong things.” This would be disastrous to Lauren, for he is not just selling ties. “I am promoting a level of taste, a total feeling. It is important to show the customer how to wear these ties, the idea behind them. “The great dressers are the most classic but they are not restricted to one look. They can wear Brooks Bros. as well as Meledandri. They can wear jeans unselfconsciously on weekends. I’m not trying to make a tie for each occasion. Some are for evening, some for afternoons.” The name Polo gives some idea of the man he is aiming at. He chose it because polo is a masculine sport and represents a certain way of life. The Polo man is tired of stereotyped reps but he doesn’t want to look extreme. Indian silk tweeds…hand-blocked prints in bright colors…horizontal close stripes with an iridescent look…a parquet check…a blanket plaid are strewn over the table. As he speaks, Lauren looks down at them paternally, an image supported by the strands of premature gray in his hair. His suit has a comfortable new looseness to it. It is filled with details…4-inch

14

It all started with a tie. In 1967, Ralph Lauren introduced his Polo label of signature wide ties — dubbed The Big Knot in DNR, December 19, 1967 — here, a 1968 pattern at left and one from the 1970s above.

“Polo Ties Saddling Up For New Fashion Goals.” —DNR, July 27, 1967

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


“It’s a designer’s dream.”

another fabric?

— Ralph Lauren on his expanded shop in Henri Bendel, WWD, September 13, 1976

— Ralph Lauren on his expanded shop in Henri Bendel, WWD, September 13, 1976

D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

“It’s a designer’s dream.”

another fabric?

1976 1977

1976 1977

A

ctress Diane Keaton, shown below at Ralph Lauren’s Fall 1978 runway show along with Candice Bergen, worked with to costume designer Ruth Morley conceive her “Annie Hall” look (above) by incorporating Ralph Lauren pieces Keaton already ift owned, new purchases and thr s wa le sty store finds. “Annie’s wnshoLau ect,ic,” eclton ne yKea Diaver style— s ess ctr Diane’ latel r. ’s Fal ade ren dec D aLau Ralph at WW uld owtell bel ren wo she ng but , ility w alo with sho waysib a sen 8 run 197red “We sha withown. alldher wosrke that, wa le gen Ber sty ndiace had Ca to .” Keaton rley ne Mo Dia h e purRut s er ign ll wa e des nie Ha Antum cos k conceive her “Annie Hall” loo (above) by incorporating Ralph Lauren pieces Keaton already ift owned, new purchases and thr store finds. “Annie’s style was Diane’s style—very eclectic,” Lau r. ren would tell WWD a decade late “We shared a sensibility, but she n. had a style that was all her ow ton.” Annie Hall was pure Diane Kea

A

34

34

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


64

and w Lauren has built a reputation on ippers. sh or w P AS W r fo s he ot cl d re ne always done best — man second-rung Union e th er ov ok to x on Br e th om fr And so, the boy ction.” lle co d re l-b el w s hi t en es pr to League Club

blue pin-stripe fabric as background

—WWD, May 4, 1984

D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO 1984

64

confident. as w en ur La h lp Ra n, ga be ow “Even before the sh suit he said, ‘I know vy na e ip tr ns pi l ia or rt sa s hi in e Standing ther ter all, what af , as w It .’ ne do er ev e I’v n io ct this is the best colle this designer has t ha w d an on n tio ta pu re a ilt Lauren has bu shippers. or w P AS W r fo s he ot cl d re ne an always done best — m e second-rung Union th er ov ok to x on Br e th om fr y And so, the bo llection.” co d re l-b el w s hi t en es pr to ub League Cl

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

—WWD, May 4, 1984

From gently tailored tweeds to trim lambs-wool looks that WWD dubbed “The Wallis Simpson Suit,” Ralph Lauren’s Fall 1984 collection channeled one of the designer’s favorite looks: aristocratic Anglophile.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO 1986

74

“Lauren has come up with some of the best-looking floral prints of the season, which he parlays into long, floating midcalf skirts and sleek dresses for day and night.”

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

—WWD November 11, 1983

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


Timeless Icons The style of celebrities Carlo Mazzoni Description A tribute to the eternally modern charm of stars and personalities who radiate sophisticated, timeless style. Through glamorous images of celebrities – both contemporary and past – this exquisite volume celebrates the legendary style of actors, models, musicians, socialites, and more. A curation of the most emblematic figures of the last century, this tome features a who’s who list of style icons from the red carpet, Hollywood films, and magazine covers: from Jane Birkin, Brigitte Bardot, Lauren Hutton, and Audrey Hepburn to James Dean, Marlon Brando, and Mick Jagger. Also spotlighted are beloved icons of our time, including Gisele Bündchen, Blake Lively, George Clooney, and Leonardo DiCaprio. Beautiful photographs underscore each personality's unique charm and elegance, while informative texts describe the time period and style. The result is a book that’s as enchanting as the legendary figures represented within its pages.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$130.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9788891812377

Category

• Art/Fashio/Photograph

Imprint

• Rizzoli

Extent

• 160 pages

Format

• 375mm x 298mm

Illustrations

• 150 colour illustrations

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Carlo Mazzoni is the former editor in chief of L’Officiel Italy. He recently launched a new magazine, The Fashionable Lampoon.

Key Selling Points •

Signature styles: Reveals the signature styles of the most iconic celebrities who broke fashion rules to create their own trademark looks.

Who's who list of style icons: Together in a single collection, the most influential style icons from the red carpet, Hollywood films, and magazine covers, including Jane Birkin, Brigitte Bardot, Gwyneth Paltrow to George Clooney, Marlon Brando, Marcello Mastroianni, and many more.

Timeless looks: includes classic looks from the past several decades that continue to inspire.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A DIS O N R FO


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A DIS O N R FO

© 2017 Mondadori Electa. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A DIS O N R FO

© 2017 Mondadori Electa. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A DIS O N R FO

© 2017 Mondadori Electa. All Rights Reserved.


Women of Singular Beauty Chanel haute couture Cathleen Naundorf, Amanda Harlech & Judith Clark Description As the fashion cognoscenti would say, there's magic in true haute couture – the creations that entail thousands of hours of handwork, crafting, embellishing. In an exclusive shoot with the house of Chanel, photographer Cathleen Naundorf gained rare access to their physical archives to photograph couture gowns against theatrical backdrops. The result: a book of ethereal, cinematic photographs that capture the exquisiteness of the ensembles and the magical allure of haute couture. This is what sartorial dreams are made of.

Author Details Cathleen Naundorf is a French-German photographer who is known for her inimitable and ethereal high fashion photography. Since 2005, she has worked on her Haute Couture series Un Rêve de Mode, for which she was granted exclusive access to the archives of Chanel, Dior, Gaultier, Lacroix, Elie Saab, and Valentino.

Publication Date 1st January 2018

Amanda Harlech is one of the fashion industry's leading authorities on style. As well as enjoying a successful career as a consultant, she is well-known for being muse to both John Galliano and Karl Lagerfeld.

Price

• AUD$180.00 Hardback

Judith Clark is a curator and exhibition-maker based in London. She is currently Professor of Fashion and Museology at London College of Fashion, UAL, where she teaches on the MA Fashion Curation.

ISBN

• 9780847860425

Category

• Art/Fashio/Photograph

Imprint

• Rizzoli

Extent

• 272 pages

Format

• 330mm x 254mm

Illustrations

• 150 colour and B&W photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points •

For this book, Naundorf was given exclusive access – a rare thing – to the archives of Chanel haute couture. Many of the dresses pictured here are rarely seen.

Naundorf has worked with couture houses from Chanel to Dior to Valentino over the past two decades. She is the thinking couturier's photographer.

Naundorf is consistently featured in the pages of Harper's Bazaar, Vogue, Le Figaro, and many other magazines and newspapers.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

A Woman of a singular beauty by Cathleen Naundorf

Fra i dettagli che corredano la mitologia del divismo cinematogra­ fico, il foulard spicca per la sua quasi assoluta im­prescindibilità. Medium privilegiato per le star della celluloide fin dai ruggenti Twenties, attraverso Depressione e New Deal, periodo bellico e ritrovati splendori nei de­cenni se­guenti, diviene accessorio princi­ pe nella semantica di un i­deale di seduzione amplificato dal con­ sumo di massa, di volta in volta barriera di protezione, specchio che la­scia filtrare decifrabili messaggi, vibrante vessillo di bellezza. Una sorta di duplicità che si ri­vela scorrendo l’immaginario divi­ stico lun­go la sua dinamica mul­tiforme, fra ritratti gloriosi di suc­ cesso e me­lan­conici scat­ti rubati sul viale del tramonto, e­te­rei fe­ ticci e preponderanti fisicità. Le divine del­l’età del jazz incornicia­ no i propri tratti smaltati con foulard melodrammatici, sulla via di due danseuses che sullo scorcio del 19° se­c­olo avevano conquista­ to Pa­­rigi: Loie Fuller, le cui forme fi­diache, drappeggiate in un’or­ gia di fluttuanti chif­fon dal palco delle Folies Ber­gères, ispi­rarono To­u­louse-Lautrec e gli ar­tisti art nou­veau; e so­prattutto I­sa­­do­ra Duncan, che il 14 settembre 1927 terminava da au­ten­tica drama queen i suoi gior­ni sulla Côte d’Azur, inopinatamente strangolata da uno dei suoi lunghissimi adorati foulard, a bordo di una Bugatti scarlatta. Sono gli anni de­lla Da­i­sy fitzgeraldiana del “Great Gat­ sby” e di Mademoiselle Chanel, coi suoi abiti costosamente pove­ ri, secondo un e­lo­quente ossimoro di Cecil Beaton. Al­lora, la gior­ nalista Ja­net Flan­net scriveva: «Chanel ha lanciato la mo­da pove­ ra, ha fat­to entrare al Ritz i maglioni dei tep­pisti, ha reso eleganti colletti e polsini da cameriera e fo­u­­lard da brac­ciante, ha ve­stito le regine con tute da meccanici». Me­di­ti su queste parole chi re­ centemente si stracciava le vesti stupefatto dalle bou­tades di un celeberrimo stilista... Ma, ri­prendendo il filo, a dispetto della sua

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

A Woman of a singular beauty by Cathleen Naundorf

Fra i dettagli che corredano la mitologia del divismo cinematogra­ fico, il foulard spicca per la sua quasi assoluta im­prescindibilità. Medium privilegiato per le star della celluloide fin dai ruggenti Twenties, attraverso Depressione e New Deal, periodo bellico e ritrovati splendori nei de­cenni se­guenti, diviene accessorio princi­ pe nella semantica di un i­deale di seduzione amplificato dal con­ sumo di massa, di volta in volta barriera di protezione, specchio che la­scia filtrare decifrabili messaggi, vibrante vessillo di bellezza. Una sorta di duplicità che si ri­vela scorrendo l’immaginario divi­ stico lun­go la sua dinamica mul­tiforme, fra ritratti gloriosi di suc­ cesso e me­lan­conici scat­ti rubati sul viale del tramonto, e­te­rei fe­ ticci e preponderanti fisicità. Le divine del­l’età del jazz incornicia­ no i propri tratti smaltati con foulard melodrammatici, sulla via di due danseuses che sullo scorcio del 19° se­c­olo avevano conquista­ to Pa­­rigi: Loie Fuller, le cui forme fi­diache, drappeggiate in un’or­ gia di fluttuanti chif­fon dal palco delle Folies Ber­gères, ispi­rarono To­u­louse-Lautrec e gli ar­tisti art nou­veau; e so­prattutto I­sa­­do­ra Duncan, che il 14 settembre 1927 terminava da au­ten­tica drama queen i suoi gior­ni sulla Côte d’Azur, inopinatamente strangolata da uno dei suoi lunghissimi adorati foulard, a bordo di una Bugatti scarlatta. Sono gli anni de­lla Da­i­sy fitzgeraldiana del “Great Gat­ sby” e di Mademoiselle Chanel, coi suoi abiti costosamente pove­ ri, secondo un e­lo­quente ossimoro di Cecil Beaton. Al­lora, la gior­ nalista Ja­net Flan­net scriveva: «Chanel ha lanciato la mo­da pove­ ra, ha fat­to entrare al Ritz i maglioni dei tep­pisti, ha reso eleganti colletti e polsini da cameriera e fo­u­­lard da brac­ciante, ha ve­stito le regine con tute da meccanici». Me­di­ti su queste parole chi re­ centemente si stracciava le vesti stupefatto dalle bou­tades di un celeberrimo stilista... Ma, ri­prendendo il filo, a dispetto della sua

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


Maria Cornejo Zero Maria Cornejo Description The first and long-awaited diaristic volume of the celebrated fashion designer Maria Cornejo – the queen of feminine, timeless, artful minimalism. Cornejo established her atelier in 1998, and in the nineteen years since her label has grown a devoted following of fashion icons. A champion of women in the fashion industry and beyond, Cornejo is guided by the idea of creating wearable luxury for real women. Her designs are timeless and accessible, using only the highest-quality fabrics to make minimalist, modern, understated luxury and effortless elegance. This is an intimate portrait of Cornejo's processes and inspirations that combines a mix of Polaroids, sketches, runway shots, and photographs. This much-anticipated volume will be a must-have for lovers of fashion, culture, and personal style alike.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$160.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9780847860272

Category

• Art/Fashio/Photograph

Imprint

• Rizzoli

Extent

• 272 pages

Format

• 279mm x 254mm

Illustrations

• 500 colour photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Maria Cornejo's varied career spans London, Paris, Milan and Tokyo where she was part of the ground-breaking design partnership Richmond Cornejo. She developed her own signature collection and worked as a creative consultant for major retailers such as Joseph, Tehen and Jigsaw. In 1996, Cornejo she moved to New York where she transformed a raw space in Nolita into a highly creative atelier and store known as Zero.

Key Selling Points • Many celebrities are featured: Tilda Swinton, Michelle Obama, Christy Turlington, Cindy Sherman, Cat Power, Karen O, Tara Donovan, Kara Walker, and Miranda July. • Michelle Obama has repeatedly worn Cornejo and publicly called out her support. • Includes hundreds of Cornejo's designs modeled and beautifully photographed in a dreamy and psychedelic style. • This much-anticipated volume will be the only one on the market and will be collected by fashion lovers and culturally savvy alike. • Original texts by director of Vogue Runway, Nicole Phelps; Style.com Editor-at-Large, Tim Blanks; and iconic creative director and stylist, Jerry Stafford. • Various paper stocks and a die-cut jacket will make this a volume that is necessary to hold to experience.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

1999 Cium eat aut pedictibus volum ut eos nulpa in raectem quidelibea dolecta quaeprem faceped que consed unt et que cuptus inullent remOtrum nos facierox sultus nessedeesi se di publis. 10

Š 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

Sentem .

Š 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

SS04 Defacibus cone iacerfecCatusae molupietum

quaessim

aliqui

ut

ex

evendis nonsecte vel inctemo ipide liqui denissed ea nest, quat estibusam 14

Š 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

volorep tiusda.

Š 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO Defacibus

cone

iacerfecCatusae

molupietum

quaessim

ex

nonsecte

evendis

aliqui vel

ut

inctemo

ipide liqui denissed ea nest, quat estibusam volorep tiusda. Occus perchil 19

Š 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

moloresequi

nonserit

quatem

quia

Š 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO IBU PY T R O U T C T A IS O D N R FO

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

© 2017 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.


Make It By Hand Papercraft: One Sheet Sculpture The great outdoors Shobhna Patel

Description A fresh new crafting approach which demonstrates that elaborate artworks can be created from a humble sheet of paper. Building on basic paper engineering and cutting techniques the projects increase in difficulty, from the first few die-cut sheets, from which the crafter 'pops' out the pieces to create the artwork, to more technical curling and quilling in a floral bouquet, and a bicycle sculpture as the final project. Notepad binding allows the pages to be smoothly extracted from the book, and a section of coloured and patterned sheets are included to use as backgrounds that add an extra dimension. There are also clear instructions to accompany photographs of the completed projects and each key technique is explained in detail. The finished projects can be displayed around the home to astonishment and admiration of family and friends.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018

Shobhna Patel is an illustrator who specialises in papercutting and paper engineering. Graduating with a First Class honours degree in Graphic Design in 2012, she has been commissioned for projects in publishing and advertising in the UK and USA. Much of her work is influenced by her love of classic literature, such as the novels of Dickens, Brothers Grimm fairy tales, and the stories of Hans Christian Andersen.

Price

• AUD$24.99 / NZ$27.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781780978970

Category

• Craft/DIY

Key Selling Points

Imprint

• Carlton Books

One of the launch titles of Carlton's new Make It by Hand series.

Extent

• 64 pages

Format

• 283mm x 245mm

Illustrations

• 40 sheets of artworks

Highly original paper cutting and paper engineering concept for adults who are new to crafting and would like to get creative with contemporary projects.

Leads the way in the growing trend in accessible crafting projects for all abilities.

20 projects to cut, fold, tear and curl from a single sheet of paper.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


Cute and Easy Little Knits 35 quick and quirky projects you’ll love to make Nicki Trench Description Follow Nicki Trench's simple patterns to make a huge variety of colorful little knits, including gifts for babies and adults, accessories such as hats and gloves, and makes for the home. There are little kittens to display or play with, Fair-Isle pincushions that would make a lovely gift, a super-cozy baby jacket, bright fingerless gloves to cheer up the gloomiest winter’s day, and much more. Most of the projects can be knitted in very little time, and many can be made from less than one ball of yarn, so all you need to do is grab your knitting needles and get started!

Author Details Nicki Trench is a bestselling author, crafter, and vegetable grower. She teaches, lectures, and writes features on knitting, crochet, sewing, cake decorating, and hen keeping. Her books include Cute and Easy Crocheted Cozies, Crochet Basics, Cute & Easy Crochet (over 125,000 copies sold), Cute and Easy Crochet with Flowers, Geek Chic Crochet, Cute & Easy Crocheted Baby Clothes, A Passion for Quilting, Super-scary Crochet, and Super-cute Crochet, all published by CICO Books. Visit her website at www.nickitrench.com. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$29.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781782494843

Category

• Craft/DIY

Imprint

• CICO

Extent

• 128 pages

Format

• 235mm x 216mm

Illustrations

• 200 colour photographs and illustrations

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points •

From the author of the bestsellers Cute and Easy Crochet (over 125,000 copies sold) and Cute and Easy Crochet with Flowers.

A wide variety of ideas to suit all tastes – most projects would make thoughtful and easy-to-make gifts.

Get creative with super-simple and quick makes – experiment with colours, different yarns and embellishments for a unique touch.


CB1111 Little Knits Final

CB1111 Little Knits Final

hooded baby jacket I love these double-breasted jackets on babies and toddlers. This is knitted using a yarn with a slight amount of cashmere to make it really soft. If you decide to replace the yarn, make sure the alternative is also really soft.

MATERIALS

GAUGE (TENSION)

ABBREVIATIONS

• Debbie Bliss Baby Cashmerino, 55% wool, 33% acrylic, 12% cashmere sportweight (lightweight DK) yarn, 1¾oz (50g) balls, approx 137yd (125m) per ball: 6(7:7:8:9) balls of Pool shade 71 (blue) • US size 3 (3.25mm) knitting needles • US size 3 (3.25mm) circular needle • Yarn holder • Yarn sewing needle • 4 buttons, approx 7/8in (23mm) diameter

25 sts x 42 rows to a 4in (10cm)

alt cont dec foll inc k kfb

square over seed (moss) stitch, using US size 3 (3.25mm) needles and Baby Cashmerino.

SPECIAL ABBREVIATION ssk—slip slip knit decrease: slip each of next two sts from left needle to right needle knitwise, insert left needle knitwise in both sts and knit them together

SIZE To fit age in months

0–6

6–12

12–18

18–24

24–36

Actual measurements: Chest

22½in (57cm)

23in (58.5cm)

24½in (62cm)

25½in (64.5cm)

27¼in (69.5cm)

Length to shoulder

14¼in (36cm)

15¼in (38.5cm)

15¾in (40cm)

16in (41cm)

17in (43cm)

Sleeve length

7in (18cm)

8in (20.5cm)

8½in (22cm)

9in (23cm)

10in (25cm)

k2tog p patt rem rep RH RS st(s) WS []

alternate continue decrease follow(s)ing increase knit knit in front and back of next stitch knit 2 stitches together purl pattern remain(ing) repeat right hand right side stitch(es) wrong side repeat stitches in brackets number of times stated

HOODED BABY JACKET

IW CB1111_LITTLE_KNITS_010-018_2.indd 12

10/05/2017 15:46

IW CB1111_LITTLE_KNITS_010-018_2.indd 13

13

10/05/2017 15:46


CB1111 Little Knits Final

CB1111 Little Knits Final

bobble stitch purse This purse is the same as the one I use all the time for my notes and coins. I also have different color versions for my make-up and jewelry when I’m traveling.

MATERIALS

ABBREVIATIONS

• Debbie Bliss Rialto DK, 100% merino wool light worsted (DK) yarn, 1¾oz (50g) balls, approx 115yd (105m) per ball: 1 x ball of: Pool shade 70 (blue) OR Jade shade 71 (green) • US size 6 (4mm) knitting needles • Yarn sewing needle • Approx 7½ x 10in (20 x 26cm) piece of fabric lining • Sewing needle and matching thread • 6in (15cm) yellow closed-end zipper

k LH p rep RH RS st(s) yo yrn

SIZE 7 x 4½in (18 x 11.5cm)

GAUGE (TENSION) 11 bobble sts x 14 bobble rows to a 4in (10cm) square over pattern, using US size 6 (4mm) needles and Rialto DK.

knit left hand purl repeat right hand right side stitch(es) yarn over yarn round needle

SPECIAL ABBREVIATION bobble—make a bobble: start to knit next st, but do not slide st off needle, yo (to front), insert needle in st again knitwise, yrn and knit st, but do not slide st off needle, yo (to front), insert needle in st again knitwise, yrn and knit st, slide st off needle to finish st (5 sts). Turn work, yo (to back), knit these 5 stitches. Turn work, yo (to back), knit next two sts tog, slip this knitted st from RH needle onto LH needle, slip each of next three sts over knitted st separately, knit this st o complete bobble

Coin purse Cast on 37 sts. Row 1: K to end. Row 2: P to end. Row 3: K2, bobble in next st, *k3, bobble in next st: rep from * to last 2 sts, k2. Row 4: P to end. Row 5: K4, bobble in next st, *k3, bobble in next st; rep from * to last 4 sts, k4. Row 6: P to end. Rep Rows 3–6 until 30 bobble rows have been worked or work measures approx 9in (23cm). Next row: P to end. Bind (cast) off.

Finishing Sew in ends. With RS together, fold in half so that the cast-on and bound (cast)-off edges meet, sew side seams. Turn RS out. Make up lining as described on page 111. With WS facing sew zipper onto lining, and then insert lining into knitted purse and sew top edges of knitted purse on either side of zipper teeth.

BOBBLE STITCH PURSE

IW CB1111_LITTLE_KNITS_042-053.indd 44

10/05/2017 15:58

IW CB1111_LITTLE_KNITS_042-053.indd 45

45

10/05/2017 15:58


CB1111 Little Knits Final

CB1111 Little Knits Final

egg baskets

Tip

If you find picking up stitches is stiff with a knitting needle, try picking up each stitch with a crochet hook and slipping it onto the knitting needle.

Baskets for keeping all your eggs in—and also anything else that needs a pretty container.

MATERIALS

GAUGE (TENSION)

• DMC Natura XL, 100% cotton superbulky (superchunky) yarn, 3½oz (100g) balls, approx 82yd (75m) per ball: 1 x ball (small size) or 2 x balls (large size) of: 01 (white) OR 81 (dark teal) OR 83 (yellow) • US size 6 (4mm) and US size 10 (6mm) knitting needles • Yarn sewing needle

11 sts x 16 rows to a 4in (10cm) square over stockinette (stocking) stitch, using US size 10 (6mm) needles and Natura XL doubled.

SIZE Small: approx 5 x 3in (12.5 x 7.5cm) Large: approx 5 x 4in (12.5 x 10cm)

ABBREVIATIONS approx k p rep RS st(s) st st

approximately knit purl repeat right side stitch(es) stockinette (stocking) stitch

Base Use yarn doubled throughout. Using US size 10 (6mm) needles and any color, cast on 15 sts. Work in st st for 15 rows. Bind (cast) off.

Sides With RS of st st facing, pick up 15 sts on one side. Starting with a knit row, work 10 rows in st st. Work 5 rows more in st st for a deeper basket. Bind (cast) off using US size 6 (4mm) needles. Rep for other 3 sides.

Finishing With RS facing, join each corner seam using one strand of yarn and a yarn sewing needle.

EGG BASKETS

IW CB1111_LITTLE_KNITS_076-097.indd 84

10/05/2017 16:13

IW CB1111_LITTLE_KNITS_076-097.indd 85

85

10/05/2017 16:13


Cute Little Quilts 15 adorably small quilts to sew Sarah Fielke Description Passionate quilters Sarah Fielke and Amy Lobsiger first met online: a mutual obsession with quilting, a similar sense of humor, and an admiration for one another's work brought them to each other's attention. They discovered a shared love of small quilts and began swapping ideas and designs. Patterns, photos, and inspirations flew back and forth between Sarah in Australia and Amy in the USA, and the result is this charming book. Cute Little Quilts features 15 step-by-step projects for doll-sized quilts. Sometimes the quilt is just one block, sometimes they comprise several blocks, but all have been designed with the same attention to detail as a full-sized quilt. There are seven quilts designed by Sarah and seven from Amy, and the final quilt is a collaboration – with Amy making the central circle, then sending it to Sarah to turn it into a finished quilt. The techniques used include traditional piecing, paper piecing, hand appliqué, and embroidery, plus an array of expert tips and time-saving shortcuts.

Author Details Publication Date 1st January 2018

Sarah Fielke is a quilter, teacher, designer and author of hugely successful quilt books: Hand Quilted with Love, Material Obsession: Contemporary Quilt Designs, Material Obsession Two: Shared Inspiration, and Quilting: From Little Things. Sarah is based in New South Wales, Australia.

Price

• AUD$29.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781782494935

Category

• Craft/DIY

Imprint

• CICO

Extent

• 128 pages

Key Selling Points

Format

• 235mm x 228mm

Illustrations

• Full colour images throughout

Small quilts are ideal for using up scraps of fabric (something no passionate quilter is short of).

Clearly illustrated instructions for projects and techniques make Cute Little Quilts both practical and inspirational.

An array of expert tips and time-saving shortcuts make it especially useful.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Amy Lobsiger has been a quilter for 20 years. She has worked at her local quilt store for a decade, teaching, designing store samples and writing patterns. Amy is based in Michigan, USA.


CB829 Little Quilts Blad - v1

IW CB829_LITTLE_QUILTS_BLAD_SPRDS_x 20/12/2013 11:08 Page 1

Contents Introduction 6

What a Star

Candy is Dandy

10

16

Pretty Little Half Hex

Grandma’s House Polka Dot Baskets Not Quite Hawaiian 22

28

34

My Heart

Apple Orchard

Drawn Together

Cocktail Shakers

46

52

58

64

Garden Paths

Fans of May

Honeycomb

Paper Dolls

Cuttings

70

76

82

88

94

40

Techniques 100

Templates 110

Glossary 124

Suppliers 126

Index 127

Acknowledgments 128


CB829 Little Quilts Blad - v1

IW CB829_LITTLE_QUILTS_BLAD_SPRDS_x 20/12/2013 11:08 Page 46

My Heart

IW CB829_LITTLE_QUILTS_BLAD_SPRDS_x 20/12/2013 11:08 Page 47

CB829 Little Quilts Blad - v1

by Sarah

This quilt would make a lovely gift for someone close to your heart. The little blocks are quick to appliqué and they make a lovely carry-around project. If you fussy-cut the hearts (see page 102), you can display your favorite fabrics through little windows.

Finished size 18½ in. (47 cm) square

• Variegated orange/blue Perle 8 cotton for hand quilting, optional • Rotary cutter, mat, and ruler • Sewing machine

Material requirements • 5 in. (12.5 cm) brown fabric for heart blocks • Eight pieces of brightly colored scrap fabric for heart blocks, no smaller than 4½ in. (11.5 cm) square • 16 pieces of brightly colored scrap fabric for windmill blocks, no smaller than 4 x 6 in. (10 x 15 cm) • 3 in. (7.5 cm) yellow-on-white spotted fabric for border

• General sewing supplies

Preparing the templates Using a pencil, trace Templates A and B (see page 116) onto the template plastic. Mark the right side of Template A. Cut out the shapes along the drawn lines. Template A includes ¼ in. (6mm) seam allowance. Template B does not include seam allowance.

• 6 in. (15 cm) brown print fabric for binding • 24 in. (60 cm) square for backing

Cutting

• 24 in. (60 cm) square piece cotton wadding (batting)

From the brown background fabric, cut:

• 4 x 7 in. (10 x 17.75 cm) template plastic

Eight 4½ in. (11.5 cm) squares

• Pencil for tracing on template plastic • Scissors for cutting template plastic • Silver gel pen • Appliqué glue • Small, sharp scissors for cutting reverse appliqué • Appliqué needles • Brown cotton thread for appliqué and neutral cotton thread for piecing

From each of the brightly colored scrap fabrics for the hearts, cut: One 4½ in. (11.5 cm) square From each of the brightly colored scrap fabrics for the windmills, cut: Four Template A. Make sure you cut all the shapes with the template right side up. From the yellow-on-white spotted fabric, cut: Two 1½ in. (3.8 cm) strips From the brown printed binding fabric, cut: Two 3 in. (7.5 cm) strips

46

My Heart

My Heart

47


IW CB829_LITTLE_QUILTS_BLAD_SPRDS_x 20/12/2013 11:08 Page 70

CB829 Little Quilts Blad - v1

CB829 Little Quilts Blad - v1

IW CB829_LITTLE_QUILTS_BLAD_SPRDS_x 20/12/2013 11:08 Page 71

Garden Paths

by Sarah

Pretty garden paths wind through this little quilt. This block can be used to create a wonderful larger quilt. The secondary patterns created where blocks join allow negative space to showcase your quilting.

Finished size 20½ in. (52 cm) square

Material requirements • 9 in. (23 cm) gray linen for background • 3 in. (7.5 cm) each of three yellow fabrics for squares • 3 in. (7.5 cm) small blue floral fabric for diamonds • 5 in. (12.5 cm) large blue floral fabric for center square • 6 in. (15 cm) striped fabric for border • 8 in. (20 cm) blue-and-white fabric for binding • 26 in. (66 cm) square backing fabric • 26 in. (66 cm) square cotton batting (wadding) • Perle 8 cotton for hand quilting, optional • Cotton thread for piecing • Rotary cutter, mat, and ruler • Sewing machine • General sewing supplies

Cutting From the gray linen background fabric, cut: Two 2½ in. (6.25 cm) strips. From these strips cut twelve 2½ in. (6.25 cm) squares and eight 4½ x 2½ in. (11.5 x 6.25 cm) rectangles. One 27⁄8 in. (7.25 cm) strip. From this strip cut twelve 27⁄8 in. (7.25 cm) squares. Cross cut the squares on one diagonal to yield 24 half-square triangles. From each of the three yellow fabrics, cut: Four 2½ in. (6.25 cm) squares. From the small blue floral fabric, cut: One 2½ in. (6.25 cm) strip. Cross cut this strip into eight diamond shapes with 4½ in. (11.5 cm) long sides using the 45-degree angle on the ruler. Four diamonds must face one way and four the other way, so ensure you cut them in pairs, with the strip still folded and the selvedges together.

70

Garden Paths

Garden Paths

71


Formula One Circuits From Above 28 legendary tracks in high-definition satellite photography Bruce Jones Description Formula One Circuits From Above gives you the perfect insight into what makes F1 the most exciting and dramatic of all forms of motorsport. The unique photography provided by Google Earth shows each circuit's challenges and why only the very best drivers in the world can thrive in the sport. Television cameras, even using High Definition and 3D, flatten and foreshorten racetracks making them, if not featureless, then apparently undemanding.

Author Details Bruce Jones, a former editor of Autosport magazine, is one of the most respected commentators and reporters on the motor racing scene around the world. As well as the best-selling yearly BBC Sport Formula One Guide, Bruce has written numerous other books, including 60 Years of Formula One, The Treasures of Formula One and World Motorsport Records.

Key Selling Points Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$49.99 / NZ$55.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781780979830

Category

• Sport & Fitness

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 224 pages

Format

• 245mm x 283mm

Illustrations

• 220 colour and B&W images

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Google Earth photography provides unsurpassed levels of clarity and sharpness.

A bestseller in its own right, this updated and revised third edition is a sister volume to the heralded World's Greatest Golf Courses on Google Earth and Tour de France Legendary Climbs.

The Formula 1 season runs from March to November and visits every continent apart from the Poles and Africa.

More than 250,000 fans attended the weekend of the British Formula 1 Grand Prix weekend at Silverstone in July 2016.

Satellite television broadcaster Sky Sports has a dedicated Formula One channel and provides live coverage of every Formula One World Championship practice and qualifying session, plus the race itself.


)NTRODUCTION

Any fan of motor racing is sure to have a favourite racing circuit. It might be Monza, Monaco or Spa-Francorchamps, favoured because of a mighty corner, a sequence of bends, their special ambience, because their favourite driver or team won there or simply because that was where they first saw and heard a Formula One car being driven at full tilt. The beauty of this is that these and 27 other circuits featured in this book are the greatest circuits raced on since the World Championship began in 1950 and they are all so different, all with very much a character of their own. In all, the World Championship has held grands prix at 71 circuits across 30 countries through its 64-year history, but the 28 circuits chosen for this

book – spread across the planet from Argentina to France, Mexico to the United States of America – represent the cream of the crop. Silverstone, Monaco, Spa-Francorchamps and Monza have stood the test of time from that inaugural World Championship, so it’s intriguing to look at how they compare with the very latest additions to the roster in Bahrain, Singapore, Abu Dhabi and the United States. Their histories could not be more different, as the long-standing circuits have been raced on by all of the sport’s top names, from Juan Manuel Fangio to Jim Clark and Ayrton Senna to Michael Schumacher, each adding their own layer of history, while the newer circuits have been the domain thus far of Sebastian Vettel, Fernando Alonso and Lewis Hamilton.

Working in conjunction with Google’s amazing Google Earth photography, this book shows these circuits as never before, with its pin-sharp satellite photography picking out the details that are seldom or never seen on television, showing clearly from above not only every twist and turn of the circuit but how each circuit sits in its landscape or weaves through a town, as with Adelaide, Monaco and Singapore. You can pick out the F1 pitlane and paddock, the control tower and grandstands and, by adding corner names, gears and speeds, you will have a fantastic viewing guide for when the World Championship next visits, hopefully adding to your enjoyment of the world’s fastest moving and most cosmopolitan sport. To give you an even better understanding of what it must be like for

the drivers, I’ve highlighted the eight key corners from each of the selected circuits and explained the particular challenge that each of them provides. The Becketts sweeper at Silverstone stands out, as does Parabolica at Monza, the first two corners at Sepang and the esses at the Circuit of the Americas. For a number of the circuits, I’ve also picked out a quartet of the great races held there and highlighted the four drivers who have reaped the greatest results there across the decades. With a record 91 wins to his name, Michael Schumacher has, as you would imagine, an entry alongside many of the circuits. The passage of the decades, but more importantly the continual progress in building ever faster cars, has led to circuits being modified to ensure the safety of the spectators as well as the drivers, with

straw bales being replaced by crash barriers and debris fencing, chicanes being inserted and gravel traps or asphalt run-off areas added over the years. Corners have been altered too or the circuit cut and reshaped, as happened so comprehensively at Hockenheim. Its proximity in this book to the entry for the Nürburgring Nordschleife, which hosted the German GP until 1976, before it was passed on to Hockenheim, offers the clearest contrast of the sort of challenges that faced the stars of the day – it took Niki Lauda’s near-fatal accident on the 23km (14 mile), 176-corner Nordschleife to convince the championship organizers that driver safety really ought to be considered, and the German GP passed to Hockenheim. To some diehard fans, this was seen as removing F1’s character,

but the fact that drivers stopped perishing every month was a definite bonus. This book highlights how the World Championship has reversed its heavily European bias that lasted until the 1980s, as marked by the arrival of grands prix in Malaysia, China, South Korea, Bahrain, Singapore and Abu Dhabi. It also charts the odyssey to find a true home for the US GP after long-time base Watkins Glen was outmoded and an infield circuit at the Indianapolis Motor Speedway failed to hit the target; the race reached its 10th venue in 2012, the wonderful, tailor-made Circuit of the Americas.

Bruce Jones, February 2014

Below: The spectacular Circuit of the Americas is the latest home of the United States GP.

8

9


3PA &RANCORCHAMPS This amazing road circuit, rising and falling through the hills of the Ardennes forests, has been part of the World Championship since its inauguration in 1950 and continues to provide one of the sternest challenges that the drivers face all year. I’ve had lots of great times at Spa. It’s been the place virtually every highlight of my career took place: my first race, my first win and my seventh world title. Michael Schumacher There can be no escaping the fact that SpaFrancorchamps is a proper circuit, one that has a character of its own, shaped by the landscape rather than by a circuit designer’s hand. It is very much part of the hills and forests that it bisects, a hugely challenging stretch of blacktop that offers one of the most distinctive settings visited by the World Championship each year. Add to that its rich and occasionally tragic history, and it has a character very much of its own; even today it is a place that needs to be shown respect. Two-time World Champion Jim Clark was a driver who appeared to have the measure of every track that he raced on, but he would famously fear and hate the place, something that was reinforced on his first outing there by the death of compatriot Archie Scott-Brown in a sportscar race they were contesting in 1958. This was Clark’s first brush with death and it affected him deeply. The circuit started life in 1921, when a triangular course laid out to the south of the village of Francorchamps was used for the first time in a race for motorbikes. The riders had to race over the hill into the next valley to Malmedy before travelling along the valley floor, then turn right near Stavelot and start the climb back to complete the 15km (9.2 mile) lap at what is now the La Source hairpin. A year later, car racers had their first crack at it and, with long straights and many sections threaded

12

through the forest, it was no place for the timid because there were no barriers to contain the cars. Making matters all the more potentially dangerous, rain would often sweep in, with the added difficulty that it would frequently hit only one part of this spread-out circuit so that the track might be bone dry around the pits but soaking wet over by the fearsome Masta Kink, where drivers had to stay as hard on the throttle as they dared while the track flicked left, then right between some houses. Over the years, little changed other than the reprofiling of some of the corners to make them less severe. What made the place all the more awesome was the hugely high speeds that were maintained around much of the lap, with BRM driver Pedro Rodriguez’s winning average speed in the 1970 Belgian GP being a fraction under 240kph (150mph). Worried by this, the organizers relocated the grand prix to Nivelles and then Zolder, both bland but infinitely safer circuits. The only way back for Spa-Francorchamps was to cut its lap length, axing the entire section in the next valley and to join the outward leg with the inward one via a new section of circuit that turned right at Les Combes and then dropped down the hill to rejoin the original course again before Blanchimont. That was in 1979, with the lap being reduced to 6.9km (4.3 miles), and the grand prix returned in 1983. The changes reduced Alain Prost’s winning

average lap speed in his Renault to 191kph (119mph). Since then, there have been some tweaks to the circuit, most frequently at the Bus Stop chicane at the end of the lap, but the essence of Spa remains the same. Speeds have crept up again and Sebastian Vettel’s winning average for Red Bull in 2013 was 220kph (137mph). The stand-out corners are the sharply rising and twisting Eau Rouge, the long straight for slipstreaming that follows it up to Les Combes, then the downhill, double-apex Pouhon and the flat-out uphill lefthander on the return leg called Blanchimont. It’s a circuit that offers a fabulous flow for the drivers, with enough width for them to attempt to overtake. Spa-Francorchamps is vital for its place in F1’s long and varied history, as one of only four circuits used in that first World Championship in 1950 and still on F1’s calendar today, along with Silverstone, Monaco and Monza. However, it’s also vital to F1 because it proves that modern F1 cars can still go racing, and race well, on a circuit that was not designed on a computer. For photographers, of course, with its spectacular, natural backdrops, it’s also a rare joy. ® Opposite: Spa-Francorchamps’ majestic descent from La Source past the old pits and then into the compression at Eau Rouge.

13


Spa-Francorchamps – Belgium

+%--%, s +0( -0(

1

7

5

0/5(/. s +0( -0(

%!5 2/5'% s +0( -0(

7

+0( -0(

3

7

3

2

3

A

10

+0( -0(

6

2 +0( -0( 2!)$),,/. s +0( -0(

5

3

8

!002/!#( s +0( -0(

11

7 +0( -0(

2

19

2)6!'% s +0( -0(

9

4

7

-!,-%$9 s +0( -0(

6

,%3 #/-"%3 s +0( -0(

+0( -0(

4

7

5

!002/!#( s +0( -0(

17 A

18

16

3 ,! 3/52#% s +0( -0(

7

12

4

&!'.%3 s +0( -0(

+0( -0(

2 13

1

+0( -0( "53 34/0 s +0( -0(

5

#!-053 s +0( -0(

4

2 7

14

",!.#()-/.4 s +0( -0(

#526% 0!5, &2%2% s +0( -0(

5

15

2

Image Š 2014 Aerodata International Surveys Š Google 2014

14

15


Spa-Francorchamps – Belgium

#IRCUIT 'UIDE Belgium’s Spa-Francorchamps is a wonderfully organic mix of everything that a racing circuit needs. It has high-speed corners, medium-speed corners and tight ones. It has incline, camber and long straights for trying to pull off a passing move, all with a beautiful backdrop. Opposite: Juan Pablo Montoya noses his Williams inside Michael Schumacher’s Ferrari at the Bus Stop in 2004. Above left: Schumacher leads Jarno Trulli’s Renault and Felipe Massa’s Sauber out of La Source, also in 2004. Above right: A view down through the trees to the pitlane, with the La Source hairpin visible in the background.

/ÕÀ Ê£ÊUÊÊ,A 3OURCE Gear: Speed: KPH MPH

Gear: Speed: KPH MPH

/ÕÀ Ê£äÊUÊÊ0OUHON Gear: Speed: KPH MPH

/ÕÀ Ê£xÊUÊÊ#URVE 0AUL &RERE Gear: Speed: KPH MPH

Having a hairpin as the opening corner of the lap, which has been the case since 1984, when it was moved there from its original position on the downhill slope to Eau Rouge, means that SpaFrancorchamps has had its share of incident over the years. After the short sprint to reach it from the starting grid, drivers have to decide whether to be fast in on the inside line or go in wide and be fast out for the blast towards Eau Rouge. There’s an escape road straight ahead.

This right/left flick is renowned throughout the racing world because it’s made a corner to reckon with by its dipping approach being followed immediately by the steepest of inclines, compressing the cars’ suspension. Once fabled as a turn that only the brave would take flat-out, it’s now less of a challenge due to superior aerodynamics and levels of grip, but it remains a tough corner because it’s taken in seventh and momentum out of here is magnified up the long straight that follows.

Continuing down the slope from Rivage, the drivers gain a feeling of space down this wide stretch of track as they look back towards the control tower above the pits that lie straight ahead to the north. What they can see in front of them is the first part of a two-part corner, and it’s a great place to see an Formula one car and its driver really put to work as they attempt to carry their speed through its broad, doubleapex format.

This righthander marks the lowest point of the lap and it’s the point at which the infield loop inserted in 1979 feeds the cars back on to what was previously the long, flat-out blast from Stavelot to the completion of the lap. The turn is taken in fifth gear after the short dash from Campus, and it’s essential that drivers don’t scrub off any of this speed because they will be able to carry any momentum up the hill. The corner is named after 1950s racer journalist Paul Frere.

/ÕÀ ÊxÊUÊÊ,ES #OMBES

/ÕÀ ÊnÊUÊÊ2IVAGE

/ÕÀ Ê£ÇÊUÊ "LANCHIMONT

/ÕÀ Ê£nÉ£ ÊUÊÊ"US 3TOP

Gear: Speed: KPH MPH This is the point at which the circuit was made to turn right when it was almost halved in length in 1979. It now marks the end of a long uphill straight from Raidillon and drivers can attempt a passing manoeuvre here if they can get a good enough tow up the hill. Braking hard from almost 320kph (200mph), the drivers then have to get their car into the righthander and position it almost immediately for a sharp left that follows on the brow of the hillside.

16

/ÕÀ ÊÓÉÎÊUÊÊ%AU 2OUGE

Gear: Speed: KPH MPH The circuit dips gently from Les Combes towards the righthander called Malmedy and then the slope steepens noticeably as it tips the cars down the hill towards Rivage. This is a second-gear, double-apex righthander with trees running down its outer flank on the way in and a steep earth bank on the inside. Drivers have to balance their cars on the way in so that they can accelerate as soon as possible and continue their descent through the faster left flick that follows.

Gear: Speed: KPH MPH Most of the flat-out straights which F1 drivers fly along these days are wide open in nature. Not so this uphill stretch of track. It has a bank of trees on the slope rising behind the barriers on the drivers’ left and just thin air beyond the barriers to the right as the ground drops away towards the river that runs down the valley. Pushing on at 314kph (195mph) through this lefthand kink, drivers know that they have to balance their turn-in, or they might run wide with horrible consequences.

Gear: Speed: KPH MPH Introduced in 1980 to slow the cars before they complete their flat-out blast back up the hill to the La Source hairpin, this strangely named corner has generally been a sequence of lefts and rights, and drivers bouncing across the kerbs of these has been the norm. Most recently, it has been simplified into a one-part corner, with just a tight right followed by a left whereas it was for years a left/right followed by a short straight and then a right/left.

17


Spa-Francorchamps – Belgium

'REAT $RIVERS 'REAT -OMENTS Spa-Francorchamps is a circuit that has always been a considerable challenge to both man and machine. Throw in the added difficulty of the often unpredictable weather, and you have a recipe for thrills, spills and excitement. It’s a place that yields only to the best.

'REAT $RIVERS Michael 3CHUMACHER Spa wins – 6 Schumacher’s record number of wins at SpaFrancorchamps started with his first grand prix victory. This was in 1992, one year precisely after his F1 debut and he read changing conditions best to win for Benetton. He then added three wins in a row from 1995, the first with Benetton, then the next two for Ferrari before crashing into the rear of David Coulthard’s McLaren in atrociously wet conditions in 1998 when way in the lead. Two more wins for Ferrari, in 2001 and 2002, complete his haul.

Ayrton 3ENNA Spa wins – 5

Jim #LARK Spa wins – 4

Delayed by a broken-up track in 1985, the Belgian grand prix was run later in the year and Ayrton Senna won for Lotus on a drying track. It then became a very happy hunting ground for the Brazilian: he won at Spa four years in succession for McLaren from 1988. This run could have been longer still because he’d been taken out of the lead by a clash with Nigel Mansell in 1987, then gambled wrongly on staying on slicks in the rain in 1992.

The most remarkable thing about the Scot’s four wins here is that he loathed the place, considering it to be unacceptably dangerous, as proved by the 1960 Belgian GP when two drivers were injured in practice and two killed in the race. However, Jim Clark put his fears aside to win four years in a row for Lotus from 1962 to 1965. He would have won again in 1967, but it was only the second race for the new Ford DFV and he had to pit because the spark plugs needed changing.

Opposite top: Eddie Irvine dives for the inside at La Source in 1998 as Mika Hakkinen’s McLaren pushes Michael Schumacher’s Ferrari wide. Opposite bottom left: Jim Clark loathed Spa, but is shown here in 1962, starting a four-year winning sequence with Lotus. Opposite bottom right: Rain is no stranger at Spa, and Red Bull Racing’s Sebastian Vettel is shown being cautious in qualifying in 2013.

Kimi 2AIKKONEN Spa wins – 4 History relates that only the very best drivers win at Spa-Francorchamps and Kimi’s record of four victories bears this out. The Finn first won here for McLaren in 2004 in a chaotic race of six leaders and three safety car periods and then added another the following year, by almost 30 seconds. He then changed teams to Ferrari yet kept on winning on F1’s next visit in 2007. His final win, also for Ferrari, came in 2009, but only by less than 1 second from Giancarlo Fisichella’s Force India.

'REAT -OMENTS 1952

Alberto !SCARI starts a nine-race winning run

Alberto Ascari missed the opening round of the 1952 World Championship because he was preparing for the Indianapolis 500. However, he made his first outing in Ferrari’s new F2-based challenger count and, after getting past Jean Behra’s fast-starting Gordini on the opening lap, led all the way in heavy rain. He then won the next eight grands prix in a sequence that included the five remaining races of the 1952 season and the first three of the next to net him both drivers’ titles.

18

1968

Bruce -C,AREN doesn’t realise that he’s won

Jack Brabham had made history in 1966 by becoming the first F1 driver to win in a car bearing his own name. Two years later, his former teammate at Cooper – Bruce McLaren – followed suit. The trouble was, when he took the chequered flag he thought he had finished only second. The New Zealander had started sixth and moved up to second when, without him noticing, Jackie Stewart’s Matra ran out of fuel on the final lap, leaving him a perplexed and then eventually delighted winner.

#OULTHARD triggers 1998 David 2008 a first lap pile-up Every driver racing at Spa knows that the first corner can spell trouble, as there’s only a short blast from the grid to La Source. In 1998, on a wet track, the drivers managed not to collide going into the hairpin, but David Coulthard lost traction on the wide exit, his McLaren spearing to its right and setting off a chain reaction involving 13 cars, which forced the race to be restarted. Damage was so heavy that four cars were unable to take the second start.

Felipe -ASSA given win as (AMILTON disqualified

Lewis Hamilton held a six-point lead over Ferrari’s Felipe Massa, then drove a blinder at Spa, coming out on top of a frantic battle with Kimi Raikkonen in the other Ferrari, until the Finn spun off. However, the stewards then penalized the McLaren driver 25 seconds for cutting the Bus Stop chicane when fighting for the lead. Although he immediately relinquished the position to Raikkonen, he outbraked the Ferrari into the next corner and this is what earned him the penalty and handed victory to Massa.

19


World Formula 1 Records Bruce Jones

Description World Formula 1 Records Super Seventh Edition, fully revised and updated to include the conclusion of the pulsating 2016 season, is the latest in Carlton Books' million-selling World Records series. Focusing exclusively on the world of Formula 1, the biggest and most glamorous of all motor sports championships, this volume highlights the great battles for the World Drivers Championship and the Constructors Cup since they began in the 1950s. There are also hundreds of stories and statistics on the legendary drivers, teams and tracks who have helped to make Formula 1 one of the most exciting and popular sports in the world. The stories, features, lists, and tables are brought to life by fantastic action photography. All fans of Formula 1 will love World Formula 1 Records Super Seventh Edition, and feel confident about winning any argument about this thrilling sport.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$39.99 / NZ$45.00 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781780979991

Category

• Sport & Fitness

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 192 pages

Format

• 269mm x 205mm

Illustrations

• 380 colour and B&W photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Bruce Jones, a former editor of Autosport magazine, is one of the most respected commentators and reporters on the motor racing scene around the world. He has written numerous books, including the best-selling annual Formula 1 Grand Prix Guide (the 19th edition was published in 2015), 60 Years of Formula One, The Treasures of Formula One and The ITV Sport Complete Encyclopedia of Formula One. Bruce considers his favourite place to be Goodwood, West Sussex, where he is the announcer at the annual Festival of Speed, and he has a regular commission at the Le Mans 24 Hours sportscars race.

Key Selling Points •

The innovative World Records series has sold more than 1 million copies around the world since it was launched in 2009.

More than 300,000 fans attend the Melbourne Grand Prix every year, with race day alone attracting almost 100,000 people.




Guy Martin Portrait of a bike legend Phil Wain Description "Speed and danger don't always go together, but it's proper fun when they do." – Guy Martin Truck fitter, ace racer, daredevil, speed junkie, all-round 'character', Guy Martin is just a normal guy, driven to succeed by a passion for speed, whether it is on his daily 20-mile cycle to work – his exploits on the track and for television are extra-curricular and he always makes up for his time away – or on his collection of prized motorcycles. Guy Martin: Portrait of a bike legend charts his eventful life in pictures and recounts Guy's career in front and away from the spotlight. It is the first illustrated biography of a man who doesn't do things by half – if it's not a challenge to life, limb and sanity, then he isn't interested.

Author Details Phil Wain has been a freelance motorcycle journalist for almost 15 years and is features writer for a number of publications including BikeSport News and Classic Racer, having also been a regular contributor to MCN, MCN Sport, Irish Racer and Motorcycle Racer. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$29.99 / NZ$32.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781780979557

Category

• Auto/Biography

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 168 pages

Format

• 260mm x 194mm

Illustrations

• 80 colour photographs

Key Selling Points • Packed with more than 80 dynamic photographs, many previously unpublished, of the recordbreaking road racer and all-round adrenaline junkie. • Covers his career in the media spotlight; from his early days as a road racer for Yamaha to his present day position as TV's most charismatic personality. • In March 2016, Guy set a new world record for speed on a Wall of Death, reaching 78.15mph (125.770kmh). Other world records he holds are fastest speed on a gravity-powered snow sled and fastest speed in a soapbox and the British fastest hovercraft record. • A broken back in 2015, during the North West 200 in Northern Ireland, delayed his attempt at the world land speed record on a motorbike, but he was determined to try again in 2016.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


Random History of Rugby Hapless hookers & useless flankers Iain Spragg & Tony Husband Description A lot of rucking and mauling has gone on since William Webb Ellis first picked up the ball and ran, but this doughty little book heroically manages to capture the true essence of the daddy of all oval ball games in just 80 minutes. This is the story of rugby as never been told before: a jinking, weaving compilation of surreal match reports, spoof correspondence and quirky cartoons. From the playing fields of Edwardian England's public schools to the canopied splendour of Cardiff's Millennium Stadium, the game's towering achievements, hilarious happenings and ludicrous coincidences are entertainingly recalled.

Author Details Iain Spragg is a sports journalist who has written for The Daily Telegraph and The Times. A former editor of the Rugby Icons website, he has also written many books on the subjects of sport, travel and humour, including The Jonny Wilkinson Story. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$15.99 / NZ$19.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781853759932

Category

• Sport & Fitness

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 128 pages

Format

• 178mm x 111mm

Illustrations

• 75 B&W cartoons

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Tony Husband is a much-admired cartoonist, whose work appears regularly in Private Eye for whom he created 'The Yobs'. He drew all the cartoons for Carlton's successful Reduced/Random History series.

Key Selling Points • This history of rugby union highlights the great and the good, but celebrates unreservedly the quirky and offbeat. •

Illustrated by the famous Private Eye cartoonist Tony Husband.

Rugby coverage on television and radio has reached new heights with club, province, state and national competitions shown live 12 months of the year, highlighted by the annual Six Nations and Rugby Championships, British and Irish Lions tours and the four-yearly Rugby World Cup.

The perfect gift for any rugby fan, especially those who think its fun to tackle a 2m/120kg flanker rampaging towards the try-line.


Random History of Football Accomplished sweepers & tricky wingers

Aubrey Ganguly, Justyn Barnes and Tony Husband Description This is the story of football as it's never been told before. A cock-eyed compilation of match reports, correspondence, and reminiscences from pundits, commentators, players, officials and spectators who weren't there but should have been. The nutmegs, the tantrums, the penalty-shoot-outs that have provided the ubiquitous topic of male conversation for generations, are entertainingly evoked. If The Random History of Football boasted the stories were in bite-sized chunks, Luis Suarez would buy every copy!

Author Details Aubrey Ganguly is the Editorial Director at Future Publishing. A former newspaper journalist, he has written about everything from sport to showbiz for all of Britain's nationals. He has written numerous books, especially on sport and humour and Carlton's Random Histories series sits in both categories. Justyn Barnes is a former editor of United magazine and now works as a freelance writer, contributing regularly to various publications, including FourFourTwo, JACK and Sky The Magazine. He has edited, written and contributed to many bestselling football books, such as Sir Alex Ferguson's diaries, A Year in the Life and A Will to Win, and The Official England World Cup Book 2002. Publication Date 1st January 2018

Tony Husband is a well-known cartoonist and illustrator who has worked on a number of titles in the Reduced/Random History series. His is also the cartoonist for Private Eye's 'Yobs' strip.

Price

• AUD$15.99 / NZ$19.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781853759918

Category

• Sport & Fitness

Imprint

• Carlton Books

• The history of football told in 90+ (no game ends at 90 minutes – thanks Sir Alex) episodes of imagination and wit.

Extent

• 128 pages

• Specially illustrated by Private Eye cartoonist Tony Husband.

Format

• 178mm x 111mm

Illustrations

• 25 black & white cartoons

• Football remains Britain's number one sport, despite the fact that, as this book shows, we're not very good at it.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points

• Revised and updated to include the recent legends who have made us watch in joy, misery or disbelief, including the man with a hunger for goals and defenders, the £100,000 per week player who refused to play – because it was raining, special managers and how not to win the World Cup. • Perfect for taking to a game, but a little too bulky to use as shinpads.


Random History of Golf Embarrassing shanks & outrageous slices

Aubrey Ganguly, Justyn Barnes & Tony Husband Description This is the story of golf as its never been told before. A dog-legged compilation of sports reports, spoof correspondence and reminiscences from pros, caddies, playing partners and armchair pundits: Mary Queen of Scots cheers herself up at the links at Leith following the murder of her husband Lord Darnley; Dwight D. Eisenhower's valet shoots the breeze as he clears up the Oval Office following a particularly gruelling Presidential putting practice session; Bob Hope's chauffeur experiments with some one-liners whilst waiting for his boss in the clubhouse car park; and John Daly's local bartender describes the unique skills of his best customer. The albatrosses, the Big Berthas, the yips and the holes-in-one that have provided the perfect excuse to linger at the nineteenth hole are amusingly recalled for the delectation of the Fair Isle sweater brigade.

Author Details Aubrey Ganguly is the Editorial Director at Future Publishing. A former newspaper journalist he has written about everything from football to showbiz to politics for all of Britain's nationals. As an author or co-author, he has many books to his name, including those in Carlton Books' successful Random/ Reduced History series. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$15.99 / NZ$19.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781853759925

Category

• Sport & Fitness

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 128 pages

Format

• 178mm x 111mm

Illustrations

• 75 black & white cartoons

Justyn Barnes is a former editor of United magazine and now works as a freelance writer, contributing regularly to various titles including FourFourTwo, JACK and Sky The Magazine. He has written numerous books, many on sport and humour, including those in the Random History series. Tony Husband is one of Britain's best-known cartoonists. He created the famous Private Eye cartoon series 'The Yobs'.

Key Selling Points • Revised and updated to include some modern mores, this book takes a sideways glance at golf. • Specially illustrated by Private Eye cartoonist Tony Husband. • Golf is shown live on Sky almost every weekend of the year, taking in the European and US men's pro tours and the major women's events too. • Random Histories fit perfectly in a golfer's bag – ideal for taking out and reading if you don't want to play through.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


The Chaos of Longing K.Y. Robinson

Description The Chaos of Longing is a brutally honest exploration of desire – physical, emotional, and spiritual. This revised and expanded edition contains over 50 pages of all-new material.

Organised in four sections – Inception, Longing, Chaos, and Epiphany – K.Y. Robinson's debut poetry collection explores what it is to want in spite of trauma, shame, injustice, and mental illness. It is one survivor's powerful testimony, and a love letter 'to those who lie awake burning.'

Author Details K.Y. Robinson is an introverted writer based in Houston, Texas. She received a B.A. in journalism and M.A. in history from Texas Southern University. She has loved words pressed against pages since childhood, and has been chasing them ever since. The Chaos of Longing is her first published poetry collection.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$24.99 / NZ$27.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781449491444

Category

• Poetry

Imprint Extent

• Andrews McMeel Publishing • 118 pages

Format

• 203mm x 127mm

Illustrations

• Text only

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points • This completely revised edition contains 50 pages of all-new material. • In its first year, the self-published edition of The Chaos of Longing sold 7,000 physical copies and 2,000 digital copies. • A woman of color, abuse-survivor, and sufferer of mental illness, Robinson speaks to and for an underheard population. • Amanda Lovelace, author of the best-selling The Princess Saves Herself In This One, is a major supporter of Robinson's work and will promote her book online.





Vertigo There is a secret written in the stars and in the mountains Analog de Leon

Description In this single epic poem, poet Analog de Leon (Chris Purifoy) offers an empowering message to anyone who has loved, lost, or yearned for freedom. Inspired by the life of Syrian Saint Simeon Stylites, a 4th-century Monk who lived for many years on a small platform atop a pillar, Vertigo encourages introspection, contemplation, and self-love.

Author Details Chris Purifoy (Analog de Leon) is a digital architect, serial entrepreneur, and author. He is the director of technology for the Global Action Platform, a United Nations think tank. He is also the founder of #Library, a big data and content-sorting platform. Chris got his start in Nashville working in music management and building startups that solve music problems. He co-founded the Restoring Music Foundation, and also sat on councils at TEDxNashville and the Music Education Policy Roundtable. While Chris has found success in business and technology, his true passion is for the written word. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$27.99 / NZ$29.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781449487751

Category

• Poetry

Imprint Extent

• Andrews McMeel Publishing • 112 pages

Format

• 203mm x 127mm

Illustrations

• B&W images throughout

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points •

In less than two years, Purifoy has garnered over 200,000 Instragram followers.

Purifoy is a digital entrepreneur with strong connections in the music and entertainments worlds.

High digestible and relatable content that can be read into more deeply.

Strong appeal for fans of Rupi Kaur, Lang Leav, R.H. Sin, and our other poets.


rooftop of the world


When a mountain begins to smoke, rest assured an ancient fire has begun a holy pilgrimage to the surface.

2

3


I step out curious onto the rooftop of the world. My compass spins violently

I go stand higher

along with my vision.

to see the full picture. I pause until I am aware of myself,

I can see her reflecting like the moon

marinate in the moment

between hurried breaths and blinks.

and find a dwelling in the silence above the n o i s e.

She followed me to the top.

4

5


I am the narrow gate that leads inward and the tower standing beacon in separation.

6

7


The Peculiar Miracles of Antoinette Martin Stephanie Knipper Description The Peculiar Miracles of Antoinette Martin is a spellbinding debut about a wondrously gifted child and the family that she helps to heal.

Sisters Rose and Lily Martin were inseparable when growing up on their family's Kentucky flower farm yet became distant as adults when Lily found herself unable to deal with the demands of Rose's unusual daughter. But when Rose becomes ill, Lily is forced to return to the farm and to confront the fears that had driven her away. Rose's daughter, ten-year-old Antoinette, has a form of autism that requires constant care and attention. She has never spoken a word, but she has a powerful gift that others would give anything to harness – she can heal with her touch. She brings wilted flowers back to life, makes a neighbor’s tremors disappear, and even changes the course of nature on the flower farm. Antoinette’s gift, though, comes at a price, since each healing puts her own life in jeopardy. As Rose – the center of her daughter’s life – struggles with her own failing health and Lily confronts her anguished past, the sisters, and the men who love them, come to realize the sacrifices that must be made to keep this very special child safe.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$34.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781616207359

Category

• Quality Fiction

Imprint

• Workman

Extent

• 352 pages

Format

• 210mm x 140mm

Illustrations

• Text only

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Written with great heart and a deep understanding of what it feels like to be different, The Peculiar Miracles of Antoinette Martin is a novel about what it means to be family and about the lengths to which people will go to protect the ones they love.

Author Details Stephanie Knipper based much of the story of The Peculiar Miracles of Antoinette Martin on her own experience in raising a daughter with severe disabilities. She lives with her family in Kentucky. This is her first novel.

Key Selling Points • A debut novel rich in imagination and filled with insights into the ties that bind people together. • An inventive and moving story of the power of love to overcome adversity. • Each of the characters live with insecurities and peculiarities, uncertain of their place in the world, yet strong-willed enough not to be defeated by their differences. • Sure to appeal to fans of The Language of Flowers, this novel incorporates one sister's obsession with the Victorian concept of communication through flowers and takes place on a flower farm in rural Kentucky.


The Second Mrs. Hockaday Susan Rivers

Description When Major Gryffth Hockaday is called to the front lines of the Civil War, his new bride is left to care for her husband's three-hundred-acre farm and infant son. Placidia, a mere teenager herself living far from her family and completely unprepared to run a farm or raise a child, must endure the darkest days of the war on her own. By the time Major Hockaday returns two years later, Placidia is bound for jail, accused of having borne a child in his absence and murdering it. What really transpired in the two years he was away? Inspired by a true incident, this saga unfolds with gripping intensity, conjuring the era with uncanny immediacy. Amid the desperation of wartime, Placidia sees the social order of her Southern homeland unravel. As she comes to understand how her own history is linked to one runaway slave, her perspective on race and family are upended. A love story, a story of racial divide, and a story of the South as it fell in the war, The Second Mrs. Hockaday reveals how this generation – and the next – began to see their world anew.

Author Details Publication Date 1st January 2018

Susan Rivers was awarded the Julie Harris Playwriting Award for Overnight Lows and the New York Drama League Award for Understatements. She is also the recipient of two playwriting grants from the National Endowment for the Arts and has had short fiction published in the Santa Monica Review. The Second Mrs. Hockaday is her first novel.

Price

• AUD$36.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781616207366

Category

• Quality Fiction

Imprint

• Workman

A stunning debut by an author with a commanding voice.

Extent

• 288 pages

A tale of love and loss with a captivating plot.

Format

• 210mm x 140mm

Illustrations

• Text only

Readers will not be able to put the book down until they unravel the mystery behind Placidia's baby's death.

An atmospheric and hauntingly realistic work.

Rivers is a master of authenticity, depicting a time, place, and people ravaged by war and its far-reaching legacy.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points


Dog Blessings Poems, prose and prayers celebrating our relationship with dogs June Cotner

Description Featuring heartwarming passages by a renowned inspirational author, this gift book celebrates puppy joy, the 'welcome home' wag of the tail, unbridled affection, bittersweet love for an aging pet, and the sublime moments shared between humans and their canine companions.

Author Details June Cotner – author, anthologist, and speaker – hails from Poulsbo, WA. She has appeared on national radio programs, and her books have been featured in many national publications including USA TODAY, Better Homes and Gardens, Woman's Day, and Family Circle. Collectively, her books have sold nearly one million copies.

Key Selling Points Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$19.99 /NZ $22.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781449481834

Category

• Poetry

Imprint Extent

• Andrews McMeel Publishing • 192 pages

Format

• 130mm x 95mm

Illustrations

• Text only

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

This revised edition will benefit from our irresistible keepsake package with cloth spine and ribbon marker.

June Cotner is well known for quality material in her inspirational compilations

This volume includes new, original poetry and prose for fresh content mixed with classic pieces for familiarity.


A Tiny Star A tiny star rose to Heaven and there took the shape of a newborn babe,

heart beating, eyes open, and arms reaching out for love.

Welcome to the World A dream was wished upon a star, the Heavens heard, and here you are . . . Welcome to the world, Little One. C I N DY C H U K SU D O ON

L I N DA ROBE RTS ON

18  |  D O G BLESSINGS

BIRTH  | 19


At a Child’s Birth I think, at a child’s birth, if a mother could ask a fairy godmother to endow it with the most useful gift, that gift would be curiosity. E L E A NOR RO O SE V E LT

Parents’ Prayer at the Birth of a Child We are humbled by the awesome power of this moment. From our lives we have brought forth life. Through our love we have fashioned a child of love. May our child be a blessing to all he meets. And may he count us among his blessings as well. R A BBI R A M I M . SH A PI RO

20  |  D O G BLESSINGS

BIRTH  | 21


Star Child I imagine you budding purple in my belly like the tips of new iris My days shuffle until the one sharp with urgency lays me down to whelp Come from song at sunset you are touched with wine plum dark

A thousand blooms like secret shadows drop sweet through leaves of love Tiny fingers tremble golden in the moonlight June infant star-blessed I shall celebrate the night whisper-wander the universe planet dance all summer sing star child K AT E ROBI N S ON

24  |  D O G BLESSINGS

BIRTH  | 25


Peter & Dan Snow's Treasures of British History The nation's story told through its 50 most important documents Peter & Dan Snow Description A spirited examination of a nation's history told through 50 key documents by two of our most celebrated historians. With a wealth of experience between them on political and military history and today's current affairs, Peter and Dan Snow are the perfect guides to appreciating the significance of each document. These fascinating records are beautifully reproduced on the pages and the authors explain their criteria for the selection of each one and its relevance. Ten documents are faithfully reproduced in facsimile form, bringing a tangible sense of history to the book. From the Magna Carta to Tim Berners Lee's memo for a World Wide Web, this is a must-have volume for all history enthusiasts.

Author Details Peter Snow is a highly respected journalist, author and broadcaster. He was ITN's Diplomatic and Defence Correspondent from 1966 to 1979 and presented BBC's Newsnight from 1980 to 1997. For many years he was an indispensable part of election nights. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$64.99 / NZ$70.00 Boxed Set

ISBN

• 9780233002187

Category

• History

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 112 pages

Format

• 301mm x 257mm

Illustrations

• 150 colour and B&W illustrations

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Dan Snow is a historian who has researched, written, and presented several documentaries and appears regularly on the BBC s One Show as their 'History Man'. His writing has appeared in the Times, the Sunday Times, the Guardian, the Daily Express, and BBC History Magazine.

Key Selling Points •

Written by the highly successful father-and-son team, Peter and Dan Snow, whose previous book, The Battle of Waterloo Experience has been a bestseller.

50 of the most fascinating documents in Britain's history are beautifully reproduced from the National Archives and other collections such as the National Archives of Scotland and British Library.

10 documents are faithfully reproduced in facsimile form, so that the reader can 'hold history' in their hands.

Exceptional commentary explains why the documents are significant, and how they have shaped our national character.





24 Hours in Ancient Rome A day in the life of the people who lived there Philip Matyszak Description What was it like to live in one of the ancient world’s most powerful and bustling cities – one that was eight times more densely populated than modern day New York? In this entertaining and enlightening guide, bestselling historian Philip Matyszak introduces us to the people who lived and worked there. In each hour of the day we meet a new character – from emperor to slave girl, gladiator to astrologer, medicine woman to waterclock maker – and discover the fascinating details of their daily lives.

Author Details Dr Philip Matyszak has written a number of bestselling titles on Ancient Rome including Ancient Rome on Five Denarii a Day and The Greek and Roman Myths. He currently works as a tutor for Madingley Hall Institute of Continuing Education at the University of Cambridge, teaching a course on Ancient Rome. He lives in British Columbia, Canada. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$24.99 / NZ$26.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781782438564

Category

• History

Imprint

• Michael O'Mara

Extent

• 256 pages

Format

• 198mm x 129mm

Illustrations

• Approx 25 B&W photos throughout

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points • • •

Entertaining and accessible popular history that gives readers the fascinating nitty-gritty details that broader histories often miss out. Brings the history alive with diverse characters and personal stories. Philip Matyszak is a bestselling author of ancient history: The Greek and Roman Myths (17.5k), Ancient Rome on Five Denarii a Day (7.5k); his books have been translated into 15 languages.


11 Explorations into Life on Earth Christmas lectures from the Royal Institution Helen Scales Description The second in a series of books in association with the Royal Institution on their world-renowned Christmas Lectures, this time exploring the secrets of the natural world. Following on from the success of 13 Journeys Through Space and Time, which took us on a voyage of astronomical discovery through past Christmas Lectures given at the Royal Institution on space and space exploration, this book turns our attention to our own planet and the animals, plants, fish, insects and all the other living things that inhabit it – how they've evolved and the vital roles they play in the intricate webs of life on earth. Taking eleven of the most exciting and revealing Christmas Lectures on the natural world given at the Royal Institution, including Sir David Attenborough's animal-packed Lectures from 1977 and Richard Dawkins's explosive series on the evolution of life, we take an illuminating look at more than a hundred years of scientific exploration to discover the origins of life on our planet and the mysteries so far uncovered.

Author Details Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$24.99 / NZ$26.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781782438403

Category

• Natural History

Imprint

• Michael O'Mara

Extent

• 224 pages

Format

• 111mm x 178mm

Illustrations

• B&W photos, scans of lecture notes and letters, etc.

Dr Helen Scales is a marine biologist, broadcaster and writer, appearing regularly on BBC Radio 4, Sky News and the BBC World Service. She is also scientific advisor to the charity Sea Changers, a fellow of the Royal Geographical Society and a tutor at the University of Cambridge. Her most recent book, Spirals in Time, was chosen as a book of the year by the Guardian, The Times and the Economist, and as Book of the Week on Radio 4.

Key Selling Points • Includes the famous Christmas Lectures given by Sir David Attenborough, Richard Dawkins, Desmond Morris and Julian Huxley. • Follows on from 13 Journeys Through Space and Time. • With a cover to follow the style of 13 Journeys; beautifully designed in foil over wibalin. • Dr Helen Scales is an articulate and very promotable writer and marine biologist.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


Real Food / Fake Food Why you don't know what you're eating and what you can do about it Larry Olmsted Description You’ve seen the headlines: Parmesan cheese made from wood pulp. Extra-virgin olive oil that isn’t. So many fake foods are in our supermarkets, our restaurants, and our kitchen cabinets that it’s hard to know what we’re eating anymore. In Real Food / Fake Food, award-winning journalist Larry Olmsted convinces us why real food matters and empowers consumers to make smarter choices. Olmsted brings readers into the unregulated food industry, revealing the shocking deception that extends from high-end foods to everyday staples. It’s a massive bait and switch in which counterfeiting is rampant and in which the consumer ultimately pays the price. Part cautionary tale, part culinary crusade, Real Food / Fake Food is addictively readable, mouthwateringly enjoyable, and utterly relevant.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018

Larry Olmsted writes the Great American Bites column for USA Today and is the travel and food columnist at Forbes.com, where his column was named one of the World's Top 100 Travel Sites. He appears regularly on radio and television and is a frequent contributor to the Dr. Oz Show. Olmsted is of the author of two books on golf and Getting into Guinness.

Price

• AUD$34.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781616207410

Category

• Health/Related

Imprint

• Workman

• Fake versions of many foods are marketed as the real thing, even though they are lower quality, made with chemicals and preservatives, and sometimes even more expensive.

Extent

• 336 pages • 210mm x 140mm

• Exhaustively-researched, engaging writing by an authority on the topic.

Format Illustrations

• Text only

Key Selling Points • A New York Times bestseller and Washington Post bestseller.

• Olmsted is an award-winning and widely-published food writer with columns and articles in many national magazines. • Olmsted shows consumers how to sort through all the confusion to find the foods we can all celebrate.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


ParentSpeak What's wrong with how we talk to our children – and what to say instead Jennifer Lehr

Description Imagine if every time you praise your child with "Good job!" you’re actually doing harm? Or that urging a child to say "Can you say thank you?" is exactly the wrong way to go about teaching manners? Jennifer Lehr is a smart, funny, and fearless writer who "takes everything you thought you knew about parenting and turns it on its ear" (Jennifer Jason Leigh). Backing up her lively writing and arguments with research from psychologists, educators, and organizations like Alfie Kohn, Thomas Gordon, and R.I.E. (Resources for Infant Educarers), Ms. Lehr offers a conscious approach to parenting based on respect and love for the child as an individual.

Author Details Jennifer Lehr is the author of Parentspeak and Ill-Equipped for a Life of Sex, an Elle must-read. She writes about parenting on her site, jenniferlehr.com, and lives in Los Angeles with her husband and two children. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$32.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9780761181514

Category

• Family/Pregnancy

Imprint

• Workman

Extent

• 272 pages

Format

• 210mm x 145mm

Illustrations

• 2-colour with line art

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points •

Lehr shows how 15 of the most common things we say to our kids can actually have a negative impact on a child’s development – and offers up ideas for things you can say and do instead.

Lehr isn’t afraid to challenge some deeply rooted parenting assumptions, and her take on parentspeak will spark discussion and controversy.

Lehr backs up her ideas with scholarship from leading child psychologists and education gurus – her ideas about parentspeak are grounded in solid science and pedagogy.


Pep Talks for Writers 52 insights and actions to boost your creative mojo Grant Faulkner

Description Every writer knows that as rewarding as the creative process is, it can often be a bumpy road. Have hope and keep at it! Designed to kick-start creativity, this handsome handbook from the executive director of National Novel Writing Month gathers a wide range of insights and advice for writers at any stage of their career. From tips about how to finally start that story to helpful ideas about what to do when the words just aren't quite coming out right, Pep Talks for Writers provides motivation, encouragement, and helpful exercises for writers of all stripes.

Author Details Grant Faulkner is the Executive Director of National Novel Writing Month and the co-founder of the online literary journal 100 Word Story. His stories and essays have appeared in dozens of publications, including The New York Times, Poets & Writers, and Writer's Digest. He's recently published a collection of 100-word stories, Fissures, and finished a novel, The Letters.

Key Selling Points Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$27.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781452161082

Category

• New Age/Inspirational

Imprint

• Chronicle Books

Extent

• 256 pages

Format

• 178mm x 127mm

Illustrations

• Text only

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

For writers of any skill level, this book is a thoughtful, encouraging, and fun resource. Includes relevant insights, tips, and exercises for any step in the creative process.

More like a friendly writing coach who supports and motivates, rather than a stern teacher who emphasises discipline or a dry, academic how-to book. Positive, empathetic attitude that encourages folks to Just. Keep. Writing.

Writers can work through the book systematically or they can use the book as a stand-alone guide by dipping in and out according to subject, when they are feeling stuck or alone in their process.

For any writer who's gotten stuck or needed a little encouragement, here comes the ultimate handbook to keep the creative juices flowing year round.

Over 2 million people have signed up for National Novel Writing Month (NaNoWriMo), and nearly 500k people participate each year.

NaNoWriMo offerings have sold more than 170k over 10 years, and the organisation has more participants than ever. NaNoWriMo is just one month, but writers need inspiration year round.


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

CONTENTS

11

An Artistic Apprenticeship. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

12

Getting Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

13

Channel Your Super Heroic Observational Powers. . . . . . . 65

14

Cavort . . . Wander . . . Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

15

Using Your Life in Your Story. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Introduction: A Creative Manifesto. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

16

Overcoming Creativity Wounds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

1

You Don’t Need Permission to Be a Creator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

17

Make Your Inner Editor Work for You. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

2

How Do You Create?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

18

Accept the Mess. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

3

Finding Your Muse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

19

Pull Yourself Out of the Comparison Trap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

4

Be a Beginner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

20

Put Your Life Struggles in Perspective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

5

Make Your Creativity into a Routine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

21

Treating Impostor Syndrome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

6

Goal + Deadline = Magic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

22

Embrace Vulnerability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

7

Embrace Constraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

23

Fail Often . . . Fail Better. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

8

The Art of Boredom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

24

Creativity as an Act of Defiance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

9

Getting Ideas: A Writing Rorschach Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

25

You Are What You Wear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

10

Building a Creative Community. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

26

Where You Work Matters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

PepTalksForWriters_INT_FinalCorrex.indd 4-5

4/6/17 1:26 PM


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

27

Artistic Thievery, or the Art of Remixing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

42

The Art of Melancholy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

28

Take a Story Field Trip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

43

Thank Your Muse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

29

Looking through Your Character Kaleidoscope. . . . . . . . . . 139

44

Writing with a Persona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

30

On Finding Creative Flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

45

Persisting through Rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

31

Say, “Yes, and . . .”: The Secrets of Improv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

46

Know Thyself. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

32

Think Fast to Outpace Writer’s Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

47

Make Irritants into a Symphony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

33

An Exercise in Extreme Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

48

Hold Things Lightly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

34

Sleep, Sleeplessness, and Creativity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

49

Intuition versus Logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

35

Be Deluded . . . Be Grand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

50

Vanquishing Fear with Curiosity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

36

Nurturing Awe through Darkness, Solitude, and Silence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

51

Logging the Hours: Mastery Equals Perseverance. . . . . . . 236

37

New Experiences = New Thoughts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

52

What Is “Success”?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

38

The Magical Sprites of Creativity: Distractions. . . . . . . . . . 179

In Review. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

39

Trusting in The Absurd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

40

Move Differently to Think Differently. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

41

Specialize (but Not Too Much). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

PepTalksForWriters_INT_FinalCorrex.indd 6-7

4/6/17 1:26 PM


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Each year, I talk to hundreds of people who have perfected

a peculiar and disturbing art: the art of telling themselves why they can’t jump in and write the novel of their dreams.

1

“I’ve never taken any classes. I don’t have an MFA.” “I have a lot of ideas for stories, but I’m not a real writer.”

YOU DON’T NEED PERMISSION TO BE A CREATOR

Or, worst of all, they say, “I’m not a creative type.” I call this the other syndrome—as in “other people do this, but not me.” We’ve all been there, right? We open up the pages of a magazine, and we read a profile of a magnificently cloaked and coiffed artistic being—a twirling scarf, moody eyes, locks of hair falling over a pensive brow. We read the witticisms and wisdom the celebrated artistic being dispenses while drinking a bottle of wine with a reporter one afternoon in a charming hamlet in Italy. The artistic being tells of creative challenges and victories achieved, and then drops in an anecdote or two about a conversation with a famous author, a good friend. There’s a joke about a movie deal that fell through, and then an aside about the one that won an Oscar. There’s talk about a recently published book, which called to them and gave them artistic fulfillment like no other book ever has. And, as we sit in our house that is so very far from Italy, and we look across the kitchen, over the dishes on the counter, to the cheap bottle of wine from Safeway, and the phone rings with a call from a telemarketer, just as a bill slides off the stack of bills, we tell ourselves, “Other people are writers. Other people get the good fortune to have been born with a twirling scarf around their neck. Other people get to traipse

13

PepTalksForWriters_INT_FinalCorrex.indd 12-13

Pep Talks for Writers

4/6/17 1:26 PM


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

through Italy to find a fantastic novel calling them. Other people get to be who they want to be—whether it’s through family connections, blessed luck, or natural talent. But that’s not me. That’s other people.” And you know what, we’re right. The life of an artist is for others—because we just said so, and in saying so, we make it true. But here’s the rub. Even after negating our creative potential, we’re bound to wake up the next day to a tickle of an idea dancing in a far corner of our mind, a memory that is trying to push a door open, a strange other world that is calling us. We wash those dishes, we pay that stack of bills, we drink that cheap bottle of wine, but we know there’s something else—we know there’s something more. And there is something more. There’s the creative life. You don’t need a certificate for it; you don’t need to apply to do it; you don’t even need to ask permission to do it. You just have to claim it. You might not wear scarves in Italy, but you can make your own version of the artistic life, no matter where you live or what demands of life you face. It’s not always easy, of course. There will be naysayers, those people who think it’s silly or trivial to be a “creative type,” those who think it’s audacious and pretentious for you to write a novel, those who think you can’t do it because you lack the qualifications. You’ve decided to escape the mire of your creative slough, and sometimes that threatens others. But you’re not embracing your creativity because it’s an easy path. You’re doing it because you have something to say. And no one gets to tell you that what you have to say doesn’t matter, because it matters to you. The arts don’t belong to a chosen few. Quite the opposite: every one of us is chosen to be a creator by virtue of being human. If you’re not convinced of this, just step into any preschool and observe the unbridled creative energy of kids as

You Don’t Need Permission to Be a Creator

PepTalksForWriters_INT_FinalCorrex.indd 14-15

they immerse themselves in finger painting, telling wild stories, banging on drums, and dancing just for the sake of dancing. They’re creative types because they breathe. And you’re a writer because you write. There’s no other definition. Don’t fall into the common trap of hesitating to call yourself a writer if you haven’t published a book. It can easily happen. Agatha Christie said that even after she’d written ten books, she didn’t really consider herself a “bona fide author.” You earn your bona fides each time you pick up a pen and write your story. So start by telling yourself you’re a writer. Then tell the world. Don’t mumble it, be proud of it, because to be a writer takes moxie and verve. Your task as a human being and as an artist is to find that maker within, to decide that you’re not “other,” you’re a creator. Honor the impetus that bids you to write—revere it, bow to it, hug it, bathe in it, nurture it. That impetus is what makes life meaningful. It’s what makes you, you.

TRY THIS

TAKE THE PLEDGE First, tell yourself, “I am a creator.” Then tell someone else. Tell them you write. Tell them why writing is important to you. You don’t have to tell them your story. Just be proud to call yourself a writer. Practice asserting it.

14

15

Pep Talks for Writers

4/6/17 1:26 PM


The Spectrum of Hope An optimistic and new approach to Alzheimer's disease and other dementias Devi Gayatri

Description A neurologist with 20 years experience treating Alzheimer's and other dementias, Dr. Devi presents a realistic, optimistic viewpoint on the disease. She does not see a diagnosis as a sentence to inexorable decline. Rather she sees Alzheimer's as a spectrum disease that affects different people differently; with early treatment, some people actually improve. By telling the stories of her patients, Dr. Devi compassionately shows the many faces and aspects of the disease and offers guidance for living the fullest possible life. The book will offer hope to those who have Alzheimer's or other forms of dementia, many of whom are under the age of 65.

Author Details Gayatri Devi, MD, FACP, FAAN is the Director of the New York Memory and Healthy Aging Services and an Attending Physician at Lenox Hill Hospital. She is a board certified neurologist, with additional board certifications in Pain Medicine, Psychiatry, and Behavioral Neurology. She is the author of over 50 publications in peer-reviewed journals on the topic of memory loss, as well as several books.

Key Selling Points Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$59.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9780761193098

Category

• Health/Related

Imprint

• Workman

Extent

• 256 pages

Format

• 210mm x 140mm

Illustrations

• Text only

• Dementia is different for every patient and can be addressed differently for each individual. • A personalised approach can be taken by recognizing dementia as a disease on a spectrum – one patient may be able to keep some independence by continuing to drive, while another will benefit by continuing to work successfully even as other skill sets are lost. • Early diagnosis and treatment make a difference, and a diagnosis can be met with empowerment rather than fear. • Patients with Alzheimer's and other dementias can continue to live with dignity and independence for many years, and sometimes even for the rest of their lives. • While many books on Alzheimer's are caregiver guides, this book benefits patients in early stages of dementia, answering questions and showing the many ways the disease can unfold. • Dr. Devi brings the experiences of her own patients and their families and caregivers to life, presenting practical advice and wisdom with a very human face.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


The Love Scrapbook Creative antics for romantics Tom Devonald Description Filled with fun, silly, cheeky and sensual activities for couples. It is a fill-in-yourself book that will help you get the most out of your relationship, from when it's flashy, new and box-fresh to when it's fully worn in and super comfy. Designed to help you achieve maximum relationship awesomeness, The Love Scrapbook gives you the chance to enjoy, assess and celebrate your relationship while you are in it! From logging your important milestones, argument scorecards and 'Which romcom would your relationship be?' to in-jokes, designing your own love heart sweets and the Meatloaf Test (just what would you do for love?).

Author Details Tom Devonald is a UK-based writer, artist and graphic designer known to his friends for his love of doodling and his terrible memory. His main topics of interest are design, philosophy and psychology. Publication Date 1st January 2018

Key Selling Points

Price

• AUD$16.99 / NZ$19.99 Paperback

A fun interactive guide to your own relationship.

ISBN

• 9781853759789

An ideal purchase for your new partner.

Category

• Gift

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 96 pages

Humorous, wise and inspiring but never cheesy, Tom Devonald is the creative powerhouse behind the hilarious and award-winning Colouring Book For Goths and The Break-up Journal.

Format

• 194mm x 140mm

Illustrations

• 96 two-colour artworks

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


THIS BOOK BELONGS TO...

days This page is for marking the of your relationship

GELINA' (write your 'BRAN here) style name-mash

T PAR

1

AT E LOV ... T S FIR

WARNING:

'INSANE'

What people will think

'CREEPY'

'ROMANTIC'

'CUTE' 'FUNNY'' How much of the book you complete

ALSO, Whilst this book might become a hilarious catalogue of in-jokes for you and your co-dependent to laugh about, other people will not find it funny. These 'outsiders' will find you gross and weird because they are not looking at the book through the oxytocin tinted spectacles of a relationship; they are looking at it through the turd-tinted spectacles of loneliness.

(like in prison)


IF YO U’R

E ST RU

...Bea r ...Boo ...Fac e ...Cak es ...Doll ...Doo dle Honey ...Boy ... Petal... ...Girl Prince ...Che ss... eks Queen ...Tits ... Capta ...Pan in... ts Prince ...Bun ... ny ...Bug King... ...Pie Stud... ...Hea Big ... d ...Mun Little ... ch Cuddle ...Dro p ... ...Lips Dear... ...Lov Dimple e ... ...Bun Lover s ... Goose ...Bun y... ny ...Ars Gum... e ...Bum Kitty... ...But Plumb t ... ...Leg Lolly... s .. .Nose Smelly ... ...Poo Arse... h ...Mon Cow... key ...Bisc Munch uit ... ...Coo Greed kie y... ...Plum Happy ... ...Lam Sneez b y... ...Nug Grump get y... Munch ...ums kin... ...kins Star... ...bo ...Licio us

Cutie... Angel. .. Sugar ... Sweet ... Bunny ... Baby... Babe...

A rose by any other name...

tingly ner a humilia t r pa r u o y e eady). Please giv ou haven’t alr y f (i e m a n pet luvvy-duvvy

GGLI

NG T O TH INK

OF ON E, FE EL

FREE

TO U SE A COMB I

NATIO

N OF THES E TR IED

AND T ESTE

l any Now name and labe eir other parts of th feel anatomy that you ention m l deserve a specia

D NAM E

S

L L O my na me is.. .

H E

O L L ... H E is ame

my n

H E L L... O my name is

O L L is... E H e nam

my


version m o C m o R r relationship?

Which actors would play e your parts in th

of you

................................. and ................................. Make a note of any supporting cast members.... ....................

Have you revealed any hidden symbols that may indicate they are a 'chosen one' or a deity of some kind?

.................... .................... .................... .................... .................... .................... .................... .................... ....................

Draw the movie poster here (what is it called?)

Recreate any significant results


T U O E G A L L O C A MAKE D N A G I G D L O R OF YOU ! E R E H S T E K C I T MOVIE Make little n otes about m emorable thin happened at gs that the events on the tickets


Everything Grows With Love Beautiful words, inspiring thoughts Irene Smit

Description Boost your mood, feed your passions, and celebrate the power and pleasure of a few inspiring words. Here are dozens of spirited quotes and uplifting sayings brought to life with vibrant original graphics and hand-lettering by more than ten contributing artists. Love is all you need. A home is made of love and dreams. I like people who smile when it’s raining. Be so happy that when others look at you they become happy too. Collect moments, not things. What we’ve got is gold. A sweet celebration of creativity, inspiration, and, above all else, love.

Author Details Irene Smit is the cofounder and creative director of Flow magazine, a popular international publication packed with paper goodies and beautiful illustrations that celebrates creativity, imperfection, and life's little pleasures. She lives outside Amsterdam. Astrid van der Hulst is the cofounder and creative director of Flow magazine, a popular international publication packed with paper goodies and beautiful illustrations that celebrates creativity, imperfection, and life's little pleasures. She lives outside Amsterdam. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$19.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781523501144

Category

• Self Help

Imprint

• Workman

Extent

• 400 pages

Format

• 108mm x 108mm

Illustrations

• Full colour illustrations throughout

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points •

An illustrated chunky impulse book can sell 50,000+ copies a year (You Are Doing a Freaking Great Job shipped 132,000 copies in its first two years).

This new book matches selling power with a subject for the ages (and for gift-giving at Valentine's and beyond).

Hand-lettering and collage illustrations from Flow magazine illustrators make for an utterly charming package.

Like our other Flow books, Everything Grows with Love combines illustration and hand-lettering and an upbeat editorial point of view.

These quotes and sayings take on the topic of love and share an appreciation for the small things that matter.


Love Uncensored 50 postcards for your partner, one-night stand, booty call, and that sexy barista who always remembers your name Workman Publishing

Description How many ways can you say "I love you"? Get creative – and maybe a little naughty – with this bright, playful collection of easily removable postcards, perfect for sending in the mail, pinning on your wall, or discreetly slipping to a beautiful stranger. Featuring images drawn from the CSA collection, one of the world's leading modern design resources for pop culture artwork, Love Uncensored blends iconic pop art and a vintage advertising aesthetic with thoroughly modern sentiments: "I really thought this would just be a one-night stand." "When we met, I thought you were gay." "I’ll bring the blindfold if you bring the handcuffs." All told, fifty unconventional ways to say "I love you"…or, at least, "It’s complicated."

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$24.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781523501540

Category

• Stationery

Imprint

• Workman

Extent

• 51 pages

Format

• 108mm x 152mm

Illustrations

• Full-colour illustrations throughout

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Workman Publishing Company has been producing award-winning calendars, cookbooks, parenting guides, and children's titles, as well as gardening, humor, self-help, and business books, since 1968. From our What to Expect pregnancy and parenting series and Page-A-Day Calendars to the iconic 1,000 Places to See Before You Die and Brain Quest children's products, our wide range of high-quality non-fiction titles and products inspire, educate, and entertain readers around the globe.

Key Selling Points • Old-fashioned charm and very modern sass are a winning combination for a contemporary love gift with a very funny twist. • Vintage advertising illustrations are paired with sayings that are a little naughty and pack a lot of attitude: "You had me at 'I’m STD-free.'" "Let’s fuel each other’s bad habits." • This pairing of nostalgic images and modern humor is at the heart of Anne Taintor and someecards' success; our book adds the love-and-romance angle. • Whether you use them as gift tags, pop them in the mail, or pin them on your bulletin board for a laugh, these postcards easily tear out of the book (no messy perforation!). • The art in this book comes from the CSA Images collection, one of the world's leading modern design resources, highly awarded and beloved by designers around the world.


Life is a Joke 100 life lessons (with punch lines) The Javna Brothers Description Great jokes not only make us laugh – they make us think. They very often contain important pieces of wisdom and insight that we are more willing to hear when they're delivered with a laugh. Life Is a Joke includes 100 hilarious jokes along with the messages that you may or may not realise they carry. For instance, a joke about a tribal mystic and the weather service becomes a pointed parable about being very careful in choosing which experts to trust (or vote for). A great gift, and a great resource for those in search of anecdotes to use in speeches (these jokes come with the explanation preloaded), Life Is a Joke is an invaluable reminder that laughter is not only the best medicine – it’s often the best teacher, as well.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$27.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781523500079

Category

• Humour

Imprint

• Workman

Extent

• 224 pages

Format

• 184mm x 133mm

Illustrations

• Text only

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

The Javna brothers (Gordon & John) are founders of the Bathroom Reader’s Institute and creators of the bestselling Uncle John’s Bathroom Reader series (more than 15 million copies in print). Gordon was publisher and editor-in-chief of Portable Press and The Bathroom Readers’ Institute from 2000 to 2016. John has written dozens of books on pop culture and the environment, and founded EarthWorks Press in 1989.

Key Selling Points •

Laughter isn't only the best medicine, it's the best teacher too: The Javnas deliver life lessons.

This book matches jokes with essays about what they tell us about life and human nature, and what we can learn from them to become better, happier people.

Gordon and John Javna know how to combine fact and funny into short, easy-to-digest pieces with knowledge and truth at the heart of every book.


Green A pocket guide to pot Dan Michaels Description Over half of America has legalised medical marijuana and 8 states have legalised marijuana for recreational use. Perfectly timed to address the blossoming pot audience, this smaller edition of the successful Green delivers the planet’s best bud photography in an accessible package and price point. Organised alphabetically, each spread features a gorgeous strain shot, and a breezy overview of the bud and its essential stats (lineage, flavor, high, and medicinal uses). Updated with new popular strains as well as amazing live plant and micro shots, this pocket edition of Green will sell to pot fans for years to come.

Author Details Erik Christiansen has been honing his eye for shooting cannabis since 2009. Through his specialized macro-photography and color correction techniques, his unique images capture the true essence of the marijuana flower with unparalleled detail.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$34.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781452166117

Category

• Humour

Imprint

• Chronicle Books

Extent

• 352 pages

Format

• 178mm x 127mm

Illustrations

• Full-color photography

Dan Michaels is the founder of Sinsemedia, a cannabis research and insight group. His experience in cannabis culture and connoisseurship alongside his savvy branding and marketing background has made him a sought after consultant and strategist in the emerging legal marijuana industry.

Key Selling Points • This pocket PB edition of Green delivers all the great bud photography at an accessible price. • Now in a smaller trim-size, this book is both portable and display worthy. • The original title has sold over 18k copies. This smaller, reasonably priced paperback edition pulls in a whole new audience. • There are a lot of grow guides, but very few strain guides. This is the only strain guide with high quality images, text, design, and package. • The original Green has over 65 5-star reviews on Amazon.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


Cannabis Overview Marijuana is literally the budding flower of the female cannabis plant— one of the oldest, most recognized, and most versatile plants on earth. It has been cultivated, consumed, and enjoyed by mankind since the beginning of our recorded history.

What makes marijuana so desirable is that it naturally produces a diverse group of chemical compounds called phyto-cannabinoids. When consumed, these cannabinoids work as a team to produce a variety of effects on the human mind and body by activating and stimulating our body’s own internal cannabinoid receptors. This complex cannabinoid system is the very reason why cannabis has been consumed for both recreational and medicinal purposes by ancient and modern societies the world over. The most well-known cannabinoid is delta 9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC). This is the psychoactive chemical that produces the desirable “high” or “stoned” feeling. The other primary cannabinoid is cannabidiol (CBD). THC and CBD, along with a multitude of other minor cannabinoids, work together as a team to provide various therapeutic benefits and effective treatments for a wide range of health conditions.

p/6

A cannabis strain is simply a particular variety of the cannabis flower. All strains fall into one of three main categories: (1) sativa, 2) indica, or (3) hybrid. Sativa strains are known as daytime strains, because they are prone to providing an uplifting and energetic head high. Indicas, on the other hand, are considered nighttime strains because they tend to get your body stoned, making you feel relaxed, mellow, or even sleepy. Hybrids are a mix of sativa and indica and provide a combination of mind and body effects depending on each strain’s lineage—its parents.


Cannabis Flavor Palette The components of the cannabis plant’s essential oils, called terpenoids or terpenes (or “terps”), work with cannabinoids to provide additional therapeutic effects. These terps also create the fragrances and flavors of any given cannabis strain (cannabinoids are odorless).

GOOD TASTE

Spicy

FLORAL FRUITY

O O KY BS Y ER PP

FUEL OIL

DAIRY

CREAMY

CHEESEY

BUTTERY

OILY

LEMON

PI NE

Y

PE

C LI

TURPENTINE

T

EN G

H ER

M US

W

T EN

NG KY UN

SK

MINTY

AL

TART

D

PU

DY

TROPICAL

RI

CITRUS

RI AC

EA RT

H

Y

BERRY

Sour

p/8

Bitter CANDY

ET M

The multitude of terpenes found in cannabis provide countless flavor and aroma combinations. Each strain produces its own unique fusion of terps to provide its signature flavor palette. This graph breaks down the most common types you will be able to distinguish and recognize.

T AS

More than 200 terpenes have been identified in cannabis (there are around 20,000 in all plant life), but only a handful appear in significant amounts that can be noticed through smell and taste alone. When combined, these terpenes provide a diverse range of aroma and flavor profiles, each depending on which terpenes predominate. For example, the terpene alpha-pinene is also found in pine needles, and the terpene limonene is found in lemons. Together, these terps give most Kush strains their signature lemony-pine smell and taste. Since taste actually incorporates the sense of smell, we can consider aroma and flavor together using five simple categories: sweet, sour, spicy, bitter, and savory

Sweet

Savory


3 Kings TYPE

sativa hybrid

LINEAGE

Sour Diesel × OG Kush × Headband SMELL/TASTE

tart, acrid, fuel COMMON EFFECTS

cheerful, uplifted, relaxed

This regal sativa hybrid is a trinity of three of the most recognized names in cannabis— Sour Diesel, OG Kush, and Headband. But rather than wear a gold crown, this strain wears a golden coat of resin that produces the powerful aromas, flavors, and effects this strain was bred for. The sour fuel tang is smooth and well balanced, as are the effects that hit the mind and body in a noble display of upbeat relaxation and merry exuberance.

TOP MEDICINAL USES

mood enhancement, anxiety

p/18


Acapulco Gold TYPE

sativa

LINEAGE

Landrace (Mexico) SMELL/TASTE

tropical, fruity, pungent COMMON EFFECTS

uplifted, energetic, euphoric

The GOAT of landrace sativa strains, Acapulco Gold was made famous through American movies, music, and literature in the 1960s as an emblem of the counterculture movement. Today, Acapulco Gold’s genetics can found within many hybrid lineages—from Skunks to Hazes and beyond. Originally cultivated in the Guerrero mountains of Mexico, this oceangrown sativa delivers a textbook cerebral high that any generation can appreciate.

TOP MEDICINAL USES

depression, mood enhancement AWARDS

Cannabis Cup

Landraces All of today’s strains inevitably derive from the pure, ancient cannabis plants found throughout the world referred to as Landraces. Landraces occur naturally to a particular region and are the basis for creating and breeding new strains of cannabis.

p/22


King Arthur's Puzzle Quest Puzzles inspired by the once and future king and his legendary quest for the Holy Grail Richard Wolfrik Galland Description The legends of King Arthur are eternally popular, and offer a hugely evocative source for puzzles, riddles and enigmas. This delightful puzzle book will whisk you away on a stunning journey through the intrigues of the Arthurian court, taking in all the characters that have enchanted audiences for nearly a thousand years. All their rich stories, plus many more, are interwoven to create some of the best puzzles ever. With so much history, folklore and legend to draw on, all fans of puzzles and riddles will love King Arthur's Puzzle Quest, a beautifully detailed puzzle book, and one that no puzzle enthusiast will be able to resist.

Author Details Richard Wolfrik Galland is a writer and games designer. He has worked as a magazine editor for Games Workshop and as a games designer for Hasbro in the UK and Sony Japan. He is currently the creative director of Warm Acre Games, a successful independent publisher of various types of game. He lives in Lincoln in the UK. Publication Date 1st January 2018

Key Selling Points

Price

• AUD$15.99 / NZ$19.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781853759635

Category

• Puzzles & Games

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 144 pages

• Illustrated with high-quality illustrations depicting all the great characters and stories from Arthurian legend.

Format

• 198mm x 129mm

• The book contains more than 80 puzzles, enigmas and conundrums of varying difficulty.

Illustrations

• 120 B&W artworks

• The puzzles are designed to be 'in world' for a unique puzzle experience.

• A beautiful and immersive puzzle book, based on the legends of King Arthur. • Guy Ritchie's hotly anticipated King Arthur: Legend of the Sword was released in 2017 – the legend lives on!

• The latest in Carlton Books' hugely successful puzzle series. FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


Qube: Puzzles More than 50 ways to fool your brain and tease your senses! Carlton Books

Description This innovative box contains all you need for a cerebral challenge to your cortex! There are riddles, conundrums, games and puzzles to test your thinking power and bedazzle your brain! There are simple puzzles, strenuous but fun games, and all sorts of challenges to help improve your mind power.

Key Selling Points • Original format. • An excellent gift package. • Sister title QUBE: Illusions also available. • Filled with riddles, puzzles and brain-training advice. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$29.99 / NZ$32.99 Book & Toy

ISBN

• 9781780977768

Category

• Puzzles & Games

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 96 pages

Format

• 222mm x 222mm

Illustrations

• 150 colour and B&W artworks

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books



Sticker Studio Joanna Webster

Description A fun and innovative new addition to our sticker series, Sticker Studio encourages creativity, allowing kids to complete detailed patterns and designs with sticker shapes. With more than 7,000 stickers, readers can complete the pages in their own stunning shades of colour, or use the numbered grids to create works of art. From Mexican sugar skulls and Aztec patterns to vibrant mosaics and vivid animals, there are more than 40 designs to complete.

Author Details Joanna Webster is a British illustrator and designer. In her work she explores geometry, pattern making and paper craft. She has worked on a range of colouring, sticker and activity books.

Key Selling Points Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$19.99 / NZ$21.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781780555164

Category

• Child Picture

Imprint

• Buster Books

Extent

• 68 pages

Format

• 297mm x 210mm

Illustrations

• 7,000 stickers + full colour artwork throughout

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

• An innovative new addition to our sticker series, Sticker Studio encourages creativity, allowing readers to complete detailed patterns and designs with sticker shapes. • The simple sticker-by-numbers system means there are no complicated step-by-step instructions and no need for expensive art and craft supplies. • Readers can complete the pages in their own stunning shades of colour, or use the numbered grids to create works of art as they embellish the gorgeous pages of this book with more than 7,000 stickers. • From Mexican sugar skulls and Aztec patterns to vibrant mosaics and vivid animals, there are more than 40 designs to complete.


Instructions 1. Pick an artwork that you would like to complete – you can take a

sneak peek at previews of the completed pieces at the back of the book.

2. Look at the number on each white shape – this tells you the colour

to use and matches the number on a coloured sheet of stickers at the back of the book.

3. Choose the correct sticker shape from the sticker page (the various

shapes available are listed below). You can pull the sticker sheets out of the book so they are easier to use.

Square

Circle

Quadrant

Right-angled triangle

Equilateral triangle

4. Stick the sticker over the white area. Fill in all of the white shapes to

complete your artwork. Do not fill white areas that are not numbered. Here’s a simple puzzle for you to practise on:

10

10

10

2

2

10

19

19 2

10

9

9

19

10

10

19

20

20

20

9

19

20

2

2

20

10

19

19

9

20

2 19

20

20

Here’s what your design should look like when complete:

*STICKER STUDIO.indd 3

24/02/2017 14:57


20

20 20

6

20 20

8

7

10 10

20

7

8 7

6

10

7

7

7

8

7

8

6

6

7

7

7 7

7

6

6

6

6

6 6

7 7

6

6

6

7

7

6

8

7

7

8

7

20 8

8 7

8

6

10

8

8

7

7 6

6

7

8

7 6

10

10

6

6

7

7

6 8

8

8

8

6

6

6

10

8

6

20 6

10

6

20

20

6

7

6 6

6 10

6

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

6

10

10

10

10

6

10

6 6

10

7

10

10 10

10

10 10

10 10

7

6

7

10 10

7

7

7 10

10

7

6

10

10

10

7

7

10

10

10 7

10

6

6

10

6

10

10 7

10

10

7

7

7

7

7

10 7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7 7

*STICKER STUDIO.indd 4

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

24/02/2017 14:57


20

20 20

6

20 20

8

7

10 10

20

7

8 7

6

10

7

7

7

8

7

8

6

6

7

7

7 7

7

6

6

6

6

6 6

7 7

6

6

6

7

7

6

8

7

7

8

7

20 8

8 7

8

6

10

8

8

7

7 6

6

7

8

7 6

10

10

6

6

7

7

6 8

8

8

8

6

6

6

10

8

6

20 6

10

6

20

20

6

7

6 6

6 10

6

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

6

10

10

10

10

6

10

6 6

10

7

10

10 10

10

10 10

10 10

7

6

7

10 10

7

7

7 10

10

7

6

10

10

10

7

7

10

10

10 7

10

6

6

10

6

10

10 7

10

10

7

7

7

7

7

10 7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7 7

*STICKER STUDIO.indd 4

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

24/02/2017 15:05


20 6 20

5

6

6

5

5

6

20

6

6

6

5

6

15 15

20 12

15

12

15

11

15

11

11

12

11

15

9

12

9

20

20 6 6

20 20

6

20 20 20 20

6 6 20

6 1

1 18

18

1

1 18

2 6

2 2

18

2 6

18 18

*STICKER STUDIO.indd 35

6

24/02/2017 14:58


20 6 20

5

6

6

5

5

6

20

6

6

6

5

6

15 15

20 12

15

12

15

11

15

11

11

12

11

15

9

12

9

20

20 6 6

20 20

6

20 20 20 20

6 6 20

6 1

1 18

18

1

1 18

2 6

2 2

18

2 6

18 18

*STICKER STUDIO.indd 35

6

24/02/2017 15:07


Act Now! 50 protest postcards Chronicle Books

Description Use these spirited protest postcards to write your elected representative or inspire a friend – or just post one above your desk. And feel good about yourself at the same time: All proceeds go to the ACLU, a nonprofit organization that protects civil rights for all Americans.

Key Selling Points • Since Mr. Trump's inauguration, people worldwide have come together to gather, to march, to call, to write, to protest against Mr. Trump and his policies. In Mr. Trump's first week as president, sales for Chronicle's postcard boxes have increased by 28-50 percent. • The postcards will cover all the issues, not just women's issues or civil rights. • Unlike protest books, the postcard box is highly functional, inspiring and enabling us to get involved. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$29.99 Postcards

ISBN

• 9781452167145

Category

• New Age/Inspirational

Imprint

• Chronicle Books

Extent

• 50 pages

Format

• 160mm x 102mm

Illustrations

• Recyclable box (no glue or staples), 50 full colour postcards

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


ActNow_MECH.indd 95

5/2/17 4:53 PM


|

© 2017 SAMARRA KHAJA FROM Act Now! 50 Protest Postcards, PUBLISHED BY CHRONICLE BOOKS LLC.

ActNow_MECH.indd 96

5/2/17 4:53 PM


ActNow_MECH.indd 77

5/2/17 4:53 PM


ActNow_MECH.indd 81

5/2/17 4:53 PM


Madagascar Hilary Bradt

Description A new, thoroughly updated 12th edition of Bradt’s Madagascar, the leading and most comprehensive guide to this unique island nation, written by Hilary Bradt, who first visited in 1976 and has returned roughly 35 times, and Daniel Austin, who has visited 12 times and continues to travel there annually. Their unparalleled knowledge of Madagascar combines with contributions from over 50 experts in a book which has been the most authoritative guide to the country for three decades. It covers national parks and protected areas and includes itineraries to suit all interests and budgets, plus details of around 1,000 hotels and restaurants.

Author Details Daniel Austin is co-author of a number of books on Madagascar, including, for Bradt, Madagascar, Madagascar Highlights and Madagascar Wildlife: A Visitor's Guide. As a full-time Madagascar specialist, Daniel visits the country at least once a year to lead group tours, lecture on cruises, and carry out research.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$44.99 / NZ$49.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781784770488

Category

• Travel

Imprint

• Bradt Travel Guides

Extent

• 464 pages

Format

• 216mm x 135mm

Illustrations

• 32pp colour & 59 maps

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Hilary Bradt self-published, with former husband George, her first guidebook in 1974 during an extended journey through South America. As well as running Bradt Travel Guides, Hilary worked for 25 years as a tour leader in Madagascar. Her in-depth knowledge of the country has brought her lecture engagements at the Royal Geographical Society, the Smithsonian Institution and on board expedition cruise ships, as well as numerous commissions for travel articles.

Key Selling Points • • • • • • •

Thoroughly updated and now into its 12th edition: this is the leading guide to Madagascar. Written by established experts. Tourism has been growing for the last seven years; there are now more airlines flying into Madagascar as well as within the country. The most thorough guide to the country available in English. Madagascar is amongst the safest countries in Africa for tourists to travel. Ideal for everyone from active, adventure travellers to birding and wildlife enthusiasts. Includes around 1,000 hotels and restaurants.


Mozambique Philip Briggs

Description This new seventh edition of Bradt’s Mozambique remains the most established and only standalone guide to this alluring country. Complete with in-depth coverage of transport, wildlife, history, culture and accommodation, plus invaluable practical advice and maps, this honest handbook will help you plan the perfect visit and is an ideal companion for beach goers, marine enthusiasts, trekkers, foodies, and culture vultures. Particularly useful is the selection of reputable local tour operators.

Author Details Philip Briggs has been exploring the highways, byways and backwaters of Africa since 1986, when he spent several months backpacking on a shoestring from Nairobi to Cape Town. In 1991, he wrote the Bradt Guide to South Africa, the first such guidebook to be published internationally after the release of Nelson Mandela. Over the rest of the 1990s, Philip wrote a series of pioneering Bradt travel guides to destinations that were then – and in some cases still are – otherwise practically uncharted by the travel publishing industry. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$42.99 / NZ$44.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781784770556

Category

• Travel

Imprint

• Bradt Travel Guides

Extent

• 392 pages

Format

• 216mm x 135mm

Illustrations

• 16pp colour photos & 49 maps

This edition has been updated by Sandra Turay, a graduate of Ethnic Studies and Journalism whose curiosity for the world's peoples and places has led her to study, work, teach, volunteer (Peace Corps Ethiopia) and travel throughout Africa and hideaways across the globe.

Key Selling Points • • • • •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

The only standalone guide available to a country reclaiming its standing as one of Africa’ fastest developing tourist countries. According to UNWTO figures, between 2004 and 2010, tourist arrivals almost quadrupled to 1. million (UNWTO). That trend continues today. Mozambique is in the midst of a 10-year plan to increase tourism. With oil and natural gas developments along the coast, parts of the north are expected to have significant development and attract increased visitor numbers. Five out of the seven endangered species of sea turtles can be found off the coast of Mozambique and the country is home to the largest marine reserve in the Indian Ocean (Bazaruto National Park).


Tanzania Safari Guide with Kilimanjaro, Zanzibar and the coast Philip Briggs Description This new, thoroughly updated eighth edition remains the only practical guidebook to Tanzania to reflect the overall shift of tourism away from backpackers and budget camping safaris to upper-end and mid-range safaris and beach holidays. Unlike other guidebooks, the main focus is background and practical information on Tanzania’s peerless collection of national parks, game reserves and other safari destinations. With most other guides still focusing on the ever-diminishing backpacker market, the Bradt guide cuts out the parts that are only of interest to backpackers on trans-Africa trips to allow maximum space for detailed information aimed at safari-goers and other tourists.

Author Details Philip Briggs has been exploring the highways, byways and backwaters of Africa since 1986, when he spent several months backpacking on a shoestring from Nairobi to Cape Town, and first visited Tanzania, bussing from Nairobi to Dar es Salaam then catching the Tazara Railway to Zambia. He has returned to Tanzania numerous times, among other things to research and author the first Bradt Guide to Tanzania in 1992/3, as well as all seven subsequent editions. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$44.99 / NZ$49.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781784770389

Category

• Travel

Imprint

• Bradt Travel Guides

Extent

• 600 pages

Format

• 216mm x 135mm

Illustrations

• 64pp colour + 63 maps

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Chris McIntyre went to Africa in 1987, teaching with VSO in Zimbabwe for almost three years and travelling extensively, before writing his first guidebook in 1990. He has since written all Bradt's guides on Namibia, Botswana and Zambia – and co-authored (with his wife, Susan) the last four editions of Bradt's Zanzibar guide – the latest of which was thoroughly revised at the same time as this book.

Key Selling Points • • • • • •

Provides more complete and detailed safari lodge listings than any other guide. Offers far greater detail about wildlife and where to see it. Caters for safari visitors and add-on beach holidays in Zanzibar. Includes a 48pp wildlife field guide. Tourism has increased steadily with annual arrivals now over 1 million. Also includes other popular and off-the-beaten track tourist attractions, from Mount Kilimanjaro to the mysterious UNESCO site of Kilwa Ruins.


Tajikistan Sophie Ibbotson

Description This new, thoroughly updated second edition of the most practical guide to Central Asia's smallest and least understood country brings to life the 'Roof of the World': Tajikistan. New for this edition are details of the capital, Dushanbe's, new airport terminal, enhanced trekking details and maps, and an expanded language section, all helping to make this the most practical guide to Tajikistan available.

Author Details Sophie Ibbotson and Max Lovell-Hoare moved to Central Asia in 2008 and lived and worked in the 'Stans for the next five years, advising national governments and promoting investment. They developed the national tourism development strategy for the Kyrgyz Republic, have written and updated guidebooks to Tajikistan, Kyrgyzstan, Uzbekistan, and Kazakhstan, and have led numerous expeditions in the region. As lecturers, they have addressed organisations including the Royal Geographical Society, the Royal Asiatic Society, and the Royal Society of Asian Affairs, where Sophie is also a member of council. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$39.99 / NZ$42.99 Paperback

Key Selling Points

ISBN

• 9781784770549

Category

• Travel

Imprint

• Bradt Travel Guides

Extent

• 192 pages

Format

• 216mm x 135mm

Illustrations

• 16pp colour + 20 maps

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

• • • •

In 2014-15 (the latest year for which statistics are available) Tajikistan saw a 94% increase in visitor numbers, making it the second fastest growing destination in the world (after Paraguay). A massive reduction in red tape means that travelling to and entering Tajikistan is easier than ever before: since June 2016 e-visas are available online and can be used to gain entry via land borders as well as through Dushanbe International Airport. Improved transport infrastructure and a new airport terminal in Dushanbe also make entry easier. New, high-end accommodation options are now available, all covered in this guide. Contains more detailed practical information than any other guidebook. Written by expert authors, specialists and expedition leaders in Central Asia.


LAMINATED CITY MAPS: PRAGUE, FLORENCE & MILAN Michelin

Michelin created its first travel guide over 100 years ago to promote road travel and inspire driving confidence. Today, Michelin Travel & Lifestyle offers travelers an extensive range of travel guides, maps and online travel resources.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD$19.99 / NZ$22.99 Paper Map

Category

Travel

Imprint

Michelin

Extent

1 pages

Format

250mm x 113mm

Illustrations • FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Fully detailed map www.hardiegrant.com.au

9782067223943

9782067223936

9782067223950

Discover cities by foot, car or bike using Michelin City Plans (scale 1/15,000 cm). In addition to Michelin’s clear and accurate mapping, this city plan will help you explore and navigate across different districts thanks to its full index, its comprehensive key showing places of interest and tourist attractions, as well as practical information on public transport leisure facilities, service stations and shops. Discover the new range of Michelin City Maps: • Plastic Format: Durable and convenient to use. • Handy Compact: folds ‘free’ for easy handling. • Clarity and legibility of Michelin mapping. • Map of the city centre with identified tourist sites, Green Guide tourist sites, Smaller Map of whole city, Underground Map, with a detailed index. • Write On Wipe Off, draw your route with a felt tipped pen, erase with a damp cloth!


Paris Plan: Transport Map 52 Michelin

Description Replaces both the Paris Transport (51) & Paris Tourism (53) Maps. Discover Paris by foot, car or bike using Michelin Paris City Plan (with Street index, scale 1/20,000 cm). In addition to Michelin’s clear and accurate mapping, this city plan will help you explore and navigate across Paris' different districts thanks to its full index, its comprehensive key showing places of interest and tourist attractions, as well as practical information on public transport leisure facilities, service stations and shops.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018

Michelin created its first travel guide over 100 years ago to promote road travel and inspire driving confidence. Today, Michelin Travel & Lifestyle offers travelers an extensive range of travel guides, maps and online travel resources. These products deliver the same Michelin promise of quality and consistency consumers expect from one of the world's most trusted brands. Publisher of travel guides, maps and atlases, Michelin Travel & Lifestyle offers a complete travel portfolio. Where to go, how to get there, where to eat and stay, and what to see and do – all in one collection with extensive international and domestic coverage. Our series includes Michelin (Red) Guides, Green Guides, Must Sees and Michelin maps and atlases.

Price

• AUD$11.99 / NZ$13.99 Paper Map

ISBN

• 9782067211544

Category

• Travel

Imprint

• Michelin

Extent

• 1 pages

Format

• 146mm x 82mm

• • •

Illustrations

• Full colour images throughout

Key Selling Points

• FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Scale: 1:20,000. Full-size street map pages plus index. Includes maps of metro, RER, bus system, and airport transportation links. Also includes details of bus routes. Features a detailed legend in English to explain map symbols, plus an extensive place name index with map references to pinpoint locations quickly. Indicates useful information such as parking lots, hospitals, taxi stands, gas stations, one-way and pedestrian-only streets, and bike stations. Pocket-size street atlas format allows travellers to consult map and find their way unobtrusively.


GREEN GUIDES: BURGUNDY JURA and IRELAND Michelin

Michelin created its first travel guide over 100 years ago to promote road travel and inspire driving confidence. Today, Michelin Travel & Lifestyle offers travelers an extensive range of travel guides, maps and online travel resources.

9782067223516

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

AUD$44.99 NZ$49.99 Paperback

Category

Travel

Imprint

Michelin

Extent

~400 pages

Format

223mm x 120mm

Illustrations •

Full colour images throughout

From Vézelay’s picturesque buildings to mountain pastures in the Upper Doubs, let the updated Michelin Green Guide Burgundy Jura help you explore and enjoy this region of France. Try a wine-tasting course to discover local wines, see the Jura countryside up close on cross-country skis, or join the locals at the Charolles’ cattle market. Colour photos, maps and recommendations for great places to eat and stay round out your planning, while Michelin’s highly regarded star-rating system ensures you see the best of Burgundy Jura. • • • •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

www.hardiegrant.com.au

9782067221185 The updated Green Guide Ireland, divided into regions for easy travel planning, presents the best of the country. Experience Dublin’s vibrant atmosphere, unearth Irish folklore at Castlestrange Stone, and delight in Killary Harbour’s wild beauty. The guide takes the guesswork out of trip organization. Detailed maps, short excursions, driving itineraries and Michelin’s famed star-rating system ensure a variety of attractions and activities, as well as recommendations for the best places to eat and stay. This guide covers it all so you can craft your own travel adventure.

Attractions reviewed and rated, using Michelin’s renowned star-rating system. Walk-throughs of major museums, galleries, churches and attractions; includes illustrations and floor plans. Detailed visitor information given for every attraction, including opening hours, tour times, entry fees, phone, website. Michelin area and city maps. Includes recommendations for great places to eat/stay for all budgets.


Hobart Launceston & Surrounds Map 780/781 3rd ed UBD Gregory's

Description The latest edition of the Hobart Launceston & South East Tasmania Map has been fully revised and updated and includes: • • • • •

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$9.99 / NZ$12.99 Paper Map

ISBN

• 9780731931514

Category

• Travel

Imprint

• UBD Gregory's

Extent

• 1 pages

Format

• 690mm x 1000mm

Illustrations

• Full colour map

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

A regional touring map covering Burnie, Ulverstone, Devonport, in the north, South East Cape in the south, Swansea in the east and Cradle Mountain Lake St Clair in the west. Maps and street indexes of Hobart and Launceston and town maps of Burnie, Devonport, Port Arthur and Ulverstone. City Centre maps of Hobart and Launceston. Regional touring attractions and advertisers index. This map is an essential tool for both the tourist and local alike.


New South Wales State & Cities Map 219 8th ed (waterproof) UBD Gregory's

Description The latest edition of the New South Wales State and Cities Map has been fully revised and updated and includes: • •

Publication Date 1st January 2018

ISBN

• AUD$11.99 / NZ$14.99 Waterproof Map • 9780731931385

Category

• Travel

Imprint

• UBD Gregory's

Extent

• 1 pages

Format

• 690mm x 920mm

Illustrations

• Full colour map

Price

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

State mapping at a scale of 1 : 1 600 000 with an index to major towns featured on one side. Street level mapping for Byron Bay, Gosford, Katoomba, Newcastle, Parramatta, Sydney and Wollongong plus regional mapping for the Lower Hunter Valley and Snowy Mountains plus some touring information on the other side. This is an essential too to carry when touring New South Wales.


Perth Suburbs & City Centre Map 618 8th ed. UBD Gregory's

Description The latest edition of the Perth Suburbs & City Centre Map has been fully revised and updated and includes: •

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$9.99 / NZ$12.99 Paper Map

ISBN

• 9780731931378

Category

• Travel

Imprint

• UBD Gregory's

Extent

• 1 pages

Format

• 690mm x 920mm

Illustrations

• Full colour map

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

1: 10 000 coverage of Perth, South Perth and Fremantle. Touring information for the best places to visit in Perth and Fremantle plus City Highlights, Accommodation & Visitor Information Centres on one side. Suburban coverage from Yanchep National Park in the north, Mandurah in the south and Mundaring and Jarrahdale in the west. There is a list of the suburbs and localities featured on the suburban map plus the best of Perth suburbs, suburban highlights and visitor information centres on the other side. This map is an extremely useful source of information for both tourists & locals alike.


What Is the Meaning of Life? And 92 Other Things I Don't Have Answers To Don Hermann Description At 82 years old, former advertising executive Don Hermann has had ample time to ponder life's notso-little mysteries. Collected in this pint-sized gift book are Don's queries about everything from the meaning of life to the meaning of a handshake. Whether you're 22 or 82, reading alone or among friends, these questions – which range from the philosophical to the silly – will inspire hours of thoughtful fun.

Author Details Don Hermann brings more than 40 years of award-winning advertising and marketing experience to What Is The Meaning of Life? Don's first full-time gig was with super-creative agency, DKG, in the late '60s, where he served as Group Head. He then went on to create his own agency, Don Hermann & Cream Of The Crop, before jointly creating Kolker, Tally & Hermann where he served as President. Don left the ad game to create Unbeatables, a firm producing multi-cultural collectible cards, posters, and teaching guides about significant American minorities. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$14.99 / NZ$17.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781449486716

Category

• New Age/Inspirational

Imprint Extent

• Andrews McMeel Publishing • 112 pages

Format

• 130mm x 95mm

Illustrations

• Text only

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points • Strong impulse purchase item. • Adult consumers of gift books are as interested in humor as they are opportunities for personal growth, and this book is a bit of both. • The questions here are timeless and easily relevant to adults of all ages. • Don Hermann is a lovable and genuine character who has lived a "good, tough life."





The Little Pocket Book of Natural Beauty 35 step-by-step projects for homemade beauty Karen Gilbert Description Most of us use a huge variety of beauty products on our skin and hair every day – from shower gel and shampoo, to moisturiser and hand cream – but the majority of these products contain all sorts of chemicals. Natural skincare and fragrance expert, Karen Gilbert, will show you how to avoid these chemicals and make your own lotions and potions at home, using readily available, natural ingredients and easy-to-follow methods. Each recipe has clear step-by-step photographs to guide you, and there are numerous variations to try. From lip balms to bath oils, this fantastic pocketsized edition of Natural Beauty teaches you all you need to know to create stunning natural remedies that not only look and smell lovely, but make you feel great!

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018

Karen Gilbert is a natural skincare and fragrance expert. She trained at the London College of Fashion, where she fell in love with aromatherapy and fragrance, and from there pursued her passion by working as part of the product development team at Neal's Yard Remedies. Karen helped to create many of their award-winning formulas and now runs a successful retail business as well as artisan perfumery workshops in the UK and online. Karen is the author of Perfume and is based in Fordingbridge in the New Forest.

Price

• AUD$22.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781782495307

Category

• Self Help

Imprint

• CICO

• Foreword by Romy Fraser, founder of Neal's Yard Remedies.

Extent

• 192 pages

Format

• 146mm x 146mm

• Make your own beauty gifts for friends, or hold your own pampering parties!

Illustrations

• 200+ colour photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points

• Just as we are all now more aware of what we eat, people are now looking for a low-cost, natural alternative to highly priced beauty products.


CB1144 The Little Pocket Book of Natural Beauty Final

CB1144 The Little Pocket Book of Natural Beauty Final

Beauty from the inside out The simplest place to start when aiming for a more green and natural beauty routine is by considering how you look after your body as a whole, as well as the stresses and strains it may be subjected to.

• A heavily meat-based diet I am not suggesting that we should all become vegetarians, as that is a personal choice, but try to eat smaller amounts of high-quality, ideally organic, meat rather than large amounts of poor-quality meat.

You can have the greatest skincare routine in the world, but it won’t make that much difference in the long run if you drink, smoke, and live on a diet of caffeine and junk food while being subjected to constant stress. You would be surprised how many people with skin problems do not even think about changing their lifestyle, and try to fix them with cosmetic products instead.

DIET

Caffeinated drinks Caffeine is an addictive drug that messes with your metabolism and dehydrates your body. Kick the habit if you can.

• Cigarettes Goes without saying really: premature wrinkles, smelly breath, and a hacking cough are not attractive. • Alcohol It really isn’t good for you or your skin, but if you don’t want to give it up completely, just make sure it’s a very occasional treat rather than a regular occurrence.

What you eat and drink plays a huge part in how you look and feel, and affects everything from your mood to the appearance of your skin. TRY TO AVOID: • Products made with refined white flour and sugar These are heavily processed, with little nutritional value (and, yes, this category includes white bread, cakes, biscuits, and cookies!) • Packaged meals and fast food These are loaded with sugar, salt, and preservatives, and seem to be the staple diet of many people.

20 getting started

IW CB1144_LPB_NATURAL_B_014-041_Final.indd 20

09/06/2017 15:32

IW CB1144_LPB_NATURAL_B_014-041_Final.indd 21

09/06/2017 15:32


CB1144 The Little Pocket Book of Natural Beauty Final

Coconut & oat cleansing lotion Oats are a fabulous ingredient to use on skin, as they produce mucilage when added to water that brings out their soothing and softening properties. Most oat skincare products bought over the counter use a standardized oat extract. Natural or organic skincare companies are likely to use oat (Avena Sativa) tincture or CO2 extract, because using an oat infusion would adversely affect the life and stability of the product and warrant a huge amount of preservatives. Oats are very nutritious for bacteria and fungus as well as to us humans, so make a small amount, keep it in a pump dispenser (so you don’t have to keep dipping your fingers in it, which increases the chance of contamination) in the refrigerator, and use it up quickly. Without a preservative, the shelf life of this recipe is minimal (a week in the refrigerator at the very most). When making a cleanser, it is good to use the more fatty oils as they will not sink into the skin as quickly as some of the drier ones and will be easier to remove. I use foodgrade solid coconut oil, which has an amazing aroma, but you could replace it with almond or macadamia oil, which would give a much runnier texture. I have used mandarin essential oil in this recipe as it is very gentle for all skin types and works especially well if you are using coconut oil that retains its natural aroma—it smells good enough to eat!

CB1144 The Little Pocket Book of Natural Beauty Final

TO MAKE THE INFUSION

INGREDIENTS OIL PHASE

20g coconut oil 2 teaspoons (10ml) castor oil 7g emulsifying wax WATER PHASE

4 tablespoons (60ml) oat infusion (see below right) COOLING PHASE

20 drops vitamin E oil 20 drops preservative (or according to the he manufacturer’s instructions) 10 drops mandarin essential oil

1 Put 2 teaspoons (10ml) oats in a cup cu or bowl and pour on 3½fl oz (100ml) (1 boiling water.

2 For the water phase, heat the oat infusion in a second double boiler or in a glass jug in a pan of hot water.

3 Heat until the oil phase ingredients have melted and both the oil and water phase have reached the same temperature of 167–176˚F (75–80˚C).

4 Remove the water phase from the saucepan of water, taking care not to burn yourself. Always hold with a cloth.

EQUIPMENT cup • tea strainer double boiler • small glass jug small saucepan • metal spoon thermometer electric (or battery-operated) milk frother er (see equipment chapter) or stick blenderr bowl of cold water 31⁄2fl oz (100ml) bottle with pump dispenser

2 Cover and leave to stand for 15 minutes mi so that the oats infuse the wa Strain through a tea strainer. water.

coconut & oat cleansing lotion 51

50 for the face

IW CB1144_LPB_NATURAL_B_042-069_Final.indd 50

1 For the oil phase, put the coconut and castor oils in the double boiler along with the emulsifying wax.

09/06/2017 15:35

IW CB1144_LPB_NATURAL_B_042-069_Final.indd 51

09/06/2017 15:35


CB1144 The Little Pocket Book of Natural Beauty Final

Hemp & honey lip balm

CB1144 The Little Pocket Book of Natural Beauty Final

INGREDIENTS 10g beeswax 10g cocoa butter 15g shea butter 4 teaspoons (20ml) almond oil 1 teaspoon (5ml) hemp oil 2 teaspoons (10ml) honey

Honey is possibly one of my favorite skincare ingredients, with manuka honey from New Zealand being the ultimate luxury for its amazing antibacterial properties. Although we are all encouraged these days to buy organic where possible, you do have to look at where the product is produced in order to make the best green choice and take into consideration the distance the product has traveled to get to you.

EQUIPMENT double boiler • metal spoon small glass jug electric (or battery-operated) milk frother electr (see equipment chapter) 4 x 1⁄2fl oz (15ml) jars

Due to the very strict guidelines issued by organic certification bodies, it is very difficult for suppliers in some countries to become certified organic producers, which means that most organic honey is imported from producers in Australia and New Zealand. My advice would be to find a local beekeeper from whom to buy honey (and beeswax too, if possible) to help support your local community. If you live in a city you may think it impossible, but beekeeping is more common than you would think—there are many city farms and individual city-based producers with hives. Search for your closest farmers’ market where there is bound to be someone selling local honey.

3 Remove from the heat and pour the hot mixture into the jug. Blend with the milk frother for a minute or so until the honey is totally mixed in and the consistency is thicker but still pourable.

86 for the face

IW CB1144_LPB_NATURAL_B_070-095_Final.indd 86

09/06/2017 15:41

IW CB1144_LPB_NATURAL_B_070-095_Final.indd 87

1 Melt the beeswax, cocoa

2 Add the hemp oil and honey

butter, and shea butter in the double boiler along with the almond oil.

and stir gently until everything is liquid. As honey is water- (not oil-) soluble, it will not totally dissolve with heating and will need to be mixed in the next step.

4 If you do not have a milk 5 Once it is a thick but frother, stand the jug in a bowl pourable consistency, pour of cold water and keep stirring into the jars to set. the mixture until it cools. As you mix, you will notice the mixture getting thicker and the honey will start to blend in. To help it along, you can put the jug in the refrigerator for a minute or two.

87

09/06/2017 15:41


CB1144 The Little Pocket Book of Natural Beauty Final

Kokum butter foot cream Kokum butter is a very recent discovery for me. I tried it in a body cream recipe instead of cocoa butter and it gave the most amazing texture, which, although a bit too heavy for me as a body cream, works perfectly as either a hand or foot cream. It has been traditionally used in India for its healing properties on dry, cracked, and calloused skin and for its ability to help regenerate the skin’s cells. It is thought to help restore elasticity and flexibility of the skin and prevent dry skin and wrinkles. It is slightly softer and flakier than cocoa butter, so if you do not have any kokum and use cocoa butter instead, this will give the cream a slightly firmer texture but it is perfectly fine otherwise. For the water phase of the cream, I use either peppermint or tea tree floral water (hydrolat), but you can use any other floral water that takes your fancy or an infusion made by pouring boiling water on a peppermint tea bag (although do make sure that there are no additives other than peppermint herb in the tea bags).

CB1144 The Little Pocket Book of Natural Beauty Final

INGREDIENTS OIL PHASE

5g shea butter • 10g kokum butter 6g emulsifying wax 2 teaspoons (10ml) almond oil WATER PHASE

4 tablespoons (60ml) tea tree or peppermint water (you could make a peppermint infusion or use plain spring water if you prefer) 1 teaspoon (5ml) glycerin COOLING PHASE

20 drops vitamin E oil 20 drops preservative (or according to the manufacturer’s instructions) 10 drops lemon essential oil 10 drops tea tree or peppermint essential oil

EQUIPMENT double boiler • small glass jug small saucepan • thermometer electric (or battery-operated) milk frother (see equipment chapter) or stick blender bowl of cold water • metal spoon airtight 3½fl oz (100ml) jar

130 for the body

IW CB1144_LPB_NATURAL_B_122-139_Final.indd 130

09/06/2017 15:50

IW CB1144_LPB_NATURAL_B_122-139_Final.indd 131

09/06/2017 15:50


Easy on the Eyes The pocket book of eye make-up looks in 5, 15 and 30 minutes Lisa Potter-Dixon Description Lisa Potter-Dixon’s Easy on the Eyes: The Pocket Book of Eye Make-Up Looks has all the make-up know-how you need to take you from desk to dancefloor. The first section, 'Prep, Prime, Perfect' covers all the best beauty secrets and info on how to achieve the perfect base for an Insta-worthy finish. Lisa helps you to create the perfect brows to frame the eyes following step-by-step photographs. Whether you're looking for a fun and youthful or elegant and sophisticated look, Lisa will show you how to make the most of your eyes, with hints and tips to suit all eye shapes, colors and styles. 'Smokin’ Eyes' is packed with ways to master stunning smoky eyes in 5, 15, and 30 minutes. 'Liner Looks' has a selection of quick liner looks from which to choose the perfect look for you – from the classic flick to statement graphic. Finally, it’s time to bring on the 'Wow Factor' with a section on super-creative looks from high-gloss lids to using high-impact glitter. Lisa's fail-safe techniques and advice accompanied by amazing photography make this the beauty book you won't want to be without.

Author Details Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$22.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781849758987

Category

• Self Help

Imprint Extent

• Ryland Peters and Small • 176 pages

Format

• 146mm x 146mm

Illustrations

• 250 colour photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Lisa Potter-Dixon, Head Make-up and Trend Artist and Brow Expert for Benefit Cosmetics, and a regular on the London Fashion Week scene, has styled looks for Matthew Williamson and regularly launches Benefit's newest make-up ranges on TV and in the media. Her work has appeared in print and online for Elle, Glamour and Red magazines, as well as the Telegraph. She appears on TV, promoting Benefit products on QVC and performing makeovers on ‘Lorraine’ (ITV). Lisa lives in London, UK. She is the author of Easy on the Eyes and The Make-up Manual.

Key Selling Points • Over 20 step-by-step make-up looks, with photography by fashion photographer Rhys Frampton. • Foreword by Sophie Beresiner, Beauty Director at ELLE UK. • Lisa's first book, and the first in a series, Easy on the Eyes was an instant hit, quickly topped the bestselling charts on Amazon UK in Beauty & Fashion, and has sold more than 15,000 copies since publication in September 2015.


30 COPY DUMP BIN PACK @ 60% DISCOUNT (3 for 2!) RRP AU$509.70 NZ$539.70

9781449446208 x 5

9781449470760 x 5

9781449476281 x 5

WITH DISCOUNT AU$203.88 NZ$215.88

Also available:

9781449477912 x 5

9349685007609

9781449483579 x 5

9781449483593 x 5

RRP $16.99 ea.

Offer includes dump bin with unicorn header card PLUS 5 copies each of the 6 above titles in the Phoebe and Her Unicorn series Promotional offer of “buy 2 get 1 free”

9781449487256 RRP $14.99


It all started when Phoebe skipped a rock across a pond and accidentally hit a unicorn in the face. Improbably, this led to Phoebe being granted one wish, and she used it to make the unicorn, Marigold Heavenly Nostrils, her best friend. But can a vain mythical beast and a nine-year-old daydreamer really forge a connection?

Phoebe Howell is a 9-year-old girl who discovers Marigold by (accidentally) hitting her with a rock. Phoebe is a dreamer, and a little lonely because she doesn’t have a friend to make her laugh or to listen to all her extravagant ideas. When granted a wish by Marigold, Phoebe uses it to make the pair best friends, and they go through many fun misadventures together. The friendship between the charming, nine-year-old dreamer Phoebe and the vain, mythical Marigold forever changes both of them for the better.

Marigold Heavenly Nostrils is best friends with Phoebe Howell. Despite being very vain and having a large ego, she is good hearted, kind and friendly. Marigold, like all unicorns, is experienced in magic. Through various spellcraft, she is able to perform such feats as redirecting rain and broadcasting a Wi-Fi hotspot through her horn. Her most frequently-used spell is The Shield of Boringness, which causes humans to view her as nothing out of the ordinary, allowing her to interact with them on a daily basis.


PHOEBE AND HER UNICORN A Heavenly Nostrils Chronicle Dana Simpson DESCRIPTION It all started when Phoebe skipped a rock across a pond and accidentally hit a unicorn in the face. Improbably, this led to Phoebe being granted one wish, and she used it to make the unicorn, Marigold Heavenly Nostrils, her best friend. But can a vain mythical beast and a nine-year-old daydreamer really forge a connection? Indeed they can, and that’s how Phoebe and Her Unicorn unfolds. This beautifully drawn strip follows the unlikely friendship between a somewhat awkward girl and the unicorn who gradually shows her just how special she really is. Through hilarious adventures where Phoebe gets to bask in Marigold’s ‘awesomeness’, the friends also come to acknowledge that they had been lonely before they met and truly appreciate the bond they now share.

AUTHOR DETAILS

AVAILABLE NOW

Dana Simpson grew up in Gig Harbor, Washington, drawing the entire time. From 1998 to 2008, she drew the internet comic strip Ozy and Millie. After winning the Amazon-sponsored Comic Strip Superstar Contest in 2009, Universal Uclick signed her to a development deal for Heavenly Nostrils, which was later renamed Phoebe and Her Unicorn. She currently lives in the Seattle area with her tech genius husband and her fairly stupid cat.

Price

AUD $16.99 NZ $17.99

ISBN

9781449446208

Category

Imprint

Children’s Graphic Novel

Andrews McMeel Publishing

Extent

224 pages

• Packed full of clever wit and humour that appeals to younger readers as well as adults.

Format

Paperback 154 x 228mm

• Girls love unicorns! The super sparkly package will appeal to young girls.

Full colour illustrations throughout

• Aimed at ages 7–12 years. Even the most reluctant reader won’t be able to put it down.

Illustrations •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

www.hardiegrant.com.au

KEY SELLING POINTS • When first published, Phoebe and her Unicorn sold out its first print run in two months. • Heavenly Nostrils was the grand prize winner of Amazon’s Comic Strip Superstar Contest.


UNICORN ON A ROLL Another Phoebe and Her Unicorn Adventure Dana Simpson DESCRIPTION The magical friendship of Phoebe and her best friend, unicorn Marigold Heavenly Nostrils, is back in this second adventure of a girl and her mythical creature! One year has passed since Phoebe skipped a rock across a pond, accidentally hit a unicorn in the face, and was granted a single wish – which she used to make the unicorn, Marigold Heavenly Nostrils, her obligational best friend. In some ways, not much has changed. But unlike before, Phoebe now has a best friend to share her days with – someone to make her laugh and to listen to all her extravagant ideas. In this second volume of Heavenly Nostrils the reader is invited on a journey into the lives of Phoebe and Marigold as they navigate the difficulties of school, celebrate the winter holidays, and explore their super hero/super villain personas together. Join in the fun, as Phoebe competes against Dakota for the leading role of ‘Lisa Ladybug’ in their fourth-grade play – or as she struggles to ‘manage’ the PR debacle related to her nose-picking scandal. Witness a band of unicorns staging an ‘intervention’ and learn all the details of Marigold’s secret crush on a mysterious creature she has never seen. Perhaps most important, watch as this surprising friendship between a charming, nine-year-old dreamer and a vain, mythical beast forever changes both of them for the better. AVAILABLE NOW

KEY SELLING POINTS

Price

AUD $16.99 NZ $17.99

ISBN

9781449470760

Category

Imprint

Children’s Graphic Novel

Andrews McMeel Publishing

Extent

222 pages

• Illustrated novel has great appeal for kids (boys and girls alike).

Format

Paperback 154 x 228mm

• Universal themes such as friendship, social belonging, and bullying resonate with target audience.

Illustrations •

FOR MORE INFO VISIT:

Full colour illustrations throughout

www.hardiegrant.com.au

• Phoebe and Her Unicorn, the first Heavenly Nostrils book, sold out its first print run in two months. • Heavenly Nostrils was the grand prize winner of Amazon’s Comic Strip Superstar Contest. • The trend for unicorns is at an all time high with the unicorn emoji, unicorn cakes and desserts and a new “unicorn frappacino” from Starbucks trending on Google in 2017.


Mega Model: Airplane Build your own huge model Ben Hubbard Description Build your very own mega model of a Beechcraft Staggerwing plane! At 58cm long and with a 70cm wingspan, this striking plane is sure to take off with kids who love aircraft. The bright red model is easy to construct without using scissors or glue, or making a mess. The thick model pieces are pressed out of 2mm boards. The set includes a 24-page book filled with fabulous facts about the Beechcraft Staggerwing plane and the history of flying.

Author Details Ben Hubbard began his writing career at a what's-on newspaper in the 1990s, interviewing bands, actors and artists in his native Wellington, New Zealand. He later joined the fast-paced world of daily newspaper journalism before packing up shop and moving to England. Here, Ben tied a number of new strings to his bow: magazine editor, book editor, and finally, author. Today, Ben writes a mix of non-fiction for all ages – preschoolers through to adults. He has penned titles on an eclectic subject range: from space exploration, samurai warriors and medieval castles; to pop music, pets, tornadoes and rugby skills. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$39.99 / NZ$45.00 Book & Toy

ISBN

• 9781783121922

Category

• Child Novelty

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 24 pages

Format

• 311mm x 272mm

Illustrations

• Illustrated model pieces and and photographs in book

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points • 58cm-long, 70cm-wide model to build yourself or with a parent, no glue or scissors required. • Highly illustrated model pieces with easy-to-follow assembly instructions to create an accurate model of a Beechcraft Staggerwing plane. • The model has wheels that turn and a propeller that spins. • Includes a 24-page book, giving the fascinating story of the Beechcraft Staggerwing, and a general history of aviation.


Mega Model: T. Rex Build your own huge dinosaur Scott Forbes Description Build your own 91-cm long Mega Model Tyrannosaurus Rex to marvel at in your home! Illustrated to the highest detail to create a living T. Rex prowling through a swamp, this striking model is easy to put together without using glue or scissors. The thick model pieces are pressed out of 2mm boards, which are then reused to form a base for the model, giving it a swampy prehistoric setting. The set includes a 24-page book filled with facts about Tyrannosaurus Rex, a fun quiz and stunning imagery of this king of the dinosaurs.

Author Details Born in Scotland but currently based in the Blue Mountains near Sydney, Scott Forbes has written and contributed to a wide range of publications for children and adults. Among his books for younger readers are The Reader's Digest Children's Atlas of the World, How to Make a Planet, Not-forParents: China, and How to Be a Dinosaur Hunter, which was nominated for the 2014 Booktrust Best Book Awards. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$39.99 / NZ$45.00 Book & Toy

Key Selling Points

ISBN

• 9781783121298

91-cm long, 48-cm high model to build yourself or with a parent, no glue or scissors required.

Category

• Child Novelty

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Highly illustrated model pieces recreate a living T. Rex.

Extent

• 24 pages

Easy-to-follow assembly instructions.

Format

• 302mm x 264mm

Illustrations

• 91-cm long model kit, fact book with images

Includes a 24-page T. Rex fact book.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


CONTENTS THIS IS A CARLTON BOOK Š Carlton Books Limited 2015 Published in 2015 by Carlton Books Limited An imprint of Carlton Publishing Group 20 Mortimer Street, London, W1T 3JW All rights reserved. This book is sold subject to the condition that it may not be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the publisher’s prior consent. A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library. ISBN: 978-1-78312-129-8 Printed in Heshan, China Author: Scott Forbes Senior Editor: Alexandra Koken Creative Director: Clare Baggaley Paper Engineer: Jonathan Lambert Designers: Jonathan Lambert and Ceri Hurst Production: Charlotte Cade

4

Your T. rex model pieces

6

How to build your T. rex

10 Dino Star! 12 Built to kill 16 Fall of the king 18 How to find a T. rex 22 Are you a T. rexpert? 24 ANSWERS


HOW TO BUILD YOUR HEAD ASSEMBLY YOU WILL NEED:

T. REX

1

4

2

3

4

5

1 2 5 3

Push 2 onto the smaller slit on 1.

7 6

Now push the short slit on 3 onto 2, so that it faces the same way as 1.

Slot 6 onto the other side of 2 to complete the face.

Push 4 into the middle of 2, facing away from 1 and 3. Push 5 onto the side of 2, eye facing out.

Gently push both 7s onto the underside of 4, 5 and 6 to support the jaw.

RIGHT LEG ASSEMBLY YOU WILL NEED:

1

11

2

3

4

5

12 9

8

10

13 14 16

15

Slot 11 onto the opposite ends of 8 and 10.

Hold both 9s together with the single slits at the bottom. Push the curved ends of 8 and 10 onto the 9s.

With the foot standing up as shown, slot 12 onto the tab on the closer side of 11.

Slide 13 onto the slit in the middle of 11, and 14 onto the tab on the far side of 11.

LEFT LEG ASSEMBLY YOU WILL NEED: 18

22

1

2

3

4

17 19 20

6

21

Push the narrow ends of 17 and 19 onto the two slits on the same side of 18.

Add piece 20 to lock the foot in position. The connected pieces should stand up like this.

Push the narrow end of 22 onto 18 from below.

Slide 21 onto the front of 17 and 19 to support the leg.

Push the narrow end of 15 onto the final slit on 9. Gently push 16 onto 8, 10 and 15 to strengthen the knee as shown.


DINO STAR!

Big at the box office

Huge head with massive, powerful jaws and long teeth

Because of its amazing size and terrifying teeth, T. rex has appeared in many movies. It first appeared a century ago in an early special-effects movie called The Ghost of Slumber Mountain (1918), then battled a giant gorilla in King Kong (1933). More recently it terrified audiences around the world in Jurassic Park (1993) and its sequels, The Lost World (1997) and Jurassic Park 3 (2011). A living T. rex skeleton caused havoc in the Night at the Museum movies (2006, 2014), too.

WITHOUT A DOUBT, TYRANNOSAURUS REX – ALSO KNOWN AS T. REX – IS THE MOST FAMOUS DINOSAUR OF ALL TIME. It has appeared in countless movies, TV shows and adverts. Dozens of artists have painted it. Millions of people have admired its bones in museums. And its image pops up on everything from T-shirts to pyjamas. Which is kind of strange, since T. rex is not exactly cuddly!

Catching our eye T. rex first caught the public’s attention after a collector named Barnum Brown discovered large dinosaur bones in the western United States in 1902. He sent them to the American Museum of Natural History in New York City. There, they were assembled as a skeleton and the dinosaur was named Tyrannosaurus rex, which means ‘tyrant lizard king’ (a tyrant is a cruel ruler). When the skeleton was put on display, people were shocked and amazed by how big and frightening it was. They had never seen anything like it!

Long, thick tail held above the ground as it walked or ran

Name: Tyrannosaurus rex Nickname: T. rex Place of birth: North America Date of birth: About 68 million years ago Height: 4 m Length: 12 m Weight: 6½–9 tons

Tiny arms, with two long claws on each hand

Hobbies: Hunting and eating other dinosaurs

Strong legs with large claws on feet 10

Real-life T. Rex In real life, Tyrannosaurus rex was a ferocious killer – just about the last dinosaur you’d really want to meet! As tall and long as a double-decker bus, it lived almost 68 million years ago in what is now western North America, during a time known as the Cretaceous period.


BUILT TO KILL BACK IN THE CRETACEOUS PERIOD, T. REX LIVED ALONGSIDE DOZENS OF OTHER KINDS OF DINOSAURS, MANY OF THEM ALSO ENORMOUS. Among the meat-eaters or predators, however, T. rex was the undisputed king. It spent most of its time hunting and catching other creatures – before ripping them apart with its massive jaws.

Jaws of death

On the prowl

T. rex’s jaws were not only big, but also incredibly powerful – at least three times as strong as those of a modern great white shark. Experiments have shown that they could have crushed a small car. More than 50 teeth lined the jaws, some of them up to 17.8 cm long – like big bananas – and up to 30.5 cm long if you include the root.

In T. rex’s world, forests of conifer trees similar to today’s pines and firs, separated wide plains carpeted with ferns and shrubs. Using its strong sense of smell, T. rex crept through the trees – then charged out of cover to attack. Among its larger targets was Triceratops. However, this big herbivore could fight back with its long, sharp horns, and it often survived an attack.

Teeth like long daggers made deep wounds

If any teeth were lost, they were replaced by new ones Jaws were more than 1 m long

Lethal bite T. rex usually killed with a crunching bite to the neck. Then it used its huge teeth to tear its victim’s body apart. In a single big bite it could gobble up 230 kg of meat – the equivalent weight of a female lion!

Killer Cousin While T. rex ruled in what is now North America, other parts of the world had their own fearsome predators. And some were even bigger and scarier! South America’s Giganotosaurus, which lived about 100 million years ago, was 1 m longer than T. Rex. And around the same time in what is now Africa lived what may have been the biggest land predator of all time: Spinosaurus. Almost twice as long as a bus and twice as heavy as an elephant, it had massive, crocodile-like jaws as big as a bathtub and a dramatic row of skin-covered spines along its back.

13


MEGA MODEL 6 COPY PACK @ 50% DISCOUNT PLUS FREE DISPLAY COPY! Receive 3x each of the below titles:

PACK GTIN: 9349685007654 RRP

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

AU $239.94 NZ $270

WITH DISCOUNT

AU $119.97 NZ $135


Hello, Ocean Friends A High-Contrast Book

duopress labs & Violet Lemay

Description Making connections between images on a page and the real world is an important building block for your baby’s communication skills – and this charming introduction to ten ocean animal friends, paired with a friendly text, and bold basic patterns, provide a great high-contrast experience for young developing eyes.

Author Details duopress labs is the creative team, led by Mauricio Velázquez de León, responsible for writing and developing dozens of books and games. Recent titles include 100 Pablo Picassos; My Fridge; Hello, Ocean Friends; My New York Puzzle; My San Francisco Puzzle; Match it! San Francisco; and Match it! Paris.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$15.99 Board Book

ISBN

• 9781938093418

Category

• Child Picture

Imprint

• Workman

Extent

• 20 pages

Format

• 152mm x 152mm

Illustrations

• Fully illustrated throughout

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Violet Lemay is an award-winning author and illustrator whose children’s books include 100 Pablo Picassos, My Foodie ABC, and the Local Baby series, which includes New York Baby, Chicago Baby, and Beach Babies. Violet’s illustrations have been published by Penguin, Holt, HarperCollins, McGraw-Hill, Scholastic, and Highlights. Violet currently lives in Auckland, New Zealand.

Key Selling Points • This easy-to-use format is perfect for tiny hands. • Full of cute, eye-catching illustrations in a high contrast format. • Baby’s eyes do not fully develop until later in their development. At first, they focus best at 20-25 cm, and are significantly less sensitive to colour than adults – instead, their eyes are drawn to contrast. This high-contrast board book is designed to be especially eye-catching for children under one year of age.``


Also Available in the Hello High Contrast Books Series

PRICE ISBN

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

AU $15.99 9781938093685

PRICE ISBN

AU $15.99 9781938093845


My Foodie ABC A Little Gourmet's Guide Puck Description A delightful educational tool that stresses the importance of having a healthy relationship with food, this board book teaches the letters of the alphabet to tots and other gastronomes in training. Stylish and dazzling illustrations that highlight terms such as Kobe beef, pomegranate, ice cream, and farmer's market pair with fun foodie facts to make learning the alphabet easy and enriching. A complete introduction to the alphabet and gastronomical terms, this unique book also includes a pronunciation guide, making it an ideal companion for food aficionados.

Author Details Puck is the author of dozens of children’s books, including New York Baby and My Foodie ABC. He is also the creative chief behind duopress labs, the company responsible for books such as Messi: Superstar, 100 Pablo Picassos, Park, and many more.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$17.99 Board Book

ISBN

• 9780982529522

Category

• Child Picture

Imprint

• Workman

Extent

• 22 pages

Format

• 174mm x 181mm

Illustrations

• Fully illustrated throughout

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


iExplore-Ocean Monsters (AR) David Higham

Description iExplore: Ocean Monsters is packed with fascinating information about the biggest, fiercest and strangest sea creatures, and is sure to inspire a sense of wonder and awe in nature. This book also brilliantly harnesses the wonders of AR to explore the world's mysterious seas. Children can interact with dynamic sea creatures from the convenience of a tablet or smartphone.

Author Details Nicola Davies trained as a zoologist at Kings College Cambridge. She worked as an assistant producer and writer for the BBC Natural History Unit, for whom she presented The Really Wild Show, before becoming an award-winning author. Nicola's books include Tiny: The Invisible World of Microbes, A First Book of Nature and Ice Bear, which won the English Society Award for young non-fiction.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$19.99 / NZ$22.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781783122332

Category

• Child Fiction

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 32 pages

Format

• 228mm x 262mm

Illustrations

• Approx. 70 colour photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points • Includes stunning visuals of truly astonishing animals. • Top-quality information about the biology of each animal, presented in a clear accessible way. • Includes over 4 AR sequences, including: come face-to-face with a life-size shark, walk with a giant Japanese Spider Crab and drive a deep-submersible around the water depths.


DY TO A E R U O Y E R A E M O S E W A G N I BR

S R E T S N O M N OCEA TO LIFE?

Look out for the

INTERACTIVE ICON.

Hold your device over the pages in the book where you see this interactive icon.

iEXPLORE

Simply download the FREE APP iOceanAR from www.apple.com/itunes or www.android.com/apps and open it on your mobile device.

Now you can enjoy 9 fantastic

interactive digital experiences!


Great White

Shark

Three words that make most people shiver, the great white shark has the worst reputation of any marine creature, and has been labelled as a man eater…

STRIKING SWIMMER Always super-speedy, the great white shark strikes from below. It stalks the murky depths in silence, looking up at the surface to spot the silhouette of potential prey … then it shoots up to attack. This shark’s first bite is often to test if the victim is worth eating. Nice plump seals are a favourite on the menu and are eaten in a few bites; smaller prey may be swallowed whole. But human swimmers and surfers are usually too skinny and bony to pass the test, and after one or two bites the shark spits them out. Unfortunately, even being nibbled by a 5-metre-long great white can kill you. LEFT: The shark's tiny tooth-like scales (magnified here) are known as dermal dentricals and help it to move through the water without a sound.


KILLER SENSES

A great white’s teeth are sharp, very pointed, and triangular in shape to give them strength. They also get broader with age. Young great whites have skinny, isosceles triangle-shaped teeth – good for grabbing small, slippery prey and swallowing them whole. The adults have squat, equilateral triangle-shaped teeth with enough strength to slice through the flesh and bone of seals and other big mammals. RIGHT: The teeth of the great white shark have sharp, serrated edges, like a steak knife.

Interactive

Three main senses help the great white to track down its prey…

Smell

A shark’s nose is so sensitive it could detect a drop of blood in a swimming pool. The difference in smell strength between its left and right nostrils helps it to tell where a scent comes from. A series of tiny pores along the shark’s body, called the lateral line, picks up the slightest ripple in the water. This information might tell the shark where a scent-bearing current is coming from, or if prey is moving nearby.

Sight

Sea Tour

Meet a lifesize Great White Shark!

e this Take a deep breath, mak ize and see Great White Shark lifes how big it really is!

Sharks can see in bright or dim light by changing the size of the pupils that let light into their eyes. In low light their sight is ten times better than ours. Movements that might look blurred to humans are sharp to the great white’s eye, which would notice each of the 25 individual pictures that make up one second of a film.

Electrical sense All living creatures have nerves, which work by sending electrical messages. Sharks use this electricity to find prey hidden in the darkness. Gel-filled pits on the great white’s snout can sense the tiny electrical charges of nearby living creatures, and even the magnetic fields of rocks on which seals and other prey might be resting.

Up to 7 m

A shark is never without its bite. Its teeth are arranged in rows, one behind the other, so that if a tooth is lost it is replaced immediately by another. Sharks get through thousands of them in a lifetime, which is why so many fossils of their teeth have been found.

DEPTH (M) 0 100 200 300 400 500

Often near the surface but regularly dive down to 300 m

BIG, BRUTAL BITES

SIZE

LOCATION Almost everywhere where the sea is warmer than 12 °C


Box

Jellyfish

There are killers in the beautiful, blue waters of the Australian Barrier Reef. Some box jellyfish are as big as a hat, some are smaller than a fingertip, but all have stings that can kill a human in minutes…

SUPER-FAST KILLERS Box jellies aren’t really jellyfish, and are only relatives of the animals we usually call by that name. Real jellyfish are slow moving creatures that drift with the waves, but box jellies are fast swimming, active predators. Though fragile as wet tissue-paper, box jellyfish are the deadliest creatures in the sea, each with up to 60 stinging tentacles and a big appetite. They eat fish, and, to avoid having their delicate bodies ripped apart by the struggles of their prey, their stings must kill super-fast. Each tentacle can carry 30,000 stinging cells, which fire like arrows and inject enough lethal poison to kill fish instantly.

LEFT: A real jellyfish like this one moves slowly and is only a relative of the fast-swimming box jellyfish.

DEADLY TO HUMANS Humans aren’t on the box jellyfish menu – at least not yet – but the touch of a single tentacle can be enough to kill a man. The cocktail of poisons in a box-jelly sting causes muscle cramps, damages nerves and eats through skin, leading to terrible pain, paralysis and heart failure in humans. Some victims die of shock or drowning before they even reach the shore. This has led scientists to believe that many deaths previously though to have been caused by drowning or heart attacks were in fact the result of deadly box-jelly encounters. LEFT: A seaside sign warns bathers of the risk of box jellyfish stings. Don't swim where you see this sign!


Survivors' secrets

SIZE

There’s one animal on which box jellyfish have no effect at all. Sea turtles eat box jellies as part of their diet but aren’t harmed by their stings. The reason is a mystery, but in the future we may learn the turtles’ secret and swim without fear.

Up to 3.2 m

There are 36 different kinds of box jellyfish, with scientists discovering new species every year. The biggest and most deadly is the hat-sized “sea wasp”, which has 3-metre-long tentacles. But smaller peanut-sized species can cause Irukandji syndrome – intense pain and raised blood pressure that can put victims in hospital or even be fatal. Box jellies appear to be spreading. No longer found only in the tropical waters of the Pacific and Indian oceans, they are now showing up in parts of the Atlantic and Mediterranean too. There's no antidote to box jellyfish stings but vinegar can stop any untriggered stinging cells from firing.

Weird and weirder

Box jellyfish have been evolving in their own way, separate from other groups of animals, for 543 million years! So it isn’t really surprising that they have some unique, rather weird features. They have an amazing total of 24 eyes but no brain to make any sense of what they see, and unlike other simple animals, they sleep at night. Strangest of all, perhaps, is their habit of digesting food in their tentacles and then pooing it out of the ends!

DEPTH (M) 0 100 200 300 400 500

Found in shallow coastal waters

Coming soon to a sea near you…

LOCATION

ABOVE: A peanut-sized box jellyfish attacks a tiny fish.

Mainly the Pacific and Indian Oceans, but spreading


My Little Pony (AR) Where Equestria Comes to Life Caroline Rowlands Description Meet the ponies of the magical land of Equestria, and bring your favourite ponies to life through the power of Digital Magic on your smartphone or tablet! See Princess Twilight Sparkle and her friends like you've never seen them before in the only Augmented Reality character guidebook for the world of Hasbro's smash-hit animated series, My Little Pony: Friendship is Magic. Watch and interact with your favourite ponies as they grow to their true size right before your eyes, or you can connect to a friend's device and have your ponies take a stroll together. Don't forget to customize your pony and watch in amazement as Augmented Reality brings your unique design to life. Pony power!

Author Details Caroline Rowlands is a children's author with a wealth of experience in writing for children from pre-school to teens. Titles she has worked on include activity, educational and story books as well as many popular children's brands and licensed properties. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$19.99 / NZ$22.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781783122455

Category

• Child Fiction

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 32 pages

Format

• 228mm x 262mm

Illustrations

• Approx. 80 images

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points • Easy-to-download free iOS or Android app includes 9 fantastic AR digital experiences. • My Little Pony: The Movie will hit cinemas worldwide in 2017. • TV series distributed in over 180 countries. • The brand is supported by a global multi-million-dollar marketing campaign.


Are you ready to bring your favourite My Little Pony characters to life? Look out for the interactive icon. Hold your device over the pages in the book where you can see this interactive icon. Now you can enjoy Simply download the FREE APP My Little Pony AR Guide from www.apple.com/itunes or www.android.com/apps and open it on your mobile device.

9 fantastic interactive digital experiences.


In lifesize mode, see Twilight Sparkle and her friends grow to their real sizes right before your eyes!

In dual user mode, you and your friend can take your ponies for a stroll and watch them interact together. Customize your own pony! Choose its body, colour, mane and eyes, then see it come to life!


o t e m o c l e W ria

t s e u q E

Join Twilight Sparkle and her pony friends on their amazing adventures in Equestria, where wonderful friendships make anything possible.

Princesses Celestia and Luna’s royal castle is in Equestria’s capital city Canterlot.

Yakyakystan is a snowy kingdom inhabited by yaks, north of the Crystal Empire.

Cutie Mark

All ponies are born without a Cutie Mark. These distinctive symbols appear on the ponies’ sides when they discover what makes them special. Each pony’s mark is unique and represents her particular talent.

6

The ponies live, shop and have fun in

quaint Ponyville.


Twilight Sparkle Smart and studious Twilight Sparkle is a natural leader and kind friend. Through her love of books and learning she discovers how rewarding and powerful friendship can be.

Fact file Cutie Mark Race: Twilight Sparkle

begins life as a Unicorn, but later transforms into an Alicorn Pony

Home: The Castle of Friendship Talent: Magical spells Element of Harmony: Magic Pet: Owlowiscious

Royal pupil Twilight Sparkle is sent to Ponyville by Princess Celestia to learn about the magic of friendship. Talented Twilight Sparkle learns wonderful magic while discovering new things about herself and her friends. Princess Celestia rewards her hard work with the title “Princess Twilight Sparkle”.

Perfect prince

Shining Armor is Twilight Sparkle’s BBBFF (Big Brother Best Friend Forever) and captain of the Canterlot Royal Guard. When he marries Princess Cadance, the ruler of the Crystal Empire, he becomes a royal prince, too!

8


s d h n i e p trail i rF Follow the friendship trail and join the ponies and their friends on their astonishing adventures.

Princess Celestia and Luna collect the Elements of Harmony from the Tree of Harmony and use them to defeat Discord and turn him into stone.

The two royal sisters then use their magic to defeat the wicked King Sombra, turning him into a shadow and imprisoning him in the frozen north.

The pony pals discover a secret Cutie Map in the Castle of Friendship, helping them explore the magic of friendship all over Equestria. The Castle of Friendship grows from the Chest of Harmony and Princess Celestia tells Twilight the castle is hers.

28

Princess Luna becomes jealous of her sister and her bitterness transforms her into Nightmare Moon. Princess Celestia banishes her to the moon to restore harmony to Equestria.

Twilight Sparkle completes a difficult magic spell and is transformed into an Alicorn princess. Pinkie Pie joins with Cheese Sandwich to throw Rainbow Dash the best birthday bash ever.


The Amazing Emoji Puzzle Book Gemma Barder

Description A new book that combines cool stickers, brilliantly brain-bending puzzles and emojis. Welcome to The Amazing Emoji Puzzle Book. Kids can go puzzle crazy – emoji style! Packed with over 80 creative and educational puzzles. Pit yours wits against visual puzzles, missing-emoji games, logic problems and other tricky brainbusters. A sheet of stickers to use to solve the puzzles and decorate your possessions adds an extra layer of emoji fun. 96 pages of mind-boggling emoji-themed puzzles, plus stickers. Some of the puzzles are sticker puzzles, so the stickers can be used to solve them.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$14.99 / NZ$17.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781783122899

Category

• Child Novelty

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 96 pages

Format

• 246mm x 189mm

Illustrations

• Puzzle and emoji illustrations throughout, 200 stickers

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Gemma Barder is a writer and editor with 15 years experience producing children's books and magazines. She has worked with major licensors such as Mattel, BBC, Disney, Nickleodeon and with characters including everything from Angry Birds to Postman Pat via Frozen and The Next Step.

Key Selling Points • The Amazing Emoji Puzzle Book includes over 80 fun, emoji-based interactive puzzles to put kids' brainpower to the test. • Classic logic and number puzzles are reinvented and given a zany new twist. • Includes a sheet of reusable emoji stickers. • Emojis are the hottest stars of the small screen, and the world's fastest growing language. Billions of emojis are sent every day, making emojis the new universal language for the digital age.


s i j o m e g n Amazi Can you find your way through this maze? Moving one square at a time, follow the direction of each finger to find the right path. We’ve started for you.

START

FINISH

ANSWERS AT THE BACK OF THE BOOK

4


e v o l d o Fo

Complete this grid using your fabulous foody emoji stickers. Remember, only one of each food emoji can appear in each line, column and quarter. STICKER

FUN

Emoji menu

What’s your dream meal? Draw some foody emojis in here – there are possibilities all over this page! STARTER

MAIN

DESSERT ANSWERS AT THE BACK OF THE BOOK

5


! g n i l i m s Keep

What’s your favourite smiley-face emoji? Whatever it is, it’s sure to be in one of these tricky sequences. Use your stickers to work out what the missing smileys should be.

1

2

3

4

5

ANSWERS AT THE BACK OF THE BOOK

22

STICK E

FUN R


6

7

8

9

? l e e f u o y d How di

Use the extra emoji stickers to describe how you felt: This morning: Yesterday: On your birthday: On holiday:

23


Make It Kids' Craft: Rainbow Origami 8 projects to make in 7 colours of the rainbow Anna Brett

Description Create eight beautiful origami shapes in all the colours of the rainbow! This gorgeous pack provides everything you need to make eight complete Rainbow Origami shapes. Repeat a fun origami shape ranging from Easy to Medium and Experienced levels seven times using single-coloured Origami sheets in this pack to create a Rainbow of Origami! These large format origami figures make gorgeous decorations for your room, gift tags or birthday party games to play. The rainbow theme, simple step-by-step instructions and gorgeous photography set this book apart from other children's origami packs. Shapes include a Crane, Heart, Bow, Flower, Frog, Boat, Fish and Butterfly.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$22.99 / NZ$24.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781783122622

Category

• Child Novelty

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 112 pages

Format

• 247mm x 247mm

Illustrations

• Includes 56 sheets of 247 x 247 mm origami paper

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Anna Brett has worked in children's publishing for over eight years and has written and edited a huge variety of books. Her experience spans everything from curriculum-based reference to popular culture and books with digital extras, pop-ups and stickers.

Key Selling Points • Eight makes are repeated in seven colours each, resulting in a wonderful Rainbow Origami effect. • Classical origami makes such as the Crane and innovative shapes including heart and frog make this book fun for Origami novices. • Envelope cover makes this a gorgeous gift purchase.


Contents Origami tips and tricks

4

Beginner: Heart 6

THIS IS A CARLTON BOOK Text, design and photography copyright Š Carlton Books Limited 2017 Published in 2017 by Carlton Books Limited An imprint of the Carlton Publishing Group 20 Mortimer Street, London W1T 3JW All rights reserved. This book is sold subject to the condition that it may not be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the publisher’s prior consent. A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library.

Confident: Butterfly 10 Confident: Boat 14 Confident: Fish 20

ISBN: 978-1-78312-262-2 Printed in Dongguan, China Alexandra Koken Emily Clarke Design: Ceri Hurst Photography: Karl Adamson Production: Lisa Hedicker

Executive Editor:

Design Manager:

Confident: Bow 26 Confident: Frog 31 Expert: Flower 36 Expert: Crane 43


11

Steps

BEGINNER

Heart

1

2

Place the paper colour side down on your surface. Crease both centre lines of the square.

3

Fold the bottom edge up to align with the centre crease. Then turn the paper over.

4

Take the top left edge and fold in towards the centre crease. Repeat with the top right edge.

6

Fold the bottom corners up to align with the centre crease. Then turn the paper over.

5

Step 4 complete.

Fold the top corners down so the edges align with the centre crease.

6

Fold the top tip down to meet the bottom tip of the model. You will now have two 3D flaps at the top of the model.

Heart

7


d n a l r a G Heart 7

8

Push the outside edges of one 3D flap down so it lies flat, and align the central crease on the coloured side with the crease on the pale side. Repeat with the other flap.

9

Step 7 complete.

Holding the model at the bottom point, lift up the top layer to reveal a pocket on the bottom layer. Insert the top layer into the pocket then flatten the model.

10

Take the top left corner and fold it down to meet the edge of the coloured triangle. Then repeat with the top right corner.

8

Heart

Step 8 complete.

Once you have made a heart in every colour of the rainbow why not make a garland? Cut a piece of ribbon 60 cm long and lay it on a flat surface. Use tape to secure the ribbon to the backs of your hearts, making sure to stick them along the ribbon in rainbow colour order. Tape the ends of your ribbon to a wall, or tie between two posts to hang your heart garland!

11

Fold down the top left tip of the model. Then repeat with the top right tip.

Turn the model over to reveal your finished heart.

9


20 Steps

CONFIDENT

Bow

1

2

Place the paper colour side down on your surface. Fold in half, crease and unfold.

4

Fold the bottom edge up to the centre crease. Then fold the top edge down to the centre crease.

5

Turn the paper over. Fold in half vertically.

26

3

Unfold the paper, then fold the bottom edge up to the centre crease. Repeat by folding the top edge down to the centre crease.

Turn the paper over. Fold the bottom edge up to the centre crease, letting the underside untuck so it doesn’t get folded as well. Then repeat with the top edge.

6

Unfold the paper, then fold the bottom edge up to the quarter mark crease. Repeat by folding the top edge down to the three quarter mark crease.

Bow

27


13

7

8

9

14

Repeat with the left edge, folding it down at a 45 degree angle.

16 Unfold the paper, then 45 degree fold the two bottom corners of the flaps at the bottom of the model. Crease and unfold.

10

Open up the flap and then, by pushing the edges in towards each other, squash the flap flat to the model.

11

Fold the right edge in towards the first crease mark. Then repeat with the left edge, folding it in towards the first crease mark.

17

12

28

Bow

Fold the model along the centre crease.

Turn the paper over and fold the bottom edge up, so that the edge of the bottom flap aligns with the edge of the top flap.

18

Repeat steps 7 and 8 at the other end of the model.

Unfold the paper and rotate the model 180 degrees. Repeat step 15, folding the bottom edge up so the edge of the bottom flap aligns with the edge of the top flap. Then unfold.

Turn the model over. Now, grab hold of the first crease line below the centre crease mark and pinch to lift up. Fold it over to line up with the centre crease.

19 Turn the model 90 degrees and fold the bottom edge up to the bottom edge of the centre piece.

15

Take the top half of the right edge of the model and fold down at a 45 degree angle.

Rotate the model 180 degrees and repeat step 17 by grabbing the first crease below the centre crease mark and pinch to lift up. Fold it over to line up with the centre crease.

20

Rotate the model 90 degrees and fold up the straight bottom edge to line up with the tip of your folded flaps.

Flip the model over and your bow is complete.

Bow

29


Mega Spot the Difference: Rainforest Fantastic photographs and amazing animal facts Camilla de la Bedoyer Description Spot the changes in stunning photographs of rainforest animals, in this entertaining and educational new title. In this series, the puzzle difficulty increases as kids work their way through each book, so they are constantly challenged. A spotter's grid printed on to the images makes the changes easy to locate and kids can check their answers by looking at the clearly laid-out answer pages. Readers can also learn more about each animal as they check their answers, read the interesting facts and look at the extra photographs.

Author Details Camilla de la Bedoyere has written more than 200 books for children and adults, many of which explore the natural world. She is a freelance journalist, and created and edited a children's page in a British national newspaper. Camilla is also a literacy teacher at a large London high school, working with children and young people who find reading difficult. She is a Fellow of the Zoological Society of London.

Key Selling Points Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$12.99 / NZ$14.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781783121656

Category

• Child Novelty

Imprint

• Carlton Books

Extent

• 80 pages

Format

• 245mm x 283mm

Illustrations

• Colour photographs throughout

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

• The classic spot-the-difference puzzle is given a fresh new look in this fun photographic book. Each beautiful rainforest image shows an animal in clear, crisp detail, and the title is sure to appeal to animal lovers and puzzlers alike. • The puzzles are divided into three levels, to make the book accessible to all puzzlers, with 10, 15 or 20 changes in each scene. • Each puzzle not only tests spotting skills, it also tests knowledge. In each picture, an intruder has been introduced – this is an animal that doesn't live in the rainforest. Readers have to work out which this is, adding an educational element to the puzzle fun. • Each puzzle is accompanied by amazing animal facts, adding to the book's entertaining yet educational content. At the end of the book, a rainforest quiz helps readers to test what they've learnt.


CONTENTS HOW TO PLAY 3 EASY PUZZLES: Golden-Headed Lion Tamarins 4–7 Chameleons 8–11 Orang-Utans 12–15 16–19 Southern Cassowaries Okapi 20–23 Javan Rhinoceroses 24–27 MEDIUM PUZZLES: Army Ants Spectacled Caimans Proboscis Monkeys Leopards Eastern Gorillas Satin Bowerbirds Albatross Butterflies

HARD PUZZLES: Fruit Bats Macaws Asian Elephants Bengal Tigers Black and White Colobus Monkeys Spectacled Bears

56–59 60–63 64–67 68–71 72–75 76–79

RAINFOREST QUIZ

80

THIS IS A CARLTON BOOK

28–31 32–35 36–39 40–43 44–47 48–51 52–55

Copyright © 2016 Carlton Books Limited Published in 2016 by Carlton Books Limited An imprint of the Carlton Publishing Group 20 Mortimer Street, London, W1T 3JW 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 All rights reserved. This book is sold subject to the condition that it shall not, by way of trade or otherwise, be lent, resold, hired out or otherwise circulated without the publisher’s prior written consent in any form of cover or binding other than that in which it is published and without a similar condition including this condition, being imposed upon the subsequent purchaser. A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library. ISBN: 978-1-78312-165-6 Printed in Dongguan, China Author: Camilla de la Bédoyère Executive Editor: Bryony Jones Art Editor: Dani Lurie Puzzle Designer: Ryan Forshaw Designer: Rebecca Wildman Production: Lisa Cook

The publishers would like to thank the following sources for their kind permission to reproduce the pictures in this book. The page numbers for each of the photographs are listed below, giving the page on which they appear in the book. PHOTOGRAPHS: © SHUTTERSTOCK Except the following: 6BL (Dave Watts/Visuals Unlimited/Getty Images); 16, 17 & 19 (Dave Watts/Visuals Unlimited/Getty Images); 24, 25 & 27 (Stephen Belcher/Minden Pictures/Corbis); 26BL (Mary Plage/Oxford Scientific/Getty Images); 26TR (Visuals Unlimited/ Nature Picture Library); 30BL (Ingo Arndt/Minden Pictures/Corbis); 30TR (Norbert Wu/Minden Pictures/Getty Images); 32, 33, 35 (Dorit Bar-Zakay/Moment Open/Getty Images); 34BL (Joe McDonald/Visuals Unlimited/Getty Images); 36, 37, 39 (Miskani/Getty Images); 38TR (iStockphoto.com); 44, 45, 47 (James Akena/Reuters/Corbis); 48, 49, 51 (Gerhard Koertner/NHPA/Photoshot); 56, 57, 59 (Nick Garbutt/ Nature Picture Library); 60, 61, 63 (Andrea & Antonella Ferrari/ NHPA/Photoshot); 64, 65, 67 (Grant Faint/Photographer’s Choice/ Getty Images); 76, 77, 79 (Pete Oxford/Minden Pictures/Corbis)

Every effort has been made to acknowledge correctly and contact the source and/or copyright holder of each picture and Carlton Books Limited apologises for any unintentional errors or omissions that will be corrected in future editions of this book.


BENGAL TIGERS

68

A B C D E F G H I J K L M 1

2

Hard HARD

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

20 changes to spot

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20


69

A B C D E F G H I J K L M 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

Rainforests and mangrove swamps India and nearby in Southeast Asia

15

16

17

18

19

20


70

BENGAL TIGERS THE KINGS OF THE JUNGLE Tigers are huge hunters that prowl silently through the rainforest. Their black stripes help them to hide in the dappled shadows of their jungle home.

These beautiful beasts have been hunted for their fur, and their habitat (home) has been destroyed so the land can be turned into farms and roads. However, in recent years tigers and their forests have been protected, so the number of tigers is slowly growing again.

tBengal tigers love the water and often relax in rivers to cool down. They can swim and even hunt animals in water. Bengal tigers live in mangrove swamps, where rivers flood the forest.

wA mother tiger

teaches her cubs how to find food and water and how to hunt. They mostly eat deer and wild pigs, but they sometimes even attack elephants and crocodiles!

There are three types of tiger, but the Bengal tiger is only type that lives in rainforests, dry forests and a wet forest habitat called a mangrove swamp. Tigers hunt at night. Like other members of the cat family, they are able to see well in the dark.

Bengal tigers have or ange fur with black stripes , and white bellies. Each tig er has its own pattern of stripes.


ANSWERS

71

A B C D E F G H I J K L M 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Spot the Intruder: Meerkat

16

17

18

Meerkats live in African deserts, not Asian jungles. They live in lar ge family groups called mobs. Meerk ats dig burrows, connected to lon g tunnels, and spend much of the ir time below ground. They eat sm all animals, such as spiders and sco rpions.

19

20


No More Tantrums Big Kid Power Maria van Lieshout Description When babies don’t get their way, they have a tantrum. Do big kids have tantrums? No! Big Kids use their words! Every child’s life is filled with milestones. Some happen easily; others need a little extra support. Artist and mom Maria van Lieshout has been there! Drawing upon her own experiences, she has created an engaging series of books – just right for children on the brink of major changes and the caregivers who encourage them.

Author Details Maria van Lieshout is the author-illustrator of several picture books, including Backseat A-B-See, Flight 1-2-3, and the first two titles in the Big Kid Power series, Bye-Bye Binky and I Use the Potty.

Key Selling Points Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$17.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781452162898

Category

• Child Picture

Imprint

• Chronicle Books

Extent

• 24 pages

Format

• 178mm x 178mm

Illustrations

• 3-colour throughout

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

• Expresses common early childhood issues in a relevant, fun, simple, and hip way. • Look modern and appeal to young readers while also filling a hole in the marketplace. • Caregivers of each new generation are faced with the same childhood developmental stages. • Will apply broadly and have a long backlist life. • Maria's graphic, modern sensibility makes these books feel fresh and new and never dated.


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

BigKid_Tantrums_INT_MECHS.indd 8-9

FO

I screamed,

I pounded on the floor,

2/2/17 7:49 PM


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

FO

Do I still throw tantrums?

BigKid_Tantrums_INT_MECHS.indd 10-11

2/2/17 7:49 PM


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

FO

I breathe IN . . . I count to five . . .

1-2-3-4-5

Ahhhh . . .

When I’m upset, I take a little break.

I breathe out . . .

BigKid_Tantrums_INT_MECHS.indd 12-13

2/2/17 7:49 PM


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

FO

OR I ask for a hug. Mmmmm,

that feels better.

BigKid_Tantrums_INT_MECHS.indd 14-15

2/2/17 7:49 PM


Shady Bay Buddies: Archie Goes to the Doctor Emma Brown

Description Archie and his big sister Amber are two of the Shady Bay Buddies who live in the close-knit community of Shady Bay Island. They love playing outside together, but one day Archie falls from the garden swing and hurts his arm. He’s very worried when it’s made clear he’ll need to see the doctor. With his mum and Amber by his side, Archie goes off to the doctor and is pleasantly surprised to find it’s not that bad after all. There are fun things to do there and the doctor is very kind. This delightful picture book, with adorable crocheted characters designed and made by Emma Brown, will become a firm favourite with young children who are fearful of doctors and hospitals.

Author Details Emma Brown, an expert in crochet, created the Shady Bay Buddies when her daughters were younger. They spent many happy times making up stories of animals who lived together on a faraway island called Shady Bay. Having always enjoyed crocheting, she began thinking up designs for the characters and writing her own patterns. Some of the Shady Bay Buddies can be found in Emma's book Crocheted Bears and Other Animals, also published by CICO Books. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$17.99 Paperback

Key Selling Points

ISBN

• 9781782495444

Category

• Child Picture

• A modern approach to first experiences that will stand out from the competition.

Imprint

• CICO

Extent

• 32 pages

Format

• 276mm x 208mm

Illustrations

• 17 colour photographs

• Simple but entertaining stories that are easy for young children to follow and clearly convey what to expect from a first experience. • Will benefit children by helping them to voice their concerns about unfamiliar experiences. • The simple text is designed to improve a young child’s vocabulary and encourage first reading. • The Shady Bay Buddies will have huge appeal for young children, with merchandising potential.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


It is a sunny day. “I’m going out to play in the garden,” says Archie.

Archie likes to fly high on the swing. Wheeee! CB1136 Shady Bay Buddies Spreads.indd 2

17/02/2017 13:41


CB1136 Shady Bay Buddies Spreads.indd 3

17/02/2017 13:42


Before he goes home, Archie says goodbye to Woolie. He gives Woolie a hug and says, “Dr Hodge is very nice. He will make you feel better soon.”

CB1136 Shady Bay Buddies Spreads.indd 4

17/02/2017 13:42


CB1136 Shady Bay Buddies Spreads.indd 5

17/02/2017 13:42


Shady Bay Buddies: Archie's First Day at School Emma Brown

Description Archie and his big sister Amber are two of the Shady Bay Buddies who live in the close-knit community of Shady Bay Island. Archie is starting school and wondering what to expect. Amber reassures him that it will be fun. We join Archie as he gets ready for school, meets his teacher, Miss Whimsie, and enjoys lots of fun activities on his first day. He even makes a new friend called Woolie. This delightful picture book, with adorable crocheted characters designed and made by Emma Brown, will become a firm favourite with young children as they embark on that all-important first day at school.

Author Details

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$17.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781782495451

Category

• Child Picture

Imprint

• CICO

Extent

• 32 pages

Format

• 276mm x 208mm

Illustrations

• 17 colour photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Emma Brown, an expert in crochet, created the Shady Bay Buddies when her daughters were younger. They spent many happy times making up stories of animals who lived together on a far away island called Shady Bay. Having always enjoyed crocheting, she began thinking up designs for the characters and writing her own patterns. Some of the Shady Bay Buddies can be found in Emma's book Crocheted Bears and Other Animals, also published by CICO Books. Emma lives in Dorset with her husband and three children.

Key Selling Points • A modern approach to first experiences that will stand out from the competition. • Simple but entertaining stories that are easy for young children to follow and clearly convey what to expect from a first experience. • Will benefit children by helping them to voice their concerns about unfamiliar experiences. • The simple text is designed to improve a young child’s vocabulary and encourage first reading.


Archie sits at the craft table. He paints a picture to take home for his parents.

Miss Whimsie helps him to make a rocket out of cardboard. CB1136 Shady Bay Buddies Spreads.indd 6

17/02/2017 13:42


CB1136 Shady Bay Buddies Spreads.indd 7

17/02/2017 13:42


The Book of Me My Life, My Style, My Dreams Chellie Carroll

Description The Book of Me is a beautiful, interactive journal, perfect for children to fill in and complete to create a lasting record of exactly who they are.

Author Details Ellen Bailey grew up in Cambridge and spent her childhood making up games, putting on plays, and writing a magazine for all the children living in her street. After studying English Literature she worked as a children's book editor for a few years before moving into the charity sector. She lives with her husband and baby daughter, and is the author of a variety of bestselling activity books and annuals, including All About Me.

Key Selling Points Publication Date 1st January 2018

• Perfect for children to fill in and complete to create a lasting record of exactly who they are, what they love and their aspirations.

Price

• AUD$14.99 / NZ$17.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781780554716

Category

• Child Novelty

• Featuring gorgeous, bespoke illustrations throughout to be coloured in.

Imprint

• Michael O'Mara

Extent

• 128 pages

• This book will make a beautiful gift for friends or family to treasure forever.

Format

• 190mm x 246mm

Illustrations

• Illustrated throughout

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

• From how to have the best ever sleepover to fill-in dream journals, and lists of life ambitions to designing your own beauty product range, this book will document every last detail.


Bookworm

Design your book cover here:

If you could write your own book, what would you write about ? You could write about yourself in an autobiography or make up a fairytale, or perhaps create a time-travel adventure or a murder mystery ... Write down your ideas here.

10

11


Fashion Wish List Make a list of your dream wardrobe, from designer dresses to winter scarves and stylish sunglasses. ♥ ................................................................................................................... ♥ ................................................................................................................... ♥ .................................................................................................................. ♥ ................................................................................................................... ♥ ................................................................................................................... ♥ .................................................................................................................. ♥ ................................................................................................................... ♥ ................................................................................................................... ♥ .................................................................................................................. ♥ ................................................................................................................... ♥ ................................................................................................................... ♥ ....................................................................................................................

13


What's Your Style?

Start here

Over half an hour

Are you up-to-date with all the latest fashion trends ?

Are you always on the lookout for new clothes to buy ?

Y es, always

Do you upcycle your clothes and add accessories ?

Y es, it's all about being creative with fashion and style No, I like to keep it simple I don't really care if they're practical, I just throw anything on

Do you like to read fashion magazines?

Not really

14

Not really, I prefer to keep my style classic and stick to what I know Y es, and I always try out the new trends

No

How long do you spend getting ready ?

Under half an hour

Y es

Do you wear clothes that are practical ?

Y es, I like my clothes to be functional

15

Chic Classic and timeless is your motto so your style never goes out of fashion.

Flamboyant You love to try new styles and aren't afraid of wearing something bold and eye-catching.

Bohemian You like to go with the flow and aren't worried about designer labels.

Casual You don't mind what you wear as long as it's comfortable and practical.


All About Us Our friendship, our dreams, our world Ellen Bailey Description Made especially for best friends, this book helps girls create a special keepsake of their all-important friendships. BFFs will love completing the quizzes and questions together, recording all of the moments they've shared, and their hopes and dreams for what lies ahead in their futures. This book is the perfect gift for children who love to keep a journal and create a memory book. Written by the author of All About Me, Ellen Bailey has a fresh, fun tone that plays beautifully with Nellie Ryan's stylish illustrations.

Author Details Ellen Bailey grew up in Cambridge and spent her childhood making up games, putting on plays, and writing a magazine for all the children living in her street. After studying English Literature she worked as a children's book editor for a few years before moving into the charity sector. She lives with her husband and baby daughter, and is the author of a variety of bestselling activity books and annuals, including All About Me. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$14.99 / NZ$16.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781780555225

Category

• Child Novelty

Imprint

• Buster Books

Extent

• 128 pages

Format

• 246mm x 189mm

Illustrations

• Full colour illustrations throughout

Key Selling Points • Following the success of the bestselling All About Me, this book helps girls create a special keepsake of those important friendships. • Made especially for best friends, BFFs will love completing the quizzes and questions together, recording all of the moments they've shared, and their hopes and dreams for what lies ahead in their futures. • The perfect gift for child who love to keep a journal and create a memory book. • Written by the author of All About Me, Ellen Bailey has a fresh, fun tone that plays beautifully with Nellie Ryan's stylish illustrations.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


fashionISTA or . . . design a catwalk creation for your bff on the model below, Then ask her to tick the boxes at the end and judge your drawing. will she be loving your look?

Where would you wear this outfit? ◊◊ Disco party ◊◊ Shopping spree ◊◊ Chilling at home ◊◊ Walking the dog ◊◊ I’d never wear it!

50

This page was completed by

. . . fashion Flop? NOW IT’S YOUR TURN FOR THE DESIGNER TREATMENT! ASK YOUR BFF TO CREATE AN AMAZING ensemble FOR YOU ON THE MODEL. THEN TICK THE BOXES AND give her your designer decision.

Where would you wear this outfit? ◊◊ Disco party ◊◊ Shopping spree ◊◊ Chilling at home ◊◊ Walking the dog ◊◊ I’d never wear it!

◊◊ Fashion hit?

◊◊ Fashion hit?

◊◊ Fashion fixable?

◊◊ Fashion fixable?

◊◊ Fashion flop?

◊◊ Fashion flop?

This page was completed by

51


that was so

you? which animal are time to find out!

embarrassing!

Mostly ‘A’s: OOH AAH! You’re a chimpanzee There’s no doubt about it – monkeying around is your top priority! You are bursting with energy and always have lots of exciting plans and ideas. Mostly ‘B’s: TWIT TWOO! You’re an owl Clever and wise, you can usually be found with your head buried in a book, or wowing your friends with interesting stories and fascinating facts.

Record the five most embarrassing moments you’ve had together. Believe it or not, you’ll forget them one day! Recorded on: ..................................................... at .................................................... 1.

2. Mostly ‘C’s: ROAAR! You’re a lion As leader of the pack you love to be in charge, and you’re not afraid to say what you really think. You stick up for your friends, and you’re always there for them. Mostly ‘D’s: MIAOW! You’re a kitten You’re kind, gentle and thoughtful, with an arty, creative streak, too. You’re just as happy on your own as you are with a group of close friends.

90

3.

4.

5.

This page was completed by

91


colour us happy

120

This page was completed by

share some quiet BFF time colouring in one of these beautiful patterns each.

This page was completed by

121


THE STICKY FACTS SERIES

9781523501380

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$17.99 Paperback

Category

• Child Novelty

Imprint

• Workman

Extent

• 26 pages

Format

• 260mm x 213mm

Illustrations

• Full-color photographs & illustrations

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

9781523501359

9781523501366

Sticker books that transform into your own collection as you use them! Designed for children ages 6 and up, Sticky Facts uses cutting-edge sticker technology so that as kids peel a sticker out of the book, a fun fact is revealed underneath! But the fun doesn't stop there - kids can place each sticker on an interactive page to create a book they will cherish forever. Inside • • • •

each Sticky Facts you'll find: More than 400 stickers Tons of up-to-date, incredible facts and figures 14 activity pages where you can place your stickers and track your own journey Includes extra stickers to decorate the pages, swap with family and friends, or use for crafting.

Sticky Facts are no mess sticker activity books, perfect for long waits or backseat fun. Once kids have peeled away every sticker, they are left with a beautifully designed, colorful, information-rich book full of diagrams, facts, and personalised pages. Finally, a sticker book with learning that sticks!


Play Learn Do: Let's Care for Baby! Geraldine Krasinski

Description Studies show that children learn best when all their senses are engaged. The Play Learn Do books fit the bill perfectly, plus they are fun! This highly interactive book encourages hands-on learning while helping to develop a sense of responsibility, showing children how to care for a baby by interacting with the 15 movable parts to change Baby's diaper, give Baby a bottle, and even help get Baby ready for bed. What a perfect gift for future (or already!) big brothers and sisters!

Author Details Geraldine Krasinski is a children's books editor who has written many books for editions Milan, Tourbillon, and Larousse. She lives in Paris. Amy Blay is a children's book illustrator as well as a designer of decorative products such as tableware, posters, and figurines. She lives in London.

Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$24.99 Board Book

ISBN

• 9791027603022

Category

• Child Novelty

Imprint

• Chronicle Books

Extent

• 10 pages

Format

• 240mm x 210mm

Illustrations

• Full colour throughout

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points • Perfect for potential big brothers and big sisters! • Includes simple terms related to caring for a baby. • Book has convenient carry handle. • 15 moving parts designed to develop fine motor skills.


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

FO

thermometer

98

.6°

F

nail scissors with rounded tips

Baby likes to be massaged.

fastener

diaper

Put the diaper on Baby and fasten it.


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

FO

nail scissors with rounded tips

thermometer

Baby likes to be massaged.

fastener

diaper

Put the diaper on Baby and fasten it.


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

FO

hairbrush

Gently clean around Baby’s eye with the towelette.

bodysuit

Put the socks on Baby’s feet.


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

FO

hairbrush

Gently clean around Baby’s eye with the towelette.

Put the socks on Baby’s feet.


Her Right Foot Dave Eggers & Shawn Harris

Description "I want to hold this book in one hand and a torch in the other and stand on an island someplace so everyone can see." —Lemony Snicket If you had to name a statue, any statue, odds are good you’d mention the Statue of Liberty. Have you seen her? She’s in New York. She’s holding a torch. And she’s in mid-stride, moving forward. But why? In this fascinating, fun take on nonfiction, Dave Eggers and Shawn Harris investigate a seemingly small trait of America's most emblematic statue. What they find is about more than history, more than art. What they find in the Statue of Liberty's right foot is the powerful message of acceptance that is essential to an entire country's creation.

Author Details Dave Eggers is the author of many books, including This Bridge Will Not Be Gray, The Circle, and A Hologram for the King. He is the cofounder of: Voice of Witness, an oral-history series focused on human-rights crises; 826 National, a network of writing and tutoring centers; and ScholarMatch, which connects donors and under-resourced students to make college possible. Publication Date 1st January 2018

Shawn Harris is an artist and musician who lives and works in Morongo Valley, California. This is his first book.

Price

• AUD$32.99 Hardback

ISBN

• 9781452162812

Category

• Child Picture

Key Selling Points

Imprint

• Chronicle Books

• Dave Eggers' name is big. This promises a big story, not to mention substantial sales success.

Extent

• 104 pages

Format

• 254mm x 203mm

Illustrations

• Full-color illustrations throughout

• The appealing design of the series makes these books beautiful design pieces for those designconscious parents, as well as adult consumers who are either fans of Dave's or just interested in coffee table books that look cool. • This book in particular addresses an element of current political heat in a way that is respectful and accessible. The message of this book of acceptance as something that is crucial is politically very well-timed in a potentially increasingly narrow-minded political climate.

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

4/4/17 1:26 PM HerRightFoot_POD_galleys2 copy.indd 56-57


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

FO

That’s right! She is going somewhere! She is on the move!

HerRightFoot_POD_galleys2 copy.indd 58-59

4/4/17 1:26 PM


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

FO

The Statue of Liberty was not built to welcome just 1,886 immigrants from Italy on one certain Sunday in, say, 1886.

Then Cambodians.

No! She was built to welcome 3,000 immigrants from Poland the next day. Then Estonians.

The next day, 5,000 Norwegians.

Nepalis. Somalis.

After that, 10,000 Glaswegians.

HerRightFoot_POD_galleys2 copy.indd 90-91

Syrians. Liberians.

4/4/17 1:26 PM


: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

FO

In welcoming the poor, the tired, the struggling to be free.

HerRightFoot_POD_galleys2 copy.indd 96-97

4/4/17 1:26 PM


My First Book of My Body Discover how your body works with 35 fun projects and experiments for children aged 7-plus Susan Akass Description This fascinating and informative book offers children an amazing insight into how their body works. Susan Akass and Frances Butcher make learning fun with 35 engaging experiments that give a thorough understanding of body systems and anatomy. As well as exciting experiments, children will be informed by the anatomical artworks, mind-boggling facts and invaluable health information throughout.

Author Details Susan Akass is the general editor of the My First children’s series, published by CICO Kidz, as well as the author of My First Science Book and My First Bicycle Book. Susan has wide experience as a primary school teacher in charge of science. She is based in Bath. Frances Butcher is a doctor undertaking speciality training in public health medicine. She is also a graduate student in global health science at the University of Oxford and lives in Oxford. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$22.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781782495314

Category

• Child Non Fiction

Imprint

• CICO

Extent

• 128 pages

Format

• 276mm x 208mm

Illustrations

• 200 artworks and 50 colour photographs

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points • This activity-based human body books offers something different to the other human body books for children that are on the market. • Experiments are expertly devised and clearly illustrated to be done by young children aged 7+ without parental involvement. • Follows the success of other My First books such as My First Science Book, My First Nature Activity Book and My First Camping Book.


CB1104_41_MF Cake_Body_Blad_Spreads ds v1

CB1104_41_MF Cake_Body_Blad_Spreads v1

Draw Your Own Skeleton How well do you know your own body? Here is an activity for you to get to know it a bit better. You will need a friend to help you with this one and, by the end, you will have a full-size picture of your skeleton. Remember that bones can’t bend.

4

Cut one length of wallpaper slightly taller than you are and one slightly taller than your friend. Lie down on the plain side of your paper and ask your friend to draw around your body. Then swap and you do the same for your friend.

You will need

Feel around the front of your neck and your shoulders and look in the mirror. What bones can you see and feel? You need bones in your shoulders to join your arms onto. Draw them in.

Feel either side of your spine and find your sticking out shoulder blades. What shape do you think they are? Draw them in?

5

1

A roll of wallpaper Marker pens Full-length mirror A friend!

Look in the mirror. Pull your shirt up and pull in your tummy as hard as you can. Can you see your ribs? Count them if you can. Your ribs protect your heart and lungs and help you breathe. Draw them.

6

Feel your skull. Are your nose, ears, and eyes made of hard bone? Feel the bony ridges around your eyes. How big are the hollow eye sockets your eyes fit in? Open your mouth. Feel where your jaw bone attaches to your skull. Draw your skull inside the head of your outline. Your skull protects your brain.

2

Feel the back of your neck and find your spine (back bone). Now run your fingers as far up and down your spine as you can. What does it feel like? Can you count how many bones make up your spine? Where does it end? Draw it in. Your spine holds you up

3

72

7

Lie on your back and feel your hip bones. You need your hip bones to hold your insides up and to join your legs onto. Draw them in.

your skeleton and muscles

IW CB1140_41_MF_CAKE_BODY_BLAD_SPREADS_02.indd 6

Now for your legs. How many bones can you feel in your leg above your knee? How many below it? Can you find your kneecaps. Draw in your leg bones

8

draw your own skeleton

20/02/2017 15:36

IW CB1140_41_MF_CAKE_BODY_BLAD_SPREADS_02.indd 7

73

20/02/2017 15:36


Hooray for Hexagons A colouring book all about shapes Buster Books

Description Make maths full of excitement with splashes of bright colour, amazing geometric colouring pages and super-simple explanations. Hooray for Hexagons turns maths into an exciting theme that couldn’t be more perfect for colouring in. Children will be engrossed from page to page, and can tackle tessellations, colour a cardioid and get funky with fractals. This book features artwork from Steve Richards, the same artist from The Golden Ratio, who has a real talent in showcasing the beauty of geometric drawing.

Author Details Steve Richards is a self-taught artist based in Kent, England. He takes his inspiration from ancient symbolism and sacred geometry. His art is handrawn, usually black and white and has grown from a fascination with meditation, crop circles and our Sun. Publication Date 1st January 2018 Price

• AUD$14.99 / NZ$17.99 Paperback

ISBN

• 9781780554952

Category

• Child Novelty

Imprint

• Buster Books

Extent

• 64 pages

Format

• 225mm x 225mm

Illustrations

• Line drawings throughout

FOR MORE INFO VISIT: www.hardiegrant.com.au/books

Key Selling Points • With bright and beautiful 4-colour insides, amazing geometric colouring pages and super-simple explanations, Hooray for Hexagons turns maths into an exciting, accessible theme that couldn't be more perfect for colouring in. • Children will be acquire a passion for maths as they tackle tessellations, colour a cardiod and get funky with fractals. • Featuring artwork for Steve Richards, the artist behind The Golden Ratio, who has a real talent in showcasing the beauty of geometric drawing.


Colour a

CARDIOID

A cardioid* is a heart-shaped mathematical curve. One way to create a cardioid is to draw a series of overlapping circles. The circles are arranged so they all pass through the same point. A heart shape can also be created by the tangents* to the circles – tangents are straight lines that just touch the edge of the circles.

HOORAY FOR HEXAGONS SPREADS.indd 4

13/02/2017 11:45


HOORAY FOR HEXAGONS SPREADS.indd 5

13/02/2017 11:45


Hooray for

HEXAGONS

Overlapping geometric shapes, such as hexagons, in a regular sequence* creates new shapes. Repeated, overlapping hexagons can create chains of diamonds and stars.

HOORAY FOR HEXAGONS SPREADS.indd 18

13/02/2017 11:46


HOORAY FOR HEXAGONS SPREADS.indd 19

13/02/2017 11:46


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.